Nandipur 425MW CCPP Gas Turbine Operation Manual

NANDIPUR 425MW CCPP GAS TURBINE OPERATION MANUAL
1
Preface
This manual is edited on the basis of provisions and relevant drawings from
manufacturer and design institute, only for gas turbine generator system operation of
Pakistan Nandipur 425MW Combined Cycle Power Plant. With the progress of the
project, the manual will be supplemented and improved.
2
Content
1 Overview .................................................................................................... 1
2 Summary of the 9E Gas Turbine Generator Set.................................... 1
2.1 Equipment Specification ................................................................................. 2
2.1.1 Gas turbine ............................................................................................... 2
2.1.2 Compressor .............................................................................................. 3
2.1.3 Turbine ..................................................................................................... 3
2.1.4 Combustion Chamber .............................................................................. 4
2.1.5 Spark Plug ................................................................................................ 4
2.1.6 Flame Detector ......................................................................................... 5
2.1.7 The Specification of Generator ................................................................ 6
2.1.8 The Specification of Excitation................................................................ 6
2.1.9 The Specification of Main Transform ...................................................... 7
2.1.10 The Specification of Auxiliary Equipments ........................................... 7
2.2 Protection Setting Value .................................................................................. 8
2.2.1The Operation Condition of Magnetic Value ............................................ 8
2.2.2Rotating Speed Setting Value .................................................................... 9
2.2.3Tempertuar Line Setting ............................................................................ 9
2.2.4 FSR Setting Value .................................................................................... 9
2.2.5 I&C Protection Setting Value ................................................................. 10
2.3Startup/Shutdown of Auxiliary Motor ........................................................... 14
2.3.1 Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump 88QA ............................................................ 14
2.3.2 Emergency Lube Oil Pump 88QE ......................................................... 15
2.3.3 Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Pump 88HQ .................................................... 16
2.3.4 Low Voltage Motors88BT-1/2 ............................................................... 17
2.3.5 Cooling Air Fan Motor88VG-1/2 .......................................................... 18
2.3.6 Cooling Fan of Turbine Frame 88TK .................................................... 19
2.3.7 Bearing Lift Oil Pump 88QB-1/2 .......................................................... 20
2.3.8 Turbine Motor 88TG .............................................................................. 20
2.3.9 Starting Motor 88CR .............................................................................. 21
2.3.10 Oil Mist Eliminator 88QV ................................................................... 23
2.3.11 Exhaust Chamber Cooling Air Fan 88EF1/2 ....................................... 24
2.3.12 Torque Adjuster Drive Motor 88TM .................................................... 26
2.3.13 Auxiliary Atomizing Pump 88AB ........................................................ 26
2.3.14 Internal Circulating Pump 88WC-1/2 .................................................. 27
2.3.15 Light Oil Booster Pump 88FD-1/2 ...................................................... 27
2.3.16 Heavy Oil Booster Pump 88FU-1/2 ..................................................... 27
2.3.17 Vanadium Inhibitor Pump 88FA-1/2 .................................................... 28
2.3.18 Fuel Distributor Motor 88FM .............................................................. 28
3 Unit Outage and Cooldown.................................................................... 28
3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................... 29
3.1.1Forward ................................................................................................... 29
3.1.2Operating Sequences ............................................................................... 29
3
3.1.3 Screen Shots ........................................................................................... 29
3.2 Inspection Before Startup.............................................................................. 29
3.3 Startup Operation and Supervision ............................................................... 33
3.3.1Starting Condition of the Unit................................................................. 33
3.3.2Cold Drag Speed to Purging Speed......................................................... 38
3.3.3Purging to Warming Up .......................................................................... 38
3.3.4 When warming up is finished and flame becomes stable, FSR and speed
of the unit shall be increased. .......................................................................... 39
3.3.5Accelerate to Full Speed No Load .......................................................... 39
3.3.6 Full Speed No Load to Synchronization ................................................ 39
3.3.7 Auto and Manu of the Synchronization ................................................. 41
3.3.8 Loading /Unloading (Active, Reactive) ................................................. 42
3.3.9 Power Factor Control ............................................................................. 45
3.3.10Fuel Transfer ......................................................................................... 45
3.4 Inspection During the Operation ................................................................... 47
3.4.1 Regulation of Regular Meter Reading and Patrol .................................. 47
3.4.2 Monitor and Inspection during the Operation........................................ 47
3.5 Switching Operation of Unit Main Equipment and the Interlock Test ......... 50
3.5.1 Operation of Putting Into/Quitting the IGV Temperature Control ........ 50
3.5.2 Switching of Lube Oil Filter .................................................................. 50
3.5.3 Switching Operation of Lube Oil Cooler ............................................... 51
3.5.4 Switching of Hydraulic Oil Filtering ..................................................... 51
3.5.5 Oil Flushing Operation........................................................................... 52
3.5.6 High Pressure Oil Filter Switching ........................................................ 52
3.5.7 Light Oil Filter Switching ...................................................................... 53
3.5.8 Heavy Oil Twin Filter Switching ........................................................... 53
3.5.9 Hybrid Filter Switching ......................................................................... 54
3.5.10 Heavy Oil Booster Pump Inlet Filter Switching .................................. 54
3.5.11 Vanadium Inhibitor Regulation ............................................................ 55
3.5.12 Performance Test .................................................................................. 55
3.5.13 Gas Turbine MCC Incoming Feeder Breaker Interlock Transfer Test 55
3.5.14 Emergency Lube Oil Pump 88QE Automatic Operation Test ............. 56
3.5.15 Light Oil Pump 88FD Automatic-activation Test ................................ 56
3.5.16 Gas Turbine Lubricant On-line and Off-line Oil Filtering .................. 57
3.6 Mark VIe System .......................................................................................... 58
3.6.1 Overview ................................................................................................ 58
3.6.2 IO /Net and ARCNET Interface (PIOA)............................................. 59
3.6.3 JPDV Terminal Board ............................................................................ 61
3.6.4 Mark VIe Control I/O Communication (PMVE) ................................... 61
3.6.5 MVRA I/O Interface Board.................................................................... 62
3.6.6 MVRB I/O Interface Board.................................................................... 62
3.6.7 HSLA Interface ...................................................................................... 62
3.7Information and Recommendations about Noise........................................... 64
3.7.1 Introduce ................................................................................................ 64
4
3.7.2 Noise Emitted by the Plant..................................................................... 65
4 Unit Outage and Turning ....................................................................... 67
4.1 Outage Mode and Principle of Unit .............................................................. 67
4.1.1 Modes of Unit Outage Included ............................................................. 67
4.1.2 Conditions on Shutdown ........................................................................ 67
4.2 Shutdown Operation and Supervision .......................................................... 68
4.2.1 Rules of Normal Shutdown .................................................................... 68
4.2.2 Inspection before Shutdown................................................................... 68
4.2.3 Operation of Gas Turbine Shutdown ..................................................... 68
4.3 Putting &Shutting Down the Cooldown ....................................................... 70
4.3.1 Inspection After Shutdown..................................................................... 70
4.3.2 Cooldown Operation .............................................................................. 70
4.4 Special Sequences ......................................................................................... 72
4.4.1 General ................................................................................................... 72
4.4.2 Starting Mode ......................................................................................... 72
4.4.3 Interruption of the Turning Gear Sequence ........................................... 72
4.4.4 Faulty Ignition ........................................................................................ 73
4.4.5 Inline Filter Chang over ......................................................................... 74
4.4.6 Restart after Trip with Heavy Fuel or Naphta ().................................. 74
4.4.7 Turbine Washing() ............................................................................... 74
4.4.8 Turbine Cleaning .................................................................................... 74
4.4.9 Over-speed Test ...................................................................................... 75
4.4.10 Lube Oil Pump Restart Test ................................................................. 75
4.4.11 Prolonged Shutdown ............................................................................ 76
5 Unit Accident Handling .......................................................................... 77
5.1 General Requirement of Handling ................................................................ 77
5.2 Unit Emergency Shutdown ........................................................................... 78
5.2.1 Situations of Must Emergency Shutdown.............................................. 78
5.2.2 Emergency Shutdown Actions of MARK-VI ........................................ 79
5.2.3 Manual Operation of Emergency Shutdown.......................................... 79
5.2.4 Several Conditions of Rapid Decrease-shut down, Restricted Load and
Shutdown......................................................................................................... 80
5.3 Common Diagrams, Symbols Applied In 9E Gas Turbine ........................... 81
5.3.1 Names Denominated By Number and Letter ......................................... 81
5.3.2 The Reasons of Alarm and Its Handling ................................................ 83
6 Periodical Work and Water Wash ....................................................... 151
6.1 Periodical Work ........................................................................................... 151
6.1.1 Periodical Work of Night Shift ............................................................ 151
6.1.2 Periodic Work of Day Shift .................................................................. 152
6.1.3 Periodic Work of Day Shift .................................................................. 152
5
6.2 Water Washing............................................................................................. 152
6.2.1 Requirements of Water Washing .......................................................... 152
6.2.2 Applies the Cooling Mode to Shorten the Waiting Time of Water Washing
....................................................................................................................... 152
6.2.3 Execution of Water Washing Isolating Measures ................................ 152
6.2.4 Water Washing Station Restores to Standby ........................................ 153
6.2.5 Warming Pipe ....................................................................................... 154
6.2.6 Clean and Soak with Water .................................................................. 154
6.2.7 Feed the Cleaning Compound .............................................................. 154
6.2.8 Water Washing...................................................................................... 154
6.2.9 Whirling ............................................................................................... 155
6.2.10 Restore of Water Washing Isolation Measures .................................. 155
6.2.11 Dry Up ................................................................................................ 155
6.3 Compressor Wash ........................................................................................ 155
6.3.1 On-Line Compressor Wash .................................................................. 155
6.3.2 Off-Line Compressor Wash ................................................................. 156
7 Gas Turbine Auxiliary Equipment System......................................... 159
7.1 Lubricating Oil System ............................................................................... 159
7.1.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 159
7.1.2 Component Function ............................................................................ 159
7.1.3 Additional Information ......................................................................... 161
7.1.4 Lubricating Oil Recommendations for Gas Turbines .......................... 161
7.2 Cooling Water System................................................................................. 169
7.2.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 169
7.3 Starting Means System................................................................................ 169
7.3.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 169
7.4 Liquid Fuel System ..................................................................................... 171
7.4.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 171
7.4.2 Component Function ......................................................................... 171
7.5 Atomizing Air System ................................................................................. 172
7.5.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 172
7.6 Fire Fighting System ................................................................................... 173
7.6.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 173
7.7 Inlet Guide Vanes System ........................................................................... 175
7.7.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 175
6
7.8 Hydraulic Supply System............................................................................ 175
7.8.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 175
7.9 Heating And Ventilation System ................................................................. 176
7.9.1 Definition ............................................................................................. 176
7.10 Compressor Washing System .................................................................... 178
7.10.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 179
7.10.2 Component Function .......................................................................... 179
7.10.3 Additional Information ....................................................................... 179
7.11 Water Injection System ............................................................................. 179
7.11.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 179
7.12 Inlet and Exhaust System .......................................................................... 182
7.12.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 182
7.13 Fuel Purge System (The power plant not available here.) ........................ 182
7.13.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 182
7.14 Instrument Air System .............................................................................. 184
7.14.1Component function ............................................................................ 184
7.14.2 General ............................................................................................... 186
7.14.3 Preparation for Starting ...................................................................... 192
7.14.4 Shutdown............................................................................................ 194
7.15 Coolong And Sealing Air System ............................................................. 195
7.15.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 195
7.15.2 Component Function ....................................................................... 196
7.15.3 Additional Information....................................................................... 196
7.16 Performance Monitoring System .............................................................. 196
7.16.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 196
7.17 Fuel Inhibitor System ................................................................................ 197
7.17.1 Definition ........................................................................................... 197
7.18 Closed Cycle Auxiliary Cooling Water System ........................................ 199
7.18.1 Specification ....................................................................................... 199
7.18.2Function............................................................................................... 199
7
7.18.3Working Principles and Heat Transfer ................................................ 199
7.19 PEECC ...................................................................................................... 202
7.19.1 Operation of the System ..................................................................... 202
7.19.2 Preparation for Starting ...................................................................... 205
7.19.3 Start-up ............................................................................................... 206
7.19.4 Shutdown............................................................................................ 207
7.19.5 Routine Checked and Tests ................................................................ 208
7.19.6 Particular Operations.......................................................................... 208
8 Combined Cycle Steps of Gas Turbine ............................................... 210
8.1 Preparation before Start .............................................................................. 210
8.1.1 Preparatory Condition for Start of BOP of the Unit: (performed by DCS)
....................................................................................................................... 210
8.1.2 Preparatory Condition for Start of Gas Turbine (GT).......................... 211
8.1.3 Preparatory Condition for Start of Heat Recovery Boiler (HRSG) ..... 211
8.1.4 Verification of Preparatory Condition for Start of Steam Turbine (ST)
....................................................................................................................... 212
8.1.5 Preparatory Sequential for Start ........................................................... 213
8.2 Operation and Pre-start Test of Lubricating Oil Unit ................................. 214
8.2.1 Operation of System............................................................................. 214
8.2.2 Test ....................................................................................................... 214
8.2.3 Switching Program of Oil Cooler or Oil Filter .................................... 215
8.3 Start of Hydraulic Oil Power Unit .............................................................. 215
8.3.1 Initial Start of Pump after Overhauled ................................................. 215
8.3.2 Test Before Pump Start ........................................................................ 216
8.4 Operation of Turning Gear .......................................................................... 217
8.5 Input of Shaft Seal System .......................................................................... 218
8.6 Water Drainage and Pipe Heating ............................................................... 219
8.6.1 Sequential Control of Water Drainage ................................................. 219
8.6.2 Pipe Heating ......................................................................................... 220
8.7 Normal Start, Grid Connection and Loading of Unit ................................. 220
8.7.1 Normal Start Constraints of Unit ......................................................... 220
8.7.2 Definition of Starting Mode ................................................................. 221
8.7.3 Start-up Operation and Monitoring ...................................................... 221
8.8 Inspection during Operation and Main Operation of Unit .......................... 230
8.8.1 Inspection during Operation................................................................. 230
8.8.2 Patrol Inspection Contents ................................................................... 233
8.9 Shutdown and Turnning .............................................................................. 236
8.9.1 Normal Shutdown Conditions.............................................................. 236
8.9.2 Shutdown Operation and Monitoring .................................................. 236
8.9.3 Inspection after Turning and Shutdown ............................................... 240
8.10 Accident Handling..................................................................................... 242
8.10.1 General Requirements on Accident Handling ................................... 242
8
8.10.2 Emergency Shutdown of the Unit ...................................................... 243
8.10.3 MK-VIE Emergency Shutdown Measures ........................................ 245
8.10.4 Automatic and Emergent Shutdown and PG9171E Tripping ............ 246
8.10.5 Several Conditions for Reduced Speed-runback, Load Limitation and
Shutdown....................................................................................................... 247
8.10.6 Operation after Emergency Shutdown ............................................... 247
8.10.7 Alarm Type ......................................................................................... 248
Appendix 1 Symbols ......................................................................................... 250
A1.1 Devices Coding .................................................................................... 250
A1.2 Other Devices Coding .......................................................................... 251
A1.3 Abbreviation ......................................................................................... 251
Appendix 2 Performance Estimates .................................................................. 253
A2.1 Estimated Performance-Heavy Oil ...................................................... 253
Consumption, Exhaust Flow and Exhaust Temperature at Base Load-Heavy
Oil .................................................................................................................. 254
A2.3 Effect of Inlet Guide Vane on Exhaust Flow and Temperature as A
Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature-Heavy Oil ............. 255
A2.5 Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on Output, Heat Rate, Heat . 257
Consumption, Exhaust Flow and Exhaust Temperature at Base
Load-Distillate............................................................................................... 257
Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature-Distillate ............... 258
A2.7 General Electric Gas Turbine Altitude Correction Curve .................... 259
9
1 Overview
A heavy duty gas turbine unit is a mechanical power engine installed in a plant:
In most application to drive a generator to supply an electrical network. Or
sometimes to drive a compressor for gas treatment plan. The gas turbine power
engine includes an axial airflow compressor, a multi chamber combustion system
and a three stages turbine. Main components of the gas turbine are listed here
below.
The axial airflow compressor is a 17 stages compressor with:
Adjustable inlet guide vanes (IGV) to control the airflow during starting and
loading sequences.
Bleed valves to bypass part of the air flow for starting and shut down to escape
from surging.
The combustion system comprises:
Fuel nozzles fitted on the combustion chambers cover.
Fourteen combustion chambers where the fuel burns permanently from firing
speed to full load.
Fourteen cross fire tubes connecting the combustion chamber.
Fourteen transition pieces downstream the combustion chamber connected to the
first turbine stage nozzle.
Two spark plugs for the fuel ignition. A set of flame detectors.
The three stages turbine include first, second and third stage nozzle and first,
second and third wheel.
The turbine and the axial flow compressor belong to the same shaft connected to:
The auxiliary gear box and the starting means at the front end.
The generator at the rear end.
2 Summary of the 9E Gas Turbine Generator Set
Gas turbine generator set comprises gas turbine (air inlet system, compressor,
combustion turbine and exhaust system), generator control system and main
subsystems.
The gas turbine consists of a 17-stage axial airflow compressor a combustion
system with 14 combustion chambers and a 3- stage turbine, which is manufactured
by GE and the model is PG9171E.The rotor o f axial air flow compressor and the
rotor of turbine are connected by flange and with three support bearings.
The generator of gas turbine is the synchronous generator with the characteristic
of air cooling, three phase am bipolar, 3000rpm rotating speed, 50Hz AC and solid
1
cast-iron rotor. The nameplate output is 127500 kW. The excitatory is the rectifying
AC excitatory with rotating diode, which excitation mode is brushless excitation.
2.1 Equipment Specification
2.1.1 Gas turbine
Manufacturer: GE
Model: PG9171E
Fuel: Heavy oil
Cycle mode: Combined cycle
Compressor inlet condition: 59F (15)
Relative humidity: 60%
Atmospheric pressure: 14.7psia (1.013bar)
Design Output: 115300kw
Design Heat Rate: 10960kJ/kWh
Design Heat Rate (LVH)*10^6: 1263.7kJ/h
Design Exhaust Flow*10^3: 1508.6Kg/h
Exhaust Temperature: 520
Operation mode: Base load
2
2.1.2 Compressor
Stages: 17 stages
Pressure ratio: 12.5
Shape: Axial level lay-out, heavy load, heavy duty
The control mode of IGV: 34 ~84 continuous and adjustable
Rotating speed: 3000RPM
2.1.3 Turbine
Stages: Tandem three-stage
The shape of nozzle: fixed
Rotating speed: 3000RPM
3
2.1.4 Combustion Chamber
Quantity: 14WLN combustion system
The shape of lay- out: Circular down flow counterclockwise arrangements with
flow
Fuel nozzle: One in each combustion chamber
2.1.5 Spark Plug

Combustion is initiated by means of the discharge from two high-voltages,
retractable-electrode spark plugs installed in adjacent combustion chambers (N
13 and 14).
4
2.1.6 Flame Detector

During the starting sequence, it is essential that an indication of the presence or
absence of flame be transmitted to the control system. For this reason, a flame
monitoring system is used consisting of four sensors which are installed on four
combustion chambers (n4 and 5, 10 and 11) and an electronic amplifier which is
mounted in the turbine control panel.
The ultraviolet flame sensor consists of a flame sensor containing a gas filled
detector. The gas within this flame sensor detector is sensitive to the presence of
ultraviolet radiation which is emitted by a hydrocarbon flame. A D.C. voltage,
supplied by the amplifier, is impressed across the detector terminals. If flame is
present, the ionization of the gas in the detector allows conduction in the circuit
which activates the electronics to give an output defining flame. Conversely, the
absence of flame will generate an opposite output defining "no flame".
After the establishment of flame, if voltage is re-established to the sensors
defining the loss (or lack) of flame a signal is sent to a relay panel in the turbine
electronic control circuitry where auxiliary relays in the turbine firing trip circuit,
starting means circuit, etc... shut down the turbine. The FAILURE TO FIRE or
LOSS OF FLAME is also indicated on the annunciator. If a loss of flame is sensed
by only one flame detector sensor, the control circuitry will cause an annunciation
only of this condition.
For more information about the flame detectors, see Gas turbine equipment
publications volumes for G.T. control and protection system)
5
2.1.7 The Specification of Generator

Model: 9A5
Cooling mode: Air cooling
Rated capacity:150000 kVA
Rated power: 127500kW
Rated voltage: 15000V
Rated current: 5774Amps
Power factor: 0.85
The temperature of cooling water: 20
Rotating speed3000RPM
Insulation classF
Frequency50Hz
Excitation voltage375V
Excitation current1040D.C.Amps
2.1.8 The Specification of Excitation
ModelBrushless
6
Cooling mode: air cooling
WN: 360kW
VN: 375V
IN: 960D.C.Amps
The temperature of cooling water: 27
Rotating speed3000RPM
Insulation classF
2.1.9 The Specification of Main Transform
Model: SF10-170000/140
Phases: Three-phase
Voltage: 140kV
Frequency: 50HZ
Cooling mode: Air cooling
The mark of connection unit: YNd11
The ground mode of neutral point: Direct grounding
Short-circuit impedance: 13%
2.1.10 The Specification of Auxiliary Equipments
Rota.
Power Voltage Current
Name kW V A
Speed Generator model C
r/min
Starting motor88CR 1000 11000 60.7 2981 F3PYCN Y
Auxiliary Lube Oil
90 400 145 2962 FLSN 280M2
pump88QA
Emergency
7.5 120 1750 d-GNR-FZE1718-3
lube oil pump 88QE
Auxiliary Hydraulic
15 400 29.6 1425 FLSN160L-T
Pump 88HQ
Mist oil eliminator
18.5 400 152 2935 160L2
88QV
Turning Motor
30 400 60.8 731 FSCN-250M-T
88TG
Turbine-fan88TK1/2 45 400 77 2950 M3BP225SMA2B3
Exhaust cabinet
14 400 29.4 982 M3BP180MLAV5
88EF1/2
Wheel fan88BT1/2 35 400 65 988 M3GP250SMA6B3
Load fan 17.5 400 33 1478 M3BP180MLA
7
88VG1/2
Water injection
90 400 146 2979 FLCS315ST2B35
pump88WN
Jacking oil pump
18.5 400 34.6 1760 FCMP180M-4
88QB
Hydraulic torque
1.5 400 4.0 2800 71-2180
ConverterMotor88TM
88FD 18.5 400 32 2959 FLSN160L-T
88FU 22 400 40.5 1465 FLSN
88FA 0.37 230 1.91 1390 AB3071B4
88WP 1.5 400 3.3 2840 WP2-90S-2V1 Y
Auxiliary atomizing
15 400 27 2935 A5CDL
pump88AB
88FM 0.37 400 .1.1 710
88WC 75 400 139.5 1480 Y20S-4
88BW 37 400 64.9 2960 L39STDE2
2.2 Protection Setting Value
2.2.1The Operation Condition of Magnetic Value
Equipment Name of
No. Trigger operation Trigger return
code equipment
Control Open with
magnetize valve Live close after power loss after
1 20CB-1
of synchronization the
anti-surge valve disconnection
Atomizing air
When running
2 20AA-1 by-pass control Loss electric ,VA-1 closed
fuel oil, losing
valve
Main fuel After VS1 open
valve lose electric, after
3 20CF-1 convert valve switching
VS1closed
magnetize valve on
Main fuel
4 20FL-1 Lose electric,VS1 closed On, VS1 open
magnetize valve
Washing fuel oil When washing
5 20PF-100 Lose electric closed VP1
magnetize valve switch on
HSD forward
After send start order
6 20FD-1 pump outlet After down fire
running
magnetize valve
HSD forward
After HSD forward lose HSD forward
7 20FD-2 return
electric pump running
magnetize valve
Magnetic valve As L4 is 1,except(zero , Zero rotating
8 20TU-1 of hydraulic rotating speed, after purge speed ,after
torque converter before ignition ,after purge before
8
trip),all ignition , after
is alive trip
No IGV control fault
Magnetic valve interrupting signal or
14HR is 1, lose
9 20TV-1 of IGV choose off-line water
power
interrupting oil washing and 14HR is 0,
alive
Intake magnetic
valve of Unable to meet
As meet the condition of
10 20TW-1 compressor the condition of
water washing
off-line water water washing
washing
2.2.2Rotating Speed Setting Value
Setting value
Constant Instruction
Logic value 0 Logic value 1
Dropping speed Zero rotating speed
L14HR Raisingspeed0.31%
0.06% relay
Dropping Turning
L14HP Raising speed 4%
speed3.3% start-up/shut-down
Time-lag relay for
L14HT Dropping speed6% Raising speed8.4%
start-up the as turbine
Min(ignition)rotating
Dropping speed logic ,when the
L14HM Raising speed10%
speed9.5% logic value is 1 and then
start five minutes purge
Dropping speed Accelerate as start-up
L14HA Raising speed50%
40% the gas turbine
Dropping speed Self-sustaining rotating
L14HC Raising speed 60%
50% speed quit the starter
Dropping
L14HF Raising speed95% Rotating speed relay
speed90%
Dropping speed Operation rotating
L14HS Raising speed 95%
94% speed relay
2.2.3Tempertuar Line Setting
HSD TTK1_I=593 TTK1_C=7.55bar TTK1_S=13.81/bar
HSFO TTK2_I=593 TTK2_C=7.55bar TTK2_S=13.81/bar
2.2.4 FSR Setting Value
Constant Setting value unit Instruction
FSKSU---AR 25 % Start the acceleration FSR limit
FSKSU---FI 25 % Ignition FSR
FSKSU---IA 0.05 %sec Start the acceleration slope
9
FSKSU---WU 20 % Warming FSR
FSRMAX 100 % Maximum FSR
2.2.5 I&C Protection Setting Value
Setting
Equipment
No. The name of equipment Unit value Function
code
range
Temperature switch
1 26CTH High temperature of control panel 45 Alarm
High temperature
2 26GGC1 70 Alarm
of generator cold air
High temperature of generator cold
3 26GGC2 80 Trip
air
High temperature of generator hot
4 26GGH1 100 Alarm
air
High temperature of generator hot
5 26GGH2 110 Trip
air
6 26HTL Low temperature in turbine 15 Alarm
7 26QA High temperature of lube oil tank 68 Trip
8 26QL Low temperature of lube oil tank 16 Alarm
Normal temperature of lube oil
9 26QN 21 Alarm
tank
10 26QT High temperature of lube oil tank 82 Trip
11 26WCHH High temperature of lube oil tank 55 Alarm
Temperature switch of water
12 26BW-1 90 Alarm
washing tank
Thermostatic fire detector
13 45FA-1A 1634 Trip
auxiliaries compartment
14 45FA-1B 1634 Trip
15 45FA-2A 1634 Trip
16 45FA-2B 1634 Trip
17 45FT-1A Fire detector of wheels 3164 Trip
18 45FT-1B Fire detector of wheels 3164 Trip

23 45FT-8A Fire detector of load 3854 Trip

24 45FT-8B Fire detector of load 3854 Trip
10
Setting
Equipment
code
range
25 45FT-9A Fire detector of load 3164 Trip
26 45FT-9B Fire detector of load 3164 Trip
27 45FA-6A Fire detector of gas 1634 Alarm
28 45FA-6B Fire detector of gas 1634 Alarm
29 45FA-7A Fire detector of gas 1634 Alarm
30 45FA-7B Fire detector of gas 1634 Alarm
31 45FA-10A Fire detector of auxiliary 1634 Trip
32 45FA-10B Fire detector of auxiliary 1634 Trip
TTWSIFI1, Temperature thermocouple in the
39 427 Alarm
2 front of the fist-stage wheel
TTWSIAO Temperature thermocouple in the
40 510 Alarm
1,2 front of the fist-stage wheel
TTWS2FO Temperature thermocouple in the
41 510 Alarm
TTWS2AO Temperature thermocouple in the
42 510 Alarm
TTWS3FO Temperature thermocouple in the
43 482 Alarm
TTWS3AO Temperature thermocouple in the
44 427 Alarm
Trip for high temperature of
45 TTXM 627 trip
exhaust air
Trip as the exhaust air
46 TTXM temperature is higher then t he 22.2 trip
datum value
47 BTJ1 High temperature of #1 pad 129 Alarm
High temperature of #1 main thrust
48 BTT11 129 Alarm
pad
High temperature of #1 main thrust
49 BTTA1 129 Alarm
pad
52 BTGJ1 High temperature of #4 pad 110 Alarm
11
Setting
Equipment
code
range
53 BTGJ2 High temperature of #5 pad 110 Alarm
High temperature of oil return of
54 LTB1D 100 Alarm
#1 pad
55 LTB1D 111 Trip
#1 pad
56 LTB2D 100 Alarm
#12pad
57 LTB2D 111 Trip
#2 pad
58 LTB3D 100 Alarm
#3 pad
59 LTB3D 111 Trip
#3 pad
60 LTBT1D 100 Alarm
#1 thrust pad
61 LTBT1D 111 Trip
#1 thrust pad
62 LTG1D 96 Alarm
#4 pad
63 LTG1D 101 Trip
#4 pad
64 LTG2D 96 Alarm
#5 pad
65 LTG2D 101 Trip
#5 pad
66 ATLC-1 The temperature of load coupling 204
67 ATTC-1 The temperature of turbine 110
68 ATAC-1 The temperature of auxiliary 60
The temperature of exhaust
69 130
diffusion section
Pressure switch
Start the auxiliary pump for low
70 63QA-2 bar 2.8
pressure of lube oil
Switch of low pressure trip of lube 0.55/0.
71 63QT-2A bar Trip
oil 62
High differential pressure of
4.13/2.
72 63HF-1 hydraulic bar Alarm
75
oil
Pressure switch for low pressure
73 63HQ-1 bar 93/100
alarm of hydraulic oil
74 63GQ-1 Pressure switch ofFG-1 filter bar 0.50.07
12
Setting
Equipment
code
range
differential pressure alarm
Pressure switch of main lube
1.03/
75 63QQ-21 oil filter differential pressure bar
0.9
alarm
Pressure switch of main lube
1.03/0.
76 63QQ-22 oil filter differential pressure bar
9
alarm
The hydraulic torque converter
77 63QQ-8 regulate the filter differential bar 1.5
pressure
Pressure switch of outlet air
78 63TK-1 mm 38119
pressure of 88TK1fan
Pressure switch of outlet air
79 63TK-2 mm 38119
pressure of 88TK2fan
80 PSH183 Pressure switch of CO2 bar 4
81 PSH193 Pressure switch of CO2 bar 4
Switch of low pressure of jacking
82 63QB-1L bar 89
oil
83 63QB-1H bar 120
oil
84 63QB-3L bar 98
oil
85 63QB-3H bar 132
oil
Pressure switch of fuel purging 3.17/3.
86 63PG-2 bar
valve 4
Pressure switch of GT inlet
87 63CA-1 bar 5.5/5.6
filter low compressed air
1.03/2.
88 63FG-1 Oil pressure switch bar
41
1.03/2.
89 63FG-2 Oil pressure switch kPa
41
Compressed air tank high
90 PSLH652 kPa 10/8
pressure switch
Pre-filter FLT101 high differential
91 63GSD-1 kPa 0.5
pressure
Pre-filter FLT102 high differential
92 63GSD-2 kPa 0.5
pressure
Inlet filter differential pressure mm 6.022/8
93 96TF-1
transducer H2o .431
94 96TF-1A Inlet filter differential pressure psi 0.120/0
13
Setting
Equipment
code
range
transducer .168
Inlet filter differential pressure 0.120/0
95 96TF-2A psi
transducer .168
Regulating valve
Pressure reduction valve of outlet
96 VR1 bar 6.9
Of main lube oil pump
Pressure regulating valve of
97 VPR2-1 bar 1.73
bearing shell oil intake
Pressure regulating valve of outlet
98 VPR3-1 bar 103
of main hydraulic oil pump
Temperature regulating valve of
99 VTP1 54
Lube oil
Others
Setting
Equipment
code
range
mm
100 39VA Alarm for high vibration 12.7 Alarm
/s
mm
101 39VT Trip for high vibration 25.4 Trip
/s
Trip for electron over speed TN
102 L12H 110% Trip
Protection H
254dist
ance
103 71QH-1 High level of lube oil mm form Alarm
the case
top
432
distanc
104 71QL-1 Low level of lube oil mm e from Trip
the case
top
2.3Startup/Shutdown of Auxiliary Motor
2.3.1 Auxiliary Lube Oil Pump 88QA
Auto control: The power switch turns to ON position, default auto control.
The condition of startup& shutdown:
During the process of startup: turbine rotating speed 95% quit
During the process of shutdown: turbine rotating speed 94% put into operation
14
The startup of protection: meets any one of the following conditions,
Protection:
Lube oil tank temperature LTOT1<16
When the gas turbine rotating speed0.31%, the pressure switch 63QA-2
operates or the front VPR2-1 lube oil pressure QAP22.758bar
When the gas turbine rotating speed0.06% but the time of fire off is less
than 12 hours, the pressure switch 63QA-2 operates or the front VPR2-1 lube
oil pressure QAP22.758bar
When the gas turbine rotating speed0.06% but select the target of
COOLDOWN ON, the pressure switch 63QA-2 operates or the front VPR2-1
lube oil pressure QAP22.758bar
When the gas turbine rotating speed0.06%but does not send the shutdown
command or select the target of COOLDOWN OFF, the pressure switch
63QA-2 accts or front VPR2-1 lube oil pressure QAP22.758bar
Shutdown protection: Under the condition of the lube oil tank
temperature LTOT1>21,gas turbine rotating speeding0.06%, the time of
fire off is 12 hours, select the target of COOLDOW OFF and it is not in the
startup &shutdown process
Manual control:
The power switch is in the ON position , press the green ON button , red and
white indicating lights are on , put into operation manually ; press the black
OFF button , green indicating ;light is on , quit manually.
2.3.2 Emergency Lube Oil Pump 88QE
The bearings are provided with a working-life grease lubrication consisting
of a bearing grease DIN 51825-K 3 N with a lithium base saponification.
According to experience, the working life of the bearings comes up to 20 000 h
in case of normal operating conditions and a mean rotational speed.
Unfavorable operating conditions (shock loads, high coolant temperature, high
rotational speed etc.) reduce the working life. At the latest when noting that the
bearings are no longer running noiselessly or are reaching an excessively high
temperature, the bearings must be replaced. On principle, new bearings are to be
fixed in warm condition (approx. 100C).
The means of ventilation (such as filters, intake grid etc.) must be cleaned
according to the respective dirt accumulation.
Warning! Before releasing screws from engines, the complete installation
must be disconnected from the current supply (the respective information signs
on the end shield shutters must be observed).
Otherwise explosion hazard!
15
The collector and the carbon brushes are in need of regular maintenance.
Dust and rubbed-carbon brush parts must be removed. In this connection, the
collector and the brushes may by no means get into contact with oil or grease.
The surface of the collector must always be clean and smooth. In case the
collector should show too marked traces from running or possible damages, it
must be overturned. Thereafter, the glow isolation between the lamina is to be
miiled by approx. 1 mm.
WINKELMANN direct-current motors are provided with carbon brushes the
dimensions of which correspond to DIN 43003. The service life is impaired by
many factors such as high rotational speed, frequent load alternations (also
no-load operation), vibrations, dust, humidity, and chemical attacks. It is
therefore impossible to indicate a generally valid service life. The carbon
brushes must be checked for the first time after approx. 2000 working hours.
Brush dimensions Min. carbon length limit
2.3.3 Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Pump 88HQ

Before starting-up time, the motor must be stored in a dry and clean place,
and protected again blows and vibrations.
Even if this last condition can not be fulfilled, it is, however, necessary to
place the unit as shipped in its utilization position under a shelter even
improvised (tarpaulin or sheet metal); by shipped it is understood packing
gland or cable inlet covered, terminal box tightly closed and, if applicable,
blanking plates fitted to used grease outlets and drain holes, if any, fitted with
plugs. In this case, the humidity degree must be less than 90 %. Check rust
proofing of unpainted areas for good condition.
NOTE :
The horizontal axis motors usually comprise 2 drain holes.
For shipment these drain holes are fitted with studs.
16
If the storage time is to be long, the rotor shall be rotated a fraction of a turn
every 15 days.
(for long period storage, see annex 1/1)
The condition of startup& shutdown:
During the process of startup: Once send the command of startup, put into
operation immediately turbine rotating speed 95%, quit
During the process of shutdown: turbine rotating speed94%, put into operation,
quit after fire-off
The startup protection: pressure switch 63HQ-1 operates
The shutdown protection: Pressure switch 63HQ-1 reset
Manual control:
The power switch is in the ON position, press the green ON button, red and
white indicating lights are on, put into operation manually; press the black OFF
button green indicating light is on, quit manually.
2.3.4 Low Voltage Motors88BT-1/2
2.3.4.1 Operating conditions
The machines are intended for use in industrial drive applications. Normal
ambient temperature limits are -20 to +40C. Maximum altitude 1000 m
above sea level.
2.3.4.2 Safety considerations
The machine is intended for installation and use by qualified personnel,
familiar with relevant safety requirements. Safety equipment necessary for the
prevention of accidents at the installation and operating site must be provided
in accordance with the local regulations.
2.3.4.3 Points to observe
Do not use the machine to step on.
The temperature of the outer casing of the machine may be hot to the touch
during normal operation. Some special machine applications require special
instructions (e.g. using frequency converter supplies).
Lifting lugs must only be used for lifting the motor. They must not be used
to lift the motor when it is attached to other equipment.
Special care should be taken with the bearings. These must be removed
using pullers and fitted by heating or using special tools for the purpose. How
to replace bearings is described in detail in a separate instruction leaflet
available from ABB Sales Office.
17
Coupling halves and pulleys must be fitted using suitable equipment and
tools that do not damage the bearings.
Never fit a coupling half or pulley by hammering into place or remove it
using a lever pressed against the body of the machine.
2.3.4.4 Mounting accuracy of coupling half
check that the clearance b is less than 0.05 mm and that the difference a1 to
a2 is also less than 0.05 mm. See figure
2.3.5 Cooling Air Fan Motor88VG-1/2

The motors are designed for the following conditions unless otherwise stated
on the rating plate.
- Normal ambient temperature limits are -20C to +40C.
- Maximum altitude 1000 m above sea level.
- Tolerance for supply voltage is 5% and for frequency
2% according to EN / IEC 60034-1 (2004).
The motor can only be used in applications it is intended for. The rated
nominal values and operational conditions are shown on the motor rating plates.
In addition, all requirements of this manual and other related instructions and
standards must be followed.
If these limits are exceeded, motor data and construction data must be
checked. Please contact ABB for further information.
WARNING
Ignoring any of given instructions or maintenance of the apparatus may
jeopardize the safety and thus prevents the use of the machine.
Check that the motor has sufficient airflow. Ensure that no nearby objects or
direct sunshine radiate additional heat to the motor.
For flange mounted motors (e.g. B5, B35, V1), make sure that the
18
construction allows sufficient air flow on the outer surface of the flange.
The machine is intended for installation and use by qualified personnel,
familiar with health and safety requirements and national legislation. Safety
equipment necessary for the prevention of accidents at the installation and
operating site must be provided in accordance with local regulations.
WARNING
Do not carry out work on motor, connection cables or accessories such as
frequency converters, starters, brakes, thermos tor cables or heating elements
when voltage is applied.
Points to observe
_Do not step on the motor.
_The temperature of the outer casing of the motor may be too hot to touch
during normal operation and especially after shut-down.
_Some special motor applications require special instructions (e.g. using
frequency converter supplies).
_Be aware of rotating parts of the motor .
_Do not open terminal boxes while energized.
2.3.6 Cooling Fan of Turbine Frame 88TK
The condition of startup& shutdown 88TK-1/2
During the process of startup: when the rotating speed of unit 95%, put
88TK-1 into operation, 10slater, put 88TK-2 into operation
During the process of shutdown: when the rotating speed of u nit 94%,
88TK-1 quit, 10s later88TK-2 quit
Manual control:
19
button, green indicating light is on, quit manually.
2.3.7 Bearing Lift Oil Pump 88QB-1/2
2.3.7.1 Auto control
The power switch turns to ON position, default auto control.
2.3.7.2 The condition of startup& shutdown
During the process of startup: After the successful ignition, 88QB quit
During the process of shutdown: After fire off put 88QB into operation
Shutdown protection:
Have sent the shutdown command, 14 hours fire off for the gas turbine,
chosen the target of COOLDOWN and the rotating speedofgasturbine0.06%
Pressureswitch63QA-2operate
2.3.7.3 Start the protection:
The rotating speed o f gas turbine 0.06%, the pressure switch does not operate
and choose the COOLDOWN ON as the target
The rotating speedofgasturbine0.31%andthepressure switch63QA-2does not
operate
Manual control:
button, green indicating light is on, quit manually.
2.3.8 Turbine Motor 88TG
2.3.8.2 The condition of startup& shutdown
During the process of startup: send the starting command and 3s before 88
CR start3s, 88TGquit.
During the process of shutdown: when the rotating speed of unit3.3%,
L63QT does not operate and the pressure switch 63QB before operate, 88 TG
put into operation.
Shutdown protection: the gas turbine fir e off for 12 hours and choose
COOLDOWN target, or L63QT nodal point operates, or pressure switch
63QB-1 operates.
20
2.3.8.3 Manual control
white indicating lights are on, put into operation manually; press the black
OFF button, green indicating light is on, quit manually.
2.3.9 Starting Motor 88CR
It is imperative to proceed to the following various preliminary checks,
before the start-up of the motor.
2.3.9.1 Mechanicals checks
a. Coupling is properly realized as the fixation between both machines
driven and driving (only after the control of the motor start-up).
b. Carters of protection for the expected mobile parts are positioned and
fixed to the ground or to a static part.
c. Rotating parts will have to be protected with an appropriated means.
d. The personnel do not intervene on the driven or driving machine.
e. There is no heterogeneous object, in or on the driven or driving machine.
f. The oil tanks of the bearings have been filled in accordance with filling
indications of oil levels sleeves in oil bath are delivered without oil.
g. in case of bearings with grease, greasing is realized in accordance with
recommendations from chapter 6 paragraph II.3.2.1. Lubrication of
bearing switch rollers.
h. In case of bearings with roller, rotation of the whole rotor is manually
carried out (or with a lever arm) without blocking constraint and without
contact to the fixed parts.
i. Water circulates in the hydro-coolers and the cooling water coils of the
bearings (sleeves cooled by water coils) to the pressure and the flow
advocated.
j. cover and doors of visit are closed.
k. Degree of protection and certification of the electrical motor and all its
equipment correspond to the risks of the exploitation area.
l. terminal boxes are closed.
2.3.9.2 Electrical checks
The whole electrical components of the motor will have to be taken in
account for the start-up of the motor. Following checks will have to be
realized previously :
a Frame is properly earthed, in a way to ensure an efficient protection of
the personnel.
21
b Electrical connections and instruments are conform with the connections
diagram.
c Insulation of insulated bearing(s) is respected.
d Cables connections on the motor plugs are properly installed (see special
manual of connection inserted inside the terminal boxes).
e Tightening torque for all electrical connections of power cables on the
high voltage and neutral boxes terminals are properly realized.
f All protections (thermal, electrical, etc.) works and are properly
calibrated.
Those motors must be brushed following instructions in the table below
and on the specification plate appended on the frame of those motors.
Checking the proper progress of the brushing is essential. It have to be
planed in the motor logic of start-up. This logic have to be checked before
each start-up.`
2.3.9.3 Control at start-up

Machines with axial unlocked rotor:
Attention for the tests without charge, before coupling of the machines
with unlocked bearings, ensure the shaft will stay in a magnetic central
position and the bearing temperature under the alarms to avoid the
destruction of the bearings. If the shaft is not in a magnetically centered
position, it would be about 0.5 mm from the limits of the rotor axial
clearance, not to be in axial contact with the limiter of the bearings
displacement.
This destruction can be joint:
- To the ventilated thrust of the machine, which is generating an axial effort
on the bearings, not designed to work continuously under these conditions.
This ventilated thrust come from an unbalancing of pressure inside and
outside of the machine, or from the machine having a unilateral cooling.
- To the shocks of the shaft with the bearing when the rotor is not
magnetized.
All the previously mentioned conditions being satisfied, the motor can be
started.
During the first turns of rotation, ensure that:
22
the direction of rotation is correct,
there is no abnormal vibrations on the bearings,
there is no abnormal temperature on the bearing and inside the bearing box,
there is no abnormal noise.
Control the vibrations and the temperature of the bearings after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8,
12 and24 hours of functioning. Record the values on the installation report.
Case of asynchronous motors with slip rings: Use of slip rings necessitate the
systematic use of:
- A starter with variable resistor, adapted to the resisting torque
characteristics of the driven machine and to the acceptable starting current.
- Or an adapted electronic system of variation (Varotor or other)
Before the start-up of the machine, it is imperative to check:
- That the protection (isolating sheet) located between the rings and the
brushes is removed.
- That the brushes are properly run in.
- That the brushes are properly positioned on the rings and their supports.
- That the springs of the brushes supports properly press on the brushes.
At the start-up, check:
- Absence of spark on the rings. Any in adapted contact can generate sparks
damaging completely the system of slip rings
- That the sheen (brown color of the rings on contact with the brushes)
effectively appears on the rings after few hours of functioning.
2.3.9.4 Machine Stop
Stop modalities of the motor are inherent to the conditions of use of the
driven machine. It is advocated to proceed to the following actions to reduce
various perturbing constraints on the motor:
- Reduce, if possible, the applied mechanical charge
- Cut the motor supply
- Start-up the heating resistors as soon as the motor is stopped, to prevent
condensation phenomenon.
2.3.10 Oil Mist Eliminator 88QV
Putting into service:
Before putting into a motor into service, one should check especially when
the motor has not been used for a long time that the insulation resistance of the
23
winding is sufficient. The insulation resistance has to be at least 10meg/ohms
on a 1000V megger.
If the insulation resistance is not high enough, the motor has to be dried out
and revarnished or rewound.
Check all connections and adjust the thermal protection units to the correct
current. Switch the motor on in a no load state determine the direction of
rotation. Load the motor gradually and check whether it runs without
vibration.
The motor can be used under deviation of the main voltage5% or
frequency of max.2% compared to the nominal frequency or nominal voltage,
in compliance with the international regulations for electric machines
2.3.11 Exhaust Chamber Cooling Air Fan 88EF1/2
When running the ventilator for the first time, you should immediately
check to ensure that the turbine is rotating in the right direction (indicated by
an arrow on the rear face of the casing).
If the turbine is turning the wrong way, stop the unit immediately and invert
two of the three motor supply cables to re-set the direction of rotation.
Verifications once running
These tests are used to ensure that your ventilator is running correctly and to
identify any potential problems related to its installation.
Measure the current upstream of the motor and compare this with the
rated amperage on the motors ID plate
If the measured value is clearly higher, the fan should be shut down
immediately.
If the value measured is clearly lower, check the rotational speed of the fan.
Measure the rotational speed of the turbine.
24
If the measured value is higher than the maximum speed given on the ID
plate, shut down the ventilator immediately.
Measure the speed of vibrations in three axes on each motor bearing. In
accordance with EN 14694, the values obtained must be less than or equal to
the following limitations:
Rigid mountings: 4.5 mm/s
Flexible mountings: 6.3 mm/s
Verifications after running-in
As with all equipment fitted with mechanical components, your ventilator
will require a running-in period to stabilize its performance.
The verifications we recommend below must be carried out after this period.
Record and keep the results to use as a reference for future diagnostics or as
part of a preventive maintenance plan.
The running-in periods of a Type EU4 ventilator is estimated at 4 hours, the
time required for the motor to reach thermal equilibrium. However, this period
may need to be extended depending on the system within which the
ventilator is used given the fact that the system itself must reach equilibrium
before the tests are truly representative.
Measure the line current upstream of the motor. The reading obtained
may be greater than that measured during the post start-up test but should
under no circumstances exceed the value shown on the motor plate.
Measure the temperature of the motor casing. Repeat this measurement
after one hour. At a constant ambient temperature, the temperature of the
casing should not increase by more than 2C.
Measure the speed of vibrations in three axes on the motor bearings. The
readings obtained must remain less than the criteria laid down in the previous
25
chapter and must not have increased by more than 15% over those recorded
during the start-up tests.
2.3.12 Torque Adjuster Drive Motor 88TM
2.3.12.2 The condition of startup& shutdown:
During the process of startup:
After quit the starting turning motor, TMGV increase from43to 68.
Rotating speed 10%, as the rotating speed relay 14HM operates once, the
TMGV decrease from 68to50.
Operate once after finishing the purge process (thats five minutes after
14HM operates), TMGV decrease from 50to 15.
Operate once after 2s of ignition, TMGV increase from15to 68.
During the shutdown process:
Operates once after the fire-off, TMGV increase from68to 50.
Operate once after 14HM resetting, TGVA increase from50to 68.
Operate once after putting the turning gear into operate.
Start the protection: when the deviation between angle o f hydraulic torque
converter TMGV and the setting value is equal or lower than3.
The power switch is in the ON position; press the green ON button, white
MANU indicating light is on, put into operation manually, press +TORQUE
button, RUN+ indicating light is on, the angle of hydraulic torque converter
is increasing, after loosen it, the motor will stop running, press TORQUE
button, RUN+ indicating light is on, the angle o f hydraulic torque converter
is decreasing, after loosen it; the motor will stop running. Press the black
OFF button STOP indicating light is on quit manually.
2.3.13 Auxiliary Atomizing Pump 88AB
2.3.13.1 Automatic control
1) The power switch is at work position, the power indicator light is on, and
the operation selection knob is at "AUTO" position.
2) Startup and shutdown: in startup process, the unit is activated after the light
pump logic L4FD is set to 1, and exits when the unit speed is 60%; in
shutdown process, the unit is activated when the unit speed is 50%, and exits
after shutdown L4FD is set to 0.
26
The unit is activated when the power switch is at work position and the
operation knob is switched to "MAN" position; the unit exits when yellow work
light is on, the operation knob is switched to "OFF" position, and the switch is
rotated to maintenance position.
2.3.14 Internal Circulating Pump 88WC-1/2
the operation selection knob is at "AUTO" position;
2) Startup and shutdown: in startup process, the unit is activated after ignition;
in shutdown process, the unit exits when the unit is shut down and the oil
temperature is 45 ;
3) Protective startup: the temperature LTTH of the main oil pipe is > 45 ;
protective shutdown: after shutdown, and the temperature LTTH of oil tank is
<45 or 88QA.
2.3.15 Light Oil Booster Pump 88FD-1/2
2) Startup and shutdown: in startup process, the unit is activated after the unit
issues startup command and L4 is set to 1; in shutdown process, the unit exits
when the unit is shut down and the L4 is set to 0.
2.3.16 Heavy Oil Booster Pump 88FU-1/2
The unit will start up automatically when heavy oil is selected during light oil
running. The unit will stop automatically when switched from heavy oil to light oil.
Generally, heavy oil pump is activated when forcing signal L4FU is set to "1", so
27
as to advance the oil circulation.
2.3.17 Vanadium Inhibitor Pump 88FA-1/2
2) Startup and shutdown: in startup process, the unit is activated after the
three-way switching valve light oil limit switch 33TD-1 is open and the vanadium
inhibitor tank low level switch LSL552 has no action; in shutdown process, the
unit exits when the three-way switching valve light oil limit switch 33TD-1 is in
place;
3) Protective shutdown: vanadium inhibitor tank low-level switch LSL552
action;
4) Interlock startup: the standby pump will interlock startup when the primary
pump has a failure during running.
2.3.18 Fuel Distributor Motor 88FM
2) Startup and shutdown: in startup process, the unit is activated when the fuel
shut-off valve is open and 33FL-1 limit switch is in place and the gas turbine speed
is 40%, and exits 5 seconds after activated.
3 Unit Outage and Cooldown
28
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1Forward
After on-site installation, the first commissioning of the gas turbine is
carried out with the participation of General Electric Engineers and according
to the specific commissioning procedures.
The present document, which relates to the operation of the gas turbine, only
addresses the normal operating procedures.
Each technical intervention on the gas turbine must be backed up by a work
permit.
Strict adherence to the work permit procedures guarantees the safety of the
personnel as well as
observance of the initial functional configuration of equipment.
3.1.2Operating Sequences
The sequences described in the tables below include initial conditions,
sequences and final conditions. The sequences are represented in four
columns:
a The first column, titled Input, lists the manually initiated actions and
significant thresholds in sequences execution.
b The second column describes the main events.
c The third column, titled Output, lists the principal motors.
d The last column, title Status, specifies the status of the relevant component
or sequence:
e means that the motor stops.
f means that the motor starts.
g min means that the sequence lasts 2 minutes.
3.1.3 Screen Shots
The screen shots included in this document are carried out without
equipment of control connected to the gas turbine. The posted physical values
are thus not representative of operating parameters.
Example: -18C for the exhaust temperature.
These sights only facilitate the understanding of the text.
3.2 Inspection Before Startup
Before startup, the unit must be inspection overall according to the inspection
list, in order to confirm the unit owns the startup condition:
No. Inspection content Required state Result
29
1Power transmission
1 Main transformer Normal
In the open position, normal
2 Generator
power storage
2MCC cabinet
Gas turbine 52AR power
1 Closed /open, voltage 415V
switch
Gas turbine 52AS power
2 Closed /open, voltage 415V
switch
3 Gas turbine 52C tie breaker Closed/open
Gas turbine ignition
4 transformer Closed position /open position
Power switch Q206
Inlet heating discharge
5 electro-valve power switch Closed position /open position
Q207
GT inlet filter small cabinet
6 Closed position /open position
AC power Q208
The closing of 52 AR power
switch is in the NORMAL
7 Interlock switch position
The closing of 52AS power
switch is in the STAND-BY
The power switch of auxiliary Running , the power switch is
8
lube oil pump 88QA-1 in the ON position
The power switch of auxiliary Running , the power switch is
9
hydraulic oil pump 88HQ-1 in the ON position
The power switch of cooling Running , the power switch is
10
fan 88BT-1,2 of turbine in the ON position
The power switch of
Running , the power switch is
11 exhauster 88VG-1,2 of load
in the ON position
coupling
Exhaust chamber cooling fan Running , the power switch is
12
88EF-1 power switch in the ON position
The power switch of frame Running , the power switch is
13
cooling fan 88TK-1 in the ON position
The power switch of frame Running , the power switch is
14
cooling fan 88TK-2 in the ON position
The power switch of turning Running , the power switch is
15
motor 88TG-1 in the ON position
The power switch of jacking Running , the power switch is
16
oil pump motor 88QB-1,2 in the ON position
30
The power switch of oil mist Running , the power switch is
17
eliminator in the ON position
The power switch of starting Working position ,AUTO
18
motor 88CR control mode ,no alarm
The power switch and control
19 switch of DC lube oil pump Closed ,AUTO control mode
88QE-1
The AC power switch of
20 Closed
charger#1
The AC power switch of
21 Closed
charger#2
The 23HG power switch of
22 Closed
generator
The 23HT power switch of
23 Closed
wheel heater
The 23HA power switch of
24 Closed
wheel heater
Air condition 1 power
25 Closed
52COND1
Air condition 2 power
26 Closed
52COND2
Small gas cabinet #1 fan
27 Closed
88VL1
Small gas cabinet #2 fan
28 Closed
88VL2
Generator protection panel
29 Closed
control power
Each small switch of MCC
30 Correct position
cabinet
No . Inspection content Required state Result
3DC system
#1,#2charger 400AV power
1 Closed
switch
2 DC bus Bar voltage 110V
3 Charger LCD No alarm
4 Battery floating current 12-15A
The body cover of battery and
5 In good condition
its connection
4. Fire protection cabinet
1 Power On
Alarm indicating light ,status
2 Normal
indicating light
3 LCD Display normal, no alarm
31
5The control and protection cabinet of generator
Electronic reading water-hour
1 Each reading indicates correct
meter
No fluctuation in the active
displayed value or the reactive
displayed value, the
2 LCD generator ,voltage, current and
the excitation are normal, no
alarm affecting the
startup&shutdown of the unit
3 Excitation ammeter , voltage Reading is correct
The display of indicating light,
4 Generator protection device
LCD is normal , no alarm
5 Small switch in the cabinet Correct position
6The auxiliary inspection
The oil pressure of lube oil
1 Normal
main
The oil pressure of hydraulic
2 Normal
oil
One unit is operating, one unit
is standby, there is oil flow in
3 Lube oil cooler
the peep window of operating
unit
One unit is operating, one unit
4 Lube oil filter is standby, there is oil flow in
the peep window of unit
5 Oil mist eliminator Normal operation
No . Inspection content Required state Result
The oil flow #1 bearing cycle
7 Smooth
view port
8 Stating motor 88CR body No abnormality
9 Continuous turning Normal
10 Auxiliary gearbox No abnormal sound
No oil leakage, no abnormal
11 #1bearing
sound
7The wheel inspection
1 All the wheels valves Correct position
2 The actual opening of IGV 340
Anti-surging valve
3 Full open
VA2-1.2.3.4
The cooling water valve of
4 Full open
#4,#5,#10.#11 flame detector
5 The position of #13,#14 flame Insert downward
32
plug
The failure of startup exhaust Open the oil loop ,close the
6
valve water loop
The view port of lube oil See the lube oil flow through
7
surge tank the cycle peep window
8 The cylinder body turbine No abnormal sound inside
8The inspection of generator
Jacking differential pressure Does not reach the indicating
1
switch of jacking oil filter position of large differential
2 Every bearing No oil leakage, no abnormal
9The cooling water station
The water level of cooling
1 >3/4
expansion water tank
The body of cooling water
2 No oil leakage or oil lackness
pump
Each pipe valve of cooling
3 Correct position
water
10Fuel gas inspection and hydraulic damper system
The position of every power
Fuel gas inspection control
1 switch is correct, normal
cabinet
display
2 Seal air fan Normal status
Position indicating is
3 Hydraulic damper normal(bypass chimney side
full open )
11APU air compressor system
1 Air compressor Normal operation
Correct position, normal
2 Valves and meters of pipe
display
12MAKVI screen
1 MAKVI alarm screen No alarm
Confirm there is REDAY TO
2 START CHECK screen
START
3 Trip diagram Full green
3.3 Startup Operation and Supervision
3.3.1Starting Condition of the Unit
3.3.1.1 Initial Conditions:
This operation consists in starting up the gas turbine from standstill or
from turning gear speed to nominal speed.
The initial conditions are as follows:
33
No works in progress on the gas turbine, no work permit opened.
Shaft line at standstill or at turning gear speed.
No alarm on the control cabinets.
Fire detection and protection operational.
Control cabinets energized and operational.
Power equipment available and operational.
Fluids available with the correct levels.
Fuel available.
Start-up permissive green status.
Power grid available if the machine is started up for electrical power supply
or steam production.
If the shaft is already in turning gear sequence, as soon as start command
is initiated, the turning gear motor stops, the starting motor starts and the
sequence proceeds as described below.
When the gas turbine has been at standstill for more than two days without
barring, it is recommended to start the auxiliaries first and keep the machine
at turning speed for few minutes, as described in the above chapter cool
down sequence. After few minutes running, the normal start up sequence
may be initiated.
3.3.1.2 Sequences figure
34
35
3.3.1.3 Sequences tables

Input Description Output States
Mode
Select: The automatic mode is selected.
Auto
The visual alarms on the turbine compartment
Start Blinking
blink to indicate the imminent start of the
command duration
following components :
The emergency lube oil pump proceeds to test
88QE 1/0
sequence.
The turbine compartment ventilation proceeds to
88BT 1/0
test sequence.
The turbine compartment ventilation is running. 88BT 1
The lead liquid fuel forwarding pump starts 88FD 1
The atomizing air booster starts 88AB 1
The auxiliary oil pump starts, the oil pressure
88QA 1
builds up.
The oil mist eliminator fan starts. 88QV 1
The generator lift oil pumps start. 88QB 1
The drive motor of the torque converter blades
puts the converter in the maximum torque
36
position.
The high pressure oil pump starts. 88HQ 1
The starting motor starts. 88CR 1
The shaft starts, the "zero speed" signal detects
start of rotation.
The exhaust compartment ventilation is running. 88EF 1
The shaft speed reaches the firing threshold.
The generator compartment ventilation is running
88VG 1
if the package temperature is high.
The exhaust duct purge cycle is activated, 12min
puts the converter in the minimum torque
position.
The turbine speed decreases to reach firing speed
The firing sequence is activated.
The firing transformers are energized.
The fuel valves open.
Presence of flame is detected in the combustion
28FD
chambers.
puts the converter in the maximum torque
position.
The ventilation of the load compartment is active. 88VG 1
After firing, the fuel flow is maintained at its
warm up value for one minute.
The fuel flow gradually increases to accelerate
the shaft.
The generator lift pump stops. 88QB 0
14HA The "acceleration" speed threshold is reached. 88AB
14HC The self-sustaining speed threshold is reached.
The atomizing air booster pump stops 88AB 0
The starting motor stops. 88CR 0
14HS The auxiliary oil pump stops. 88QA 0
The high pressure oil pump stops. 88HQ 0
The cooling fan of the exhaust frame starts. 88TK1 1
The second fan starts a few seconds after the first. 88TK2 1
The generator is excited.
Turbine at nominal speed.
3.3.1.4 Final Conditions

Lubrication of the shaft line is ensured by the shaft driven oil pump.
Gas turbine is at nominal speed, generator excited at nominal voltage,
turbo-generator set ready to be synchronized to the grid for electrical power
37
supply.
3.3.2Cold Drag Speed to Purging Speed
3.3.2.1 Set MODE SELECT to AUTO when condition changes to Ready to start.
Then, set MASTER CONTROL to the unit so as to START. (NOTE:
secondary confirmation block shall pop up after pressing any operation
buttons, and the operation shall only be valid after confirmation.)
3.3.2.2 HMI gives a starting order to GT MK- VI.
3.3.2.3 GT MK-VI is applied into main protection after receiving the starting order.
3.3.2.4 Rotation of turbine spindle increases from alignment speed to 23.3% of
purging speed. At this point, display of HMI shall changes from Startup
Status/Cranking to Purge.
3.3.3Purging to Warming Up
Purging shall last for 12 minutes as timed by purging timer. When purging is
done, 88BT cooling fan in gas turbine cabinet shall start. The 9E unit slowdowns
to about 16% of ignition speed or 480r/min;
a. The ignition is succeeded if two or more than two flare detectors receive flare
signal within 60s,
Display of HMI shall changes into Startup Status/Firing as the ignition
process starts.
HMI shall display on fire when flare becomes stable; FSR resume the heating
value to 12.05%, and HMI displays Startup Status/Warming up.
b. If the ignition fails, the alarm column will indicate that FAI LTURE TO
IGNITE, at this time, operate according to the following procedures
a) Click the target of Crank under the column of Mode Select, the light of
target Crank is on, and then click the target of Start under the column of
Master Control to send the starting command, 30s later, the light of Start is
on, confirm the unit entering into the high speed turning status automatically,
and maintain the status. At the same time check the ignition system and the
natural gas system again.
b) After confirm there is no abnormality, ignite again. Firstly click the target
of Stop under the column of Master Control to send the command of
shutdown, and then the rotating speed reduce to 10% below, after the 14HM
relay reset, click the target Auto under the column of Mode Select, the light
of Auto is on. Fin ally click the target of Start to send the starting command,
30s later the Start lights on, the unit will automatically enter into the ignition
procedure again.
c) If the ignition fail again, Click the target of Crank under the column of
Mode Select, the light of target Crank is on, and then click the target of Start
38
under the column of Master Control to send the starting command, 30s later,
the light of Start is on, confirm the unit entering into the high speed turning
status automatically, and maintain the status. Report the condition to the duty
director; wait for command from the duty director for the next operation.
3.3.4 When warming up is finished and flame becomes stable, FSR and speed of
the unit shall be increased.
HMI shall display: Startup Status/ Accelerating, the unit speed increases.
1) 88QB jacking oil pump stops when rotation speed increases to 50%
(1500rpm).
2) 1-4 stages threshold vibration shall start when unit speed increases to 30% to
60% of rated rotation speed. Number and vibration value of the sensor with
most violent vibration shall be recorded at this stage.
When the rotating speed increases to above 95%, confirm the
equipment(parameter) satisfy the following requirements
Main screen display:
the column of Startup Status display :ACCELERATING.
the column of Speed Level display: 14HS.
Auxiliary lube oil pump 88QA, auxiliary hydraulic oil pump 88HQ quit.
Put the cooling fan of turbine frame 88TK-1into operation, delay 10s to put
88TK-2 into operation .
Excitation system start automatically, establish the voltage to the rated valve.
3.3.5Accelerate to Full Speed No Load
The screen display: Startup Status column display: FULL SPEED NO LOAD
Speed Level column display: 14HS
Check whether the pressure of lube oil main is nor mal (about4.6Bar)
Check whether the pressure of hydraulic oil is nor mal (about 100Bar)
Inspection pressure of fuel oil
Finish the procedure
No abnormal alarm
3.3.6 Full Speed No Load to Synchronization
3.3.6.1 Unit synchronization should be operated according to the command from duty
director, select the auto synchronization mode
3.3.6.2 When the unit reaches full speed no load, after confirm the unit is normal,
operate the synchronization, as following procedure:
39
3.3.6.3 Enter into the Synchronize sub-screen o f Control Screen; confirm the Select
target light under the2nd Breaker DE-Selection column is on, click the target
of AUTO SYNC under the Sync Control column, the AUTO SYNC light is on.
The synchronization rotates positively, click the target of Raise or Lower
under the KV/KVAR Control column, and then regulate the voltage of
generator a litter higher than system voltage, the unit will synchronize
automatically, the outlet switch of generator 52 G Breaker change from Open
to Closed.
This operation consists in synchronizing the turbo-generator set to the grid
for electrical power generation. The initial conditions are as follows:
a Turbine at nominal speed.
b Generator excited at nominal voltage.
c Grid available.
3.3.6.5 Manual synchronizing is allowed if the following conditions are fulfilled:
a Identical generator and grid voltages.
b Identical generator and grid frequencies.
c Identical phase.
3.3.6.6 Manual operation is the responsibility of the operator. Automatic
synchronizing process is to be preferred. RESYNC push button has the same
function as automatic synchronizing. It must be used to allow automatic
re-synchronizing.
40
3.3.6.8 Sequences table

Input Description Output State
Sync Control : The Speedtronic adjust the speed of
AUTO SYNC the unit and the generator voltage.
The generator circuit breaker closes
automatically.
3.3.6.8 Final Conditions:
Unit reaches spinning reserve load.
Turbo-generator set is operational to produce full electrical power supply.
Generator voltage can be adjusted manually to satisfy the reactive power
conditions.
3.3.7 Auto and Manu of the Synchronization
3.3.7.1 Automatic synchronism
Following procedures shall be followed prior to starting of the unit:
a. Set the synchronism control to AUTO SYNC;
b. Select Auto on main HMI display;
41
c. Select Start on main HMI display;
The unit shall start the starting process until grid-connection, and then set
to the preset load or basic load according to the pre-selected load value. The
unit shall set to alternative rotation load when the selection is not finished.
3.3.7.2 Manual synchronism
a. Start grid-connection operations when the unit reaches full-speed empty
load and no abnormality arises from unit operation;
b. Click the SYNC button in synchronize of the synchronism control page,
make sure the button light is on;
c. Click the Turn Up/Down switch among KV/KVAR Control buttons in
SYNC OPTIONS to conduct necessary voltage adjustment so as to
realize consistent voltage between the generator and the circuits;
d. Click Turn Up/down switch among Speed/Load Control buttons in
SYNC OPTIONS to conduct necessary frequency adjustment. Rotation
speed of the generator shall be promoted when needle of the synchronism
meter rotates counterclockwise which indicates that generator frequency
is lower than circuit frequency. Light of AUTO PERMISSIVES
synchronism lights shall blink as the synchronism meter is running. All
synchronism lights shall turn to green when the synchronism meter turns
to 12 oclock and 1 oclock. Rapidly click 52G Breaker button, and
finish manual synchronism procedures as the 52G Breaker button
displays closed.
3.3.7.3 After the success of synchronization, confirm the equipment (parameter)
satisfies the following requirements:
a. The screen display: Startup Status column display: LOADING
b. Speed Level column display: 14HS
c. The unit is loading automatically to the pre-selected value
d. Unit normal operation
e. The anti-surging vent valve of compressor close automatically, the
operation of four limiting switch L33CB10L33CB20L33CB30
L33CB40 is 0
3.3.8 Loading /Unloading (Active, Reactive)
3.3.8.1Load Pick Up
a Initial Conditions
This operation consists in adjusting the active power.
42
Turbo-generator set synchronized to the grid.
Grid available for loading.
b The operator can choose one of the following loading modes:
a) Preselect Load: The load reaches a preselected power according to a
loading slope defined by the Speedtronic.
b) Action on + / - Speed push buttons cancels Preselect mode selection.
c) Base Load: The load increase until the base load is reached according to a
loading slope defined by the Speedtronic.
d) Action on + / - Speed push buttons cancels Base mode selection.
e) Ext Load: The load follows the external load command given by remote
operation according to a loading slope defined by the Speedtronic.
f) Action on + / - Speed push buttons cancels External mode selection.
g) Manual: Action on + / - Speed push buttons allows the operator to adjust
the load.
c The operator can choose one of the following generator modes:
a) Off: Automatic voltage control by generator control.
b) PF: Automatic Power factor control according to set point selected by the
operator.
c) VAR: Automatic Reactive Power control according to set point selected by
the operator
d Sequences figure
43
e Final Conditions
The set generates the power required by the operator.
3.3.8.2 Operation with Basic Load
a The operation of no-load condition after unit synchronization should be
operated according to the command from the duty director.
b The operation with basic load as follows:
Enter into the Start- up sub-screen of Control screen, click the Base Load
target under the column.
Of Load Select, the Base Load light is on. The unit starts loading, the Raise
target under the column of Speed/Lo ad Control flashes, after reach the basic
load, the Raise target does not flash, the screen display: Turbine State column
display: BASE SELECT.
c The operation with preselected as following:
Click the Preselect target under the column of Load Select, the light of
Preselect is on. The display will display the column o f MW Control, click the
Set-point target, and input the preselected load value, the unit starts loading,
the Raise target under the Speed/Load Control column flashes, after reach the
specific preselected load, the Raise target will not flash.
44
3.3.8.3 Special Question on the Operation
a If the unit quit the base load or preselect load because of some reasons, the
target lights of Base Load or Preselect Ld are off; if need to recover to the
previous state, r e-click the Base Load target or Preselect Ld target.
b If need to increase /decrease the active power manually, click the Raise target o
r the Lower target under the column of Speed/Load control, to regulate the
active power.
c If the generator need to increase /decrease the active power manually under the
VAR mode, click the Raise target or the Lower target under the column of
Speed/Load control, to regulate there active power.
3.3.9 Power Factor Control
3.3.9.1 When the unit load is more than 2MW, the difference between the unit power
factor and the setting value is less than 0.03 and is stable, could put the power
factor into operation.
3.3.9.2 Power factor value
Operation at MARK-VI: Enter into the Start-up sub-screen o f Control screen
and then click the PF Ctrl target under the column of Generator Mode, the PF
Ctrl light is on, the screen will display the PF Control column, click the Set-point
target under the column, and input the power factor value.
3.3.9.3 The virgin value
Constant virgin control Operation at MARK-VI
Enter into the Start-up sub-screen o f Control screen and then click the virgin
control target under the column of Generator Mode, the VAR Ctrl light is on, the
screen will display the PF Control column, click the Set-point target under the
column, and input the virgin value.
3.3.10Fuel Transfer
Successful fuel transfer is achieved only if the fuel is in operating condition:
a) System available and all normally open valves open
b) No alarm on the system
c) Fuel available at the right condition: pressure and temperature
d) Liquid fuel in the tank at acceptable level
3.3.10.2 Manual transfer (Gas Turbine at full speed)
a Distillate to Heavy fuel
a) This transfer can be operated only when the generator breaker is closed
45
with the load higher than a minimum value and when the heavy fuel circuit
is ready (pressures, temperatures.)
b) When the turbine is running on distillate fuel, the fuel changeover is
initiated if heavy fuel is selected by the operator. If the heavy fuel
conditions are correct, the transfer operation begins gradually. During
transfer operation, both liquid fuels are burnt simultaneously.
b Heavy to liquid fuel
When the turbine is running with heavy fuel, the changeover is initiated if
liquid fuel is selected by the operator. The transfer begins: the heavy fuel
rate decreases and the distillate fuel rate increases, then the turbine runs on
distillate fuel.
3.3.10.3 Automatic transfer (Gas Turbine at full speed)
Heavy to liquid fuel
Automatic change over occurs in case of fuel conditions out of range
(temperatures, pressures, inhibition skid fault, fuel additive storage tank
level low). It occurs in case of normal shutdown.
Note: If a trip occurs when the unit is burning heavy fuel, a purge
sequence is required after the trip. The automatic purge sequence is initiated
using the multi-port purge valve. End of purging sequence must be confirm
by the operator using Purge End Confirmation.
3.3.10.4 Sequences
46

The gas turbine is running with the selected fuel.
3.4 Inspection During the Operation
3.4.1 Regulation of Regular Meter Reading and Patrol
Operators have to do the patrol inspection of the Gas Turbine, auxiliary and
electric systems every 2 hours, also keep a record of the meter.
3.4.2 Monitor and Inspection during the Operation
3.4.2.1 Inspection for the Content of MARKVI Screen
a All the operation meters should not have large changes, if have, should find
out the reason. If it is the unit abnormal condition, should analyze the reason,
hand le it in time and report to the leader
b Pay more attention to the unit rotating speed TNH, load, flow signal of
natural gas, IGV opening, CPD, VPR2-1 front lube oil pressure QAP2,
generator side lube oil pressure QGP, temperature of lube oil main,
bearing metal temperature, maximum vibration, wheel temperature,
exhaust temperature, differential temperature of exhaust, cooling water
temperature and stator temperature.
c The inspection of ALARM column: No abnormal alarm
47
3.4.2.2Inspection of Electric Panel
a LCD of generator control panel
There is no fluctuation for the active display value o r the reactive display value,
the generator pressure, the current, and the excitation current are normal.
b No alarm
The indication of generator control panel excitation voltage and the ammeter is
correct.
c All indicating lights display of generator protection panel is normal, no
alarm in the LCD.
3.4.2.3Inspection of MCC Panel
a Normal operation mode: When 52 AR power switch is operating, 52AS
power switch is standby and 52 C tie breaker is operating, the interlock switch
is in the NORMAL position.
b The operating light of 88TK1 and 2, 88EF1 or 2, 88VG1 or 2,88QV, 88BT1
or 2is on, the fault light is off.
c The power lights of 88QA, 88HQ, 88TG, 88QB, 88QE, and 88TM are on, the
fault light is off.
d The DC pressure is nor mal, the charger pressure is normal, the current of
working unit is nor mal, the current of standby unit is zero, and the power
indicating lamp is on.
3.4.2.4Inspection of Auxiliary
a The position of each oil system pipes and the valves is correct; there is no
drop; running leakage condition
b Check whether the lube oil main pressure and the hydraulic oil pressure are
normal.
c Check whether the differential pressure of lube oil filter is less than 1 Bar, the
differential pressure o f hydraulic oil filter is less than 3.2 Bar
d Check there is no overheat of each operating pump or abnormal sound
e Check there is no abnormal vibration or so und of auxiliary gearbox
f There is oil flow in the lube oil peep window of #1 bearing
g There is oil flow in the view port of filter of lube oil cooler
h The inlet regulating valve of lube oil cooler (VTR-1) is in the auto position
and the opening is correct.
i The oil level of lube oil tank >1/2, the oil temperature is normal.
48
3.4.2.5 Inspection of Wheel-place
a Under the condition of unit normal operation, must not open the gates at both
sides of wheel
b Check whether the peripheral pipes and the valves are normal and no oil
leakage or gas leakage
c The operating sound of 88BT fan is nor mal
d The operating sound of88TK-1, 2 is normal, no alarm of low air pressure
e There is no abnormal steam flow sound in the wheel
3.4.2.6 Inspection of Generator
a The sound of each bearing shell of generator is normal, and there is no
leakage in each oil bearing deflector, oil pipe, pressure switch or measuring
point.
b Normal outage of jacking oil pump, no oil leakage of jacking oil pipe
c The cooling water intake of generator, pressure of backwater and the
temperature are normal
3.4.2.7 Inspection of Cooling Water System
a Check whether the valve position of cooling water pipe is correct, no drop and
leakage condition.
b Check whether the oil flow of cooler of microscope is normal
c Check whether the cooling water intake and the temperature of backwater are
normal, no obvious increase of differential temperature, the water level of
expansion water tank is nor mal
d Check whether the cooling water intake and the temperature of backwater are
normal, no obvious increase of differential temperature.
e Check whether the cooling water intake of generator and the temperature of
backwater are normal, no obvious increase of differ entail temperature,
f Check there is no abnormal sound during the operation of cooling water pump,
no overheat condition
3.4.2.8 Inspection of Back-purge
a The differential pressure of inlet filter is normal, the back purge is auto, and
the power light of control box is on
b The operation of air compressor is normal, the pressure indication of
compressed air tank is nor mal, more than 6BAR
c Periodic blow-down is normal
d The position of each valve of backup regis correct
49
3.4.2.9 Inspection of Main Transformer
a The operating sound of main transformer is normal, no oil leakage condition
b No discharging condition in both transformer inlet and outlet
c The working unit operation of coo ling air fan of main transformer is normal
d The left and right winding temperature of main transformer is normal, the
main transformer temperature is normal.
e The oil level and the color of the oil conservator is normal
f The pressure of mental enclosed bus-bar is normal
g Whether the breather is smooth, whether the silica gel deliquesces and turns
red
h The position of switch handle in the control cabinet is correct
3.4.2.10 Inspection CO2 Bracket
a The positions of valves on CO2 bracket pipeline are correct, and there is no
running, emitting, dripping and leaking.
b The lockout pin of CO2 initial releasing cylinder is already pulled out.
c The heavy hammer o f each cylinder does not fall down, otherwise, send
defect notice sheet and replace cylinder.
d Each transmission mechanism on bracket shall be firmly connected, without
rust or erosion
3.5 Switching Operation of Unit Main Equipment and the Interlock Test
3.5.1 Operation of Putting Into/Quitting the IGV Temperature Control
The condition of putting into/quit the IGV temperature controls.
When the gas turbine is in the single cycle operation, must quit the IGV
temperature control.
3.5.2 Switching of Lube Oil Filter
3.5.2.1 The operation of switching the lube oil filter should be received the command
from the duty director
3.5.2.2 Check and confirm the standby filters are in the good standby condition
3.5.2.3 Open the connection valve between operating unit and the standby unit slowly.
3.5.2.4 Observe the oil flow peep window o f standby unit, after the oil flow is normal,
switch the switching valve to the standby unit, close the connection valve.
3.5.2.5 During the period of switching, should supervise the change of differential
pressure from the beginning to the end, the switching should be fast, must not
stay in the middle position. If abnormal condition happened, switch to the
50
original condition immediately, stop the operation.
3.5.3 Switching Operation of Lube Oil Cooler
3.5.3.1 The operation of switching the lube oil cooler should be received the command
from the duty director
3.5.3.2 Check and confirm the standby filters are in the good standby condition
3.5.3.3 Open the connection valve between operating unit cooler and the standby unit
slowly.
3.5.3.4 Observe the standby cooler peep window, after the oil flow is nor mal, switch
the switching valve to the standby cooler, and then o pen the coo ling water
inlet/outlet valve of standby cooler, close the cooling water inlet/outlet valve o f
previous operating cooler, and finally close the connection valve.
pressure from the beginning to the end, the switching should be fast, must not
stay in the middle position. If abnormal condition happened, switch to the
original status immediately, stop the operation. After the switching, should
observe the change condition of lube oil temperature in a period.
3.5.3.6 Must not feed the cooling water to the oil cooler under the condition without oil
pressure
3.5.4 Switching of Hydraulic Oil Filtering
3.5.4.1 The switching of hydraulic oil filter should received the approval from the duty
director in advance:
3.5.4.2 Check and confirm the standby hydraulic oil filters are in the good standby
condition
3.5.4.3 Open the connection valve between operating unit and the standby unit of oil
filter slowly.
3.5.4.4 Open the exhaust valve of standby filter slowly, to exhaust and feed the oil to the
standby filter
3.5.4.5 After the oil flow is normal, close the exhaust valve of standby filter, after one to
two minutes standing, open the exhaust valve of standby filter again, after the oil
flow is normal and then close it again, if still can exhaust the air, repeat the
procedures until the air in the oil filter is exhausted fully
3.5.4.6 Pull up the bolt of the switching valve, change the switching valve to the
standby filter and then fix the bolt.
3.5.4.7 Close the connection valve
pressure of the oil filter, the switching should be fast, must not stay in the middle
position. If an abnormal condition happened, switch to the original status
51
immediately, stop the operation.
3.5.5 Oil Flushing Operation
3.5.5.1 Unit oil flushing operation should be implemented upon the command of the
shift chief operator;
3.5.5.2 Check and make sure the heavy oil pump is at outage state and the oil pressure is
normal;
3.5.5.3 Check and make sure all exhaust valves and drain valves of the fuel system are
closed;
3.5.5.4 Forcing logic volume L20TV1X, L20FL1X and L20FDX are "1", L4_XTP is
"0", and open the fuel shut-off valve;
3.5.5.5 Manually open the light oil pump;
3.5.5.6 Manually open fuel nozzle front multi-port discharge valves VP-1 and VP-2,
and carry out oil flushing;
3.5.5.7 Observe and make sure the oil flushing volume FQL1 is more than 20%, R, S
and T cards are unanimous, and FQLM1 is at 2.4kg / s;
3.5.5.8 Manually close fuel nozzle front multi-port discharge valves VP-1 and VP-2,
and the FQL1 value should be "0";
3.5.5.9 Check and make sure the forward pressure of each fuel nozzle is normal (about
5.0bar);
3.5.5.10 Release the forcing of L20TV1X, L20FL1X, L4_XTP and L20FDX, and close
the fuel shut-off valve;
3.5.5.11 Manually stop light oil pump, check and make sure the 20FD-1 and 20FD-2
solenoid valves on MKV screen are closed;
3.5.5.12 Switch the gas turbine to master reset, and reset relevant alarms.
3.5.6 High Pressure Oil Filter Switching
3.5.6.1 High pressure oil filter switching should be permitted by the shift chief operator
in advance; try to carry out load shedding switching, and make sure the
operation is carried out by two people;
3.5.6.2 Check and make sure the drain valve and exhaust valve of standby filter are
closed and under good standby state;
3.5.6.3 Slowly open the oil filtering connection valves between operation group and
standby group, and observe VS1 forward pressure;
3.5.6.4 Open standby filter exhaust valve, charge oil into and exhaust air in the standby
filter, close the exhaust valve after the oil flow is stabilized, let it still for 1-2
minutes, then re-open the exhaust valve, and close the exhaust valve after the oil
flow is stabilized. If there is air discharged, repeat this step until the air in the oil
52
filter is completely discharged;
3.5.6.5 Slowly open standby filter inlet valve, observe and make sure the VS1 forward
fuel pressure variation does not exceed 10%, otherwise recover;
3.5.6.6 Slowly open standby filter outlet valve, observe and make sure the VS1 forward
fuel pressure variation does not exceed 10%, otherwise recover;
3.5.6.7 Slowly close the original running filter outlet valve;
3.5.6.8 Slowly close the original running filter inlet valve;
3.5.6.9 Close the connection valve;
3.5.6.10 Pay attention to pressure changes in switching process, try to avoid too fast
action which may cause system shock. If there is any abnormality, e.g. the
pressure fluctuates violently and there is pumping noise, immediately recover
the original valve in reverse steps, and stop the switching operation.
3.5.7 Light Oil Filter Switching
3.5.7.1 Light oil filter switching should be permitted by the shift chief operator in
advance;
3.5.7.2 Check and make sure the drain valve (HV308 or HV310) and exhaust valve
(HV307 or HV309) of standby filter are closed and under good standby state;
3.5.7.3 Slowly open the connection valve HV306 between the running filter and the
standby filter;
3.5.7.4 Slowly open standby filter exhaust valve HV307 or HV309, charge oil into and
exhaust air in the standby filter, close the exhaust valve after the oil flow is
stabilized, let it still for 1-2 minutes, then re-open the exhaust valve, and close
the exhaust valve after the oil flow is stabilized. If there is air discharged, repeat
this step until the air in the oil filter is completely discharged;
3.5.7.5 Slowly open the standby filter inlet valve HV303 or HV304;
3.5.7.6 Slowly open the standby filter outlet valve HV311 or HV312;
3.5.7.7 Slowly close the original running filter outlet valve HV311 or HV312;
3.5.7.8 Slowly close the original running filter inlet valve HV303 or HV304
3.5.7.9 Close the connection valve HV306;
3.5.7.10 Pay attention to pressure changes in switching process, try to avoid too fast
action which may cause system shock. If there is any abnormality, e.g. the
pressure fluctuates violently and there is pumping noise, immediately recover
the original valve in reverse steps, and stop the switching operation.
3.5.8 Heavy Oil Twin Filter Switching
3.5.8.1 Heavy oil filter switching should be permitted by the shift chief operator in
advance;
53
(HV306 or HV310) of standby filter are closed;
3.5.8.3 Slowly open the reverse flushing valve HV305, and rotate HV309 handle to
standby according to the arrow direction;
3.5.8.4 Slowly open standby filter exhaust valve (HV310 or HV306), exhaust air in the
standby filter, close the exhaust valve when there is oil flow, let it still for 1-2
minutes, then re-open the exhaust valve to exhaust air, repeat the opening and
closing, and close the exhaust valve when the oil flow is stabilized;
3.5.8.5 Open standby side bypass valve HV308 or HV312;
3.5.8.6 Quickly switch the switching valve HV304 to standby side;
3.5.8.7 Close the original running side bypass valve HV311or HV307;
3.5.8.8 In switching process, pay attention to monitor the oil filter differential pressure
changes and oil pressure changes, switch rapidly without stay at middle position;
if there is any abnormality, immediately switch to the original state and stop the
switching operation.
3.5.9 Hybrid Filter Switching
3.5.9.1 Hybrid filter switching should be permitted by the shift chief operator in
advance;
(HV125 or HV126) of standby filter are closed and under good standby state;
standby filter;
3.5.9.4 Slowly open standby filter exhaust valve HV125 or HV126, charge oil into and
exhaust air in the standby filter, close the exhaust valve after the oil flow is
stabilized, let it still for 1-2 minutes, then re-open the exhaust valve, and close
the exhaust valve after the oil flow is stabilized. If there is still air discharged,
repeat this step until the air in the oil filter is completely discharged;
3.5.9.5 Quickly switch the switching valve HV121 to standby filter;
3.5.9.6 Close the connection valve HV122;
3.5.9.7 In switching process, pay attention to monitor the oil filter differential pressure
changes, switch rapidly without stay at middle position; if there is any
abnormality, immediately switch to the original state and stop the switching
operation.
3.5.10 Heavy Oil Booster Pump Inlet Filter Switching
3.5.10.1 Heavy oil pump inlet filter switching should be permitted by the shift chief
operator in advance;
3.5.10.2 Check and make sure standby filter exhaust bolts are under closed state, and
54
the filter is under good standby state;
standby filter;
3.5.10.4 Slightly open the standby side exhaust bolts by a monkey wrench, and close
them when there is stable oil flowing out;
3.5.10.5 Fully open the connection valve HV203;
3.5.10.6 Rotate the switching handle HV202 to standby side;
3.5.10.7 Close the connection valve HV203.
3.5.11 Vanadium Inhibitor Regulation
3.5.11.1 Requirements on Mg / V during unit operation: the Mg / V value detected by
Baird spectrometer should be controlled within 2.65-3.0 within 16 hours after
flushing, and within 2.35-2.65 after 16 hours.
3.5.11.2 The Mg / V can be changed via regulation of vanadium inhibitor pump stroke:
the stroke can be calculated by the following formula:
The stroke after regulation = the Mg / V after regulation the Mg / V before
regulation the stroke before regulation. In situ regulate the vanadium
inhibitor pump stroke to the result calculated according to the above formula.
The Mg / V speed can be changed via the regulation of vanadium inhibitor
pump speed:
3.5.11.3 Calculate speed control parameter FA1/FA2 according to the following
formula: the FA1/FA2 after regulation=the Mg /V after regulation the Mg /V
before regulation the FA1/FA2 before regulation.
3.5.11.4 Enter the "Liquid Fuel" sub-screen under "Control" screen, click on "FA1" or
"FA2", enter the above calculation result in the pop-up window, and then click
"OK".
3.5.12 Performance Test
3.5.12.1 Record the kWh with stopwatch, over 2 minutes(less than 3 minutes), press
the stopwatch and record the kWh and the run time of the stopwatch.
3.5.12.2 Record the local value of thermometer in this moment and the value of
atmosphere pressure gauge
3.5.12.3 Print the operating data screen at this moment
3.5.12.4 Count the gas turbine operating time after water washing
3.5.12.5 Fill the table of performance test
3.5.13 Gas Turbine MCC Incoming Feeder Breaker Interlock Transfer Test
3.5.13.1 Take examples of MCC#1 breaker 52AR at closing position, MCC#2 power
switch 52AS at opening position, and tie breaker at closing position.
55
3.5.13.2 Check bus voltage to ensure normal and interlock switch at NORMAL position
3.5.13.3 Disconnect MCC#1 power switch 52AR.
3.5.13.4 Check MCC tie breaker 52C interlock tripping to ensure normal.
3.5.13.5 Check MCC#2 power switch 52AS interlock automatic operation and energy
storage to ensure normal.
3.5.13.6 Close MCC#1 power switch 52 AR.
3.5.13.7 Check MCC#2 power switch interlock tripping to ensure normal.
3.5.13.8 Check MCC tie breaker 52C interlock and closing for being normal.
3.5.13.9 Restore all equipments which are shutdown for test.
3.5.14 Emergency Lube Oil Pump 88QE Automatic Operation Test
(Implement It after Shutdown)
3.5.14.1 Ensure that units are in normal barring state, and the Bar ring motor 88TG
operating handle is at ON position, and the signal indication is normal.
3.5.14.2 Ensure that 88QA is in normal operation state, and operating handle at ON
position, and signal indication normal
3.5.14.3 Check 88QE switch power is fed, and operating handle at AUTO position, and
signal indication normal.
3.5.14.4 Turn 88QA switch operating hand le to ON position and check 88QA to ensure
it already starts.
3.5.14.5 Check 88QE automatic operation for being normal, and barring motor 88TG
already quits.
3.5.14.6 Turn 88QA switch operating handle to ON position and check 88QA to ensure
it already starts.
3.5.14.7 Force L4QEZ1 at 0, stop 88QE, and then release the forcing, check 88QE for
recovery and standby
3.5.14.8 Check lube oil pressure for being normal
3.5.14.9 After the speed drops to 3.3. %, check barring motor 88TG for re-operating.
3.5.15 Light Oil Pump 88FD Automatic-activation Test
3.5.15.1 Check and make sure the switching power of 88FD1 and 2 has been sent, the
switch knob is at "AUTO" position, and the signal indicating is normal;
3.5.15.2 Select 88FD1 as the primary pump;
3.5.15.3 Forcing L4FD is "1", and make sure 88FD1 start is proper;
3.5.15.4 Rotate 88FD1 switch operating handle to "OFF" position;
56
3.5.15.5 Check and make sure 88FD2 automatic-activation is normal;
3.5.15.6 Rotate 88FD1 switch operating handle to "AUTO" position;
3.5.15.7 Select 88FD2 as the primary pump, and master reset;
3.5.15.8 Rotate 88FD2 switch operating handle to "OFF" position;
3.5.15.9 Check and make sure 88FD1 automatic-activation is normal;
3.5.15.10 Lift L4FD forcing, make sure 88FD1 is under outage, and master reset.
3.5.16 Gas Turbine Lubricant On-line and Off-line Oil Filtering
3.5.16.1 Check before the first startup
a Check all drain valves and make sure they are all closed;
b Check and make sure equipment assembly and system installation are complete,
all safety switches, valves and breakers are intact; for explosion-proof type,
make sure the gas supply is connected properly;
c Check and make sure electrical circuit wiring is proper and intact, electric tank
circuit is firm, the grounding indication function is normal and the power supply
is normal;
d Make sure all valves in the entire fluid circuit are fully open;
e Make sure all exhaust vales on upper part of the container are fully closed;
f Close the main power switch on the control panel to make the system energized;
g Check whether the model flashed on the screen is correct;
h When system running menu pops up, enable manual operation mode to charge
liquid into and exhaust air in the system;
i Pull open the green operating lever switch and maintain it for 7-10 seconds until
the pump starts running, and then the unit is running under manual mode. In
startup process, the green light flashes, and the flow is set to be half of the
maximum flow;
j Place a oil container underneath the exhaust valve that is on top of the
pre-filtering container, slowly open the exhaust vale to exhaust the air in the
container, wait patiently until there is no bubble in the oil flowing out, and then
close the exhaust valve;
k Exhaust the air in each container in the same way, and make sure the air in the
container is discharged completely;
l When all the air has been completely discharged out of the system, the stable
flow value will be displayed on the PLC screen, and the operator can press down
the green control switch, i.e., stop manual mode operation.
57
3.5.16.2 Normal startup of oil filter
a Make sure all valves in fluid circuit are in fully open state;
b Make sure all drain valves and exhaust valves of containers are fully closed;
c Rotate the main power switch on the control panel to "ON" position, turn on
the main power, and wait for the system running menu to pop up;
d Make sure there is no alarm message; if there is any alarm message,
immediately stop; there should be no alarm before running;
e Pull the green control display switch and immediately release, and then the
green control display switch will start running program; observe whether the
green control display switch is flashing;
f After startup, the fluid will firstly be pumped in, and the flow will be gradually
increased, during which, the green light will flash and display half of the flow;
g The motor runs stably at accelerated speed, and the flow increases slowly; try
to avoid excessive pressure which may bring out the pollutants that have been
captured by the filter;
h At this stage, the green control display switch continues to flash, indicating that
the discharge unit has not yet started;
i When the system flow has reached the required flow for some time, the system
will prompt to start ISO Pur balancing charge process (electronic discharge /
mixed flow process), and display purification begins; at this period, the green
indicator light is on;
j After one hour of operation, record the pressure, temperature and flow
readings.
3.5.16.3 Manually stop the oil filtering
a Before shutdown, record all running parameters on the intuitive information
display interface, and make a log;
b Press down the green control display switch to shut down;
c Observe whether the pressure reading has dropped down to 0;
d Close the main power switch;
e Close the system inlet and outlet valves;
f Make sure all valves are coupled with the main equipment sound;
g Check whether the system has any leak or any other abnormal situation; if yes,
immediately report the maintenance personnel.
3.6 Mark VIe System
3.6.1 Overview
58
The Mark VIe control system is a second-generation microprocessor-based
turbine control. The Mark VIe product performs a minimal upgrade to the
Speedtronic Mark VIe turbine control system. This upgrade is an alternative to a
full cabinet replacement with a Mark VIe control. It is an upgrade to Mark VIe
control capabilities without impacting the current I/O interface. This system uses
the latest Mark VIe technology while retaining all existing I/O terminations in
the Mark VIe cabinet. Field-wiring terminations and turbine devices remain
intact to minimize installation and commissioning downtime. This upgrade
package transforms the product name from Mark VIe control to Mark VIe
control.
The retrofit includes Mark VIe compliant controllers of the same form factor,
supported by the Toolbox ST* application configuration tool. The system level
communication is through the Mark VIe-based controller Unit Data Highway
(UDH) connections on 100TX Ethernet. The resulting system has analog sample
rates, accuracies, and floating point numeric representation, making it the
functional equivalent of a Mark VIe control system. It is capable of I/O
expansion by accepting upgrades based on Mark VIe I/O packs connected
through Ethernet IO/ Net.
3.6.1.1 Ethernet Switches
The UDH, PDH, and IO Net use Fast Ethernet switches preconfigured
specifically for the turbine controls application. Any replacement switch must
also be configured with the appropriate configuration for the turbine controls
application. Redundant switches provide multiple communications links to the
controllers and HMI systems.
Some basic troubleshooting techniques are useful in the diagnosis and repair
of these systems as follows:
In the event of a network link failure, check the status LEDs at both ends of
the link. Unlit LEDs indicate a failure in that specific link. Troubleshoot the
switch, cable, HMI, or controller by substituting known working Ethernet
components until the link status LEDs show health.
On large systems, there may be many switches. It will be necessary to pursue
a half-interval (binary search) technique when troubleshooting the network
system. This half-interval approach involves isolating different local areas of the
network by removing the cables between different areas. These individual areas
can then be diagnosed using the method described above. Once all of the
individual areas are functioning, they can be connected one at a time until the
complete network is restored.
3.6.2 IO /Net and ARCNET Interface (PIOA)
3.6.2.1 Functional Description
Infrared port not used
The IO/Net ARCNET (PIOA) I/O pack provides an interface between the
59
newer Mark* VIe control Ethernet IO/Net and the existing Mark V control
RS-485 IO/Net or the excitation control ARCNET. The PIOA provides an
interfaces to the I/O boards TCDA and TCEA. The I/O pack mounts to the
JPDV terminal board through a 37-pin connector. The LAN connections (IO/Net
and ARCNET) are made to the JPDV.
System input to the I/O pack is through dual RJ-45 Ethernet connectors and a
3-pin power input. Visual diagnostics are provided through indicator LEDs.
There is a separate IO/Net PIOA for each core (R, S, T, and C), if the system is
TMR. Excitation control ARCNET adds a single PIOA to <C> core for simplex
applications or a single PIOA to <R> and <C> cores for redundant applications.
3.6.2.2 Diagnostics
The I/O pack performs the following self-diagnostic tests:
A power-up self-test that includes checks of RAM, flash memory, Ethernet
ports, and most of the processor board hardware
Continuous monitoring of the internal power supplies for correct operation
A check of the electronic ID information from the terminal board, acquisition
board, and processor board to confirm that the hardware set matches, followed
by a check that the application code loaded from flash memory is correct for the
hardware set
Monitoring for loss of communications (DLAN+ or RS-485 IO/Net).
60
3.6.3 JPDV Terminal Board
JPDV is the power distribution board for the MVRA and MVRF, up to two
controllers, an Ethernet switch and up to two PIOA packs. The board is the
interface for the PIOA pack to the DLAN+ to the excitation control and the
RS-485 IO/Net to TCDAs and TCEAs.
3.6.3.2 Diagnostics
Each terminal board connector has its own ID device that is interrogated by
the I/O pack/board. The connector ID is coded into a read-only chip containing
the board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1
connector location. When the chip is read by the controller and a mismatch is
encountered, a hardware incompatibility fault is created.
3.6.4 Mark VIe Control I/O Communication (PMVE)
The Mark* VIe control PMVE (based on the UCSA processor board)
communicates and controls one or more I/O agents across the high-speed serial
link (HSSL). The PMVE supports the MVRA, MVRB, and MVRF boards in
TMR and simplex configuration, as well as the MVRC board in simplex
configuration. Configuration parameters from the ToolboxST* application are
used for customization. The UCSA is a stand-alone control processor board that
is loaded with specific software and combined with one of the Mark VIe analog
I/O boards to become the PMVE module.
The PMVE is controlled by the Mark VIe controller through the IO/Net. The
controller contains the application code blockware that can be customized for a
particular application. The PMVE operating system (OS) is QNX Neutrino,
a real-time, multitasking OS designed for high-speed, high-reliability industrial
applications. Six communication ports provide links to I/O, operator, and
engineering interfaces as follows:
RS-232C connection for setup using the COM1 port
Ethernet connection for the IO/Net (two ports)
High Speed Serial Links (HSSL) (three ports)
3.6.4.2 Diagnostics
The I/O module performs the following self-diagnostic tests:
A power-up self test that includes checks of RAM, flash memory, Ethernet
ports, and most of the processor board hardware
Continuous monitoring of the internal power supplies for correct operation
A check of the electronic ID information from the terminal board, acquisition
board, and processor board ID to confirm that the hardware set matches,
61
followed by a check that the application code loaded from flash memory is
correct for the hardware set.
Each input has sensor limit checking, open circuit detection, dc bias auto
nulling, and excessive dc bias detection. Alarms are generated for these
diagnostics.
Details of the individual diagnostics are available in the ToolboxST
application. I/O block SYS_OUTPUTS, input RSTDIAG can be used to direct
all I/O modules to clear from the alarm queue all diagnostics in the normal
healthy state.
3.6.5 MVRA I/O Interface Board
The MVRA is an I/O board on the PMVE using the high-speed serial link
(HSSL). The PMVE contains specialized code for the MVRA that
communicates and controls the MVRA analog and digital I/O. Configuration
parameters customize MRVA operation. The MVRA is a functional replacement
for the Mark V TCQA and IOMA boards.
3.6.5.2 Diagnostics
The MVRA board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the PMVE.
The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number,
board type, and revision number. This ID is checked as part of the power-up
diagnostics.
3.6.6 MVRB I/O Interface Board
The MVRB is an I/O board on the PMVE using the high-speed serial link
(HSSL). The PMVE contains specialized code for the MVRB that
communicates and controls the MVRB analog and digital I/O. Configuration
parameters customize MVRB operation. The MVRB is a functional replacement
for the Mark V TCQB board.
3.6.6.2 Diagnostics
The MVRB board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the PMVE.
The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serial number,
board type, and revision number. This ID is checked as part of the power-up
diagnostics.
3.6.7 HSLA Interface
The HSLA is a single or dual port High Speed Serial Link (HSSL) interface
for host application boards (MVRA, B, C, F). The HSLA provides the following
features:
62
a. Up to two HSSL interfaces configured as:
RJ-45 copper CAT3e (right-angle)
Fiber-optic (fast fiber connections)
b. Field programmable gate array (FPGA) for the application program
Onboard programmable flash available to load the application program
Protected boot flash to enable initial HSSL communications
c. Generic 3.3 V I/O interface with the host application board
Either input or output J1 and J2 (55 points) JL (36 or 51 points)
Input only J1 and J2 (0 points) JL (10 points)
d. 3.3 V dc at 1.0 A power supply available to be used by the host application
board Interface to the application board is through the FPGA. Each I/O point
is designed to be general purpose with a few specialized function I/O pins.
3.6.7.2 Diagnostics
a DS1 is a yellow TX/RX. This LED is only on when data is being transmitted
or received from the HSLA port J3 to the host PMVE.
b DS2 is a green link LED. This LED is on when a valid cable connection is
detected between the HSLA port J3 and the PMVE.
c DS3 is a yellow TX/RX. This LED is only on when data is being transmitted
or received from the HSLA port J4 to the host PMVE.
d DS4 is a green link LED. This LED is on when a valid cable connection is
63
detected between the HSLA port J4 and the PMVE.
e DS5 is a red attention LED. This is used by the application code for special
functions, such as LED is on during application flash programming.
f DS6 is a green power-applied LED. This LED is on whenever power greater
than 5 V dc is applied.
3.7Information and Recommendations about Noise

3.7.1 Introduce
The equipment supplied by GE emits a certain noise level. The sound levels
created by the equipments must be known and taken into account so that
workers hearing can be efficiently protected from this hazard. Noise exposure
requirements are specific to each countrys laws or are derived from
international standards.
3.7.1.1European directive 2003/10/CE
Regulations about noise exposure define the admissible limits for a worker
exposed to noise following two quantitative criteria :
daily noise exposure level, referred to as LEX,8h (dB(A) re. 20 Pa). It is
the time-weighted average of the noise exposure levels for a nominal
eight-hour working day. This figure is equivalent to an eight-hour exposure to
a constant noise level.
peak sound pressure, referred to as peak. It is the maximum value of the
C-frequency weighted instantaneous noise pressure. It can also be expressed
64
in dB(C) in relation to 20 Pa.
Since February 15th, 2006, the European directive 2003/10/CE applies.
This directive defines the exposure limit values and exposure action values for
the above-defined criteria :
a. exposure limit values : LEX,8h = 87 dB(A) and = 200 Pa (i.e. 140
dB(C)).
b. upper exposure action values : LEX,8h = 85 dB(A) and = 140 Pa(i.e.
137 dB(C)).
c. lower exposure action values : LEX,8h = 80 dB(A) and = 112 Pa(i.e.
135 dB(C)).
Whatever the noise level, the directive requires from the employer the
following :
a determination and assessment of risks by measuring the noise level which
the workers are exposed to.
if necessary, implementation of mitigative measures intended to limit
exposure and reduce risks.
The extent of the actions to be undertaken depends on the severity of the
exceeding of the limit values (situation b. or c.). A common mitigative action
consists in limiting the duration of the exposure.
OSHA regulation 1910.95
Required maximum noise levels, defined in the table below, depend on the
time during which personnel is exposed to noise.
Duration per day (hours) Sound level (dB(A), slow response)
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1 105
3.7.2 Noise Emitted by the Plant
3.7.2.1Plant noise : measurement and guarantee
The sound pressure level has to be measured in accordance with ISO 10494
and an engineering method (uncertainty grade 2).
The sound pressure levels measured around gas turbines does not vary
significantly during base load operation. The below figure shows typical sound
65
pressure level figures inside acoustical enclosures .
The below figure sketch the contour on which noise measurements are made :
SPL is considered in dB(A) at 1 meter from the surface of the equipment and at
an elevation of 1,6 meter above the operating level and any platform accessible
by stairs. This implies that the noise level between two equipments separated by
a distance inferior to 2 meters is not guaranteed.
The expected sound emissions provided herein are instructional in nature and
intent. They are not to be considered as a guarantee. Guarantees pertaining to
66
sound emissions are found in the contract documents for a project.
4 Unit Outage and Turning

4.1 Outage Mode and Principle of Unit
4.1.1 Modes of Unit Outage Included
4.1.1.1 Normal outage is the outage that shut down the unit normally according to
dispatch demand or operation plan during the normal operation.
4.1.1.2 General fault outage refers to the human intervention outage when there is
abnormality the unit equipment and the abnormal degree does not the manual
emergency outage condition, but need to shut down the unit to maintain the
abnormal equipment to ensure the safety of unit outage process.
4.1.1.3 Emergency outage refers to the outage operation when endanger the safety of
person and equipment, interrupt the unit immediately.
4.1.2 Conditions on Shutdown
a. The unit may be stopped by normal methods when such shutdown is for
purpose of normal scheduling.
b. The unit may be stopped by normal methods when the equipment is detected
with abnormality that has no effect to safety operation of main equipments
while maintenance is only available after shutdown.
c. The unit may be stopped after load decreasing when unit safety is under threat
and shutdown after load decreasing is available.
67
d. Unit normal outage and general fault outage operation must be carried out
according to duty directors order. Unit emergency outage doesnt require duty
directors order.
4.2 Shutdown Operation and Supervision
4.2.1 Rules of Normal Shutdown
a. Gas turbine loss shall be minimized during shutdown. Maintenance shall be
performed as much as possible after shutdown.
b. Shutdown efficiency shall be maximized, i.e. the ratio between total
consumption of fuels and outcome total power per hour shall reach the
maximum ratio.
c. Pre-shutdown status: gas turbine (clean oil or heavy oil) circulates jointly with
boiler-turbine under load.
4.2.2 Inspection before Shutdown
a. Check to see if DCS AUTO MODE has been set to REMOTE mode on
Mark-VI.
b. Check high-pressure and low-pressure bypasses.
a) Tracing about bypass set value at set point
b) Isolating valve at automatic mode
c) Bypass valve at automatic mode
d) Bypass spray water valve at automatic mode
e) Bypass trap valve at automatic mode
c. Check if the shutdown system of gas turbine monitoring device are ready;
a) Check if Mark-VI is under REMOTE mode
b) Check if the alignment device on Mark-VI HMI is set to AUTO mode.
4.2.3 Operation of Gas Turbine Shutdown
a This operation consists in shutting down the gas turbine-generator set.
b The initial conditions are as follows:
1 - Set synchronized to the grid.
Or
2 - Gas Turbine at full speed no-load.
68

1- Set synchronized to the grid:
Master The load drops down to the reverse power relay
control : threshold according to a loading slope defined
Stop by the Speedtronic.
The sets circuit breaker opens.
The compressor bleed valves open.
2-Gas turbine at full speed no-load:
Deceleration of shaft due to decreased fuel
flow.
14HS The auxiliary oil pump starts. 88QA 1
The high pressure oil pump starts. 88HQ 1
The cooling fan of the exhaust frame stops. 88TK1/2 0
14HC The atomizing air booster pump starts 88AB 1
28FD The loss of flames is detected.
The ventilation of the load compartment is
88VG 0
stopped.
One of the bearing lift pump starts. 88QB 1
14HM The generator compartment ventilation stops. 88GV 0
14HT The exhaust compartment ventilation stops. 88EF 0
Turning gear motor starts. 88TG 1
The atomizing air booster stops 88AB 0
69
puts the converter in the turning torque
position.
a The shaft line is rotating at turning gear speed to allow the cooling cycle to
be carried out.
b Automatic shutdown is forbidden the first hours of cooling.
c Running sequence of turbine compartment fan is according to turbine
compartment temperature, ambient and wheel-space temperature.
d Starting sequence is possible at any time.
4.3 Putting &Shutting Down the Cooldown
4.3.1 Inspection After Shutdown
a. The lubricating oil pump is operating normally and the pressure of the main
pipe pressure of lubricating oil is normal after being checked;
b. The input of the jacking oil pump is normal and the oil pressure of the jacking
oil pump is normal after being checked;
c. The unit shall take for alignment continuously after being checked;
d. The operation of the cooling water pump is normal and the cooling water
temperature and the lubricating oil temperature also are normal after being
checked;
e. The operation of the smoke exhaust fan of the lubrication oil tank is normal;
f. Check 88GV normal
4.3.2 Cooldown Operation
4.3.2.1 Initial conditions
This operation consists of starting the shaft turning gear after a complete
shutdown of the gas turbine. The initial conditions are as follows:
a) No works in progress on the gas turbine, no work permit opened.
b) Shaft at complete standstill.
c) Control cabinets energized and operational.
d) Power equipment available and operational.
e) Fluids available with the correct levels.
f) No unjustified alarms.
g) Fire detection and protection are operational.
70
h) Availability of fuel is not required if the machine is not to be fired.

Input Description Output States
Cooldown
The cooldown is selected.
Control :On
Master The visual alarms on the turbine
Blinking
control : compartment blink to indicate the
duration
Start imminent start-up of the gas turbine.
The auxiliary oil pump starts, the oil
88QA 1
pressure builds up.
The generator lift oil pumps start. 88QB 1
The drive motor of the torque converter
blades puts the converter in the maximum
torque position.
The starting motor starts. 88CR 1
The shaft rotates, the "zero speed" signal
14HR detects the
start of rotation.
The shaft speed reaches a point where it
14HT 88CR 0
can be maintained by the turning motor.
The turning motor is active. 88TG 1
71
The drive motor of the torque converter
blades puts the converter in the turning
torque position.
Turbine at turning speed.
The shaft line rotates at low speed and the gas turbine is available for start-up.
De-selection of the turning gear will stop the shaft line turning sequence if the
turbine is cold.
4.4 Special Sequences
4.4.1 General
This document completes the normal operation sequences and contains specific
instructions for special sequences.
The following standard text applies to all gas turbines type 9000E (100 to
150MW). Optional equipment is often identified by the symbol () in the text.
The text is intended as a guide for the operator. The experience acquired during
the day-to-day operation of the plant will enable the operating staff to further
supplement and refine the recommendations contained in this document.
4.4.2 Starting Mode
The operator usually starts the gas turbine in automatic mode by selecting
Auto on the main screen, or Remote for remote operation. Mode Select
Crank and Fire are available for specific sequence test.
Crank allows normal starting sequence of the gas turbine up to firing speed
but without firing. This mode is used to test the starting means system.
Fire allows normal starting sequence of the gas turbine including firing, but
without accelerating the shaft line. This mode is used to test the firing sequence.
Both Crank and Fire mode select may be used to demonstrate or to test
manually cranking and/or firing after main maintenance activity on the gas
turbine and are not used during normal operation.
4.4.3 Interruption of the Turning Gear Sequence
The turning period is necessary for cooling down the shaft line after a shutdown.
This operation is carried out at low speed by the turning gear motor while the
auxiliary oil pump is running.
Loss of AC power at the level of the auxiliaries causes the turning gear motor
and the auxiliary lube oil pump to shut down. The emergency lube oil pump will
then start to allow the shaft line to be bought to a complete shutdown.
Subsequently, the emergency lube oil pump will shut down and restart at cyclic
intervals for short operating periods in order to cool the bearings. The integrity of
72
the shaft line is thus preserved.
By contrast, the absence of rotation entails a risk of reversible deformation of
the shaft which has no consequences for the gas turbine but which will impact
restarting and hence the generation of power for the grid.
In this situation, check that the emergency lube oil pump performs its cyclic
sequences, take corrective action as necessary to restore the AC power supply, and
then restart the turning gear sequence for 24 to 48 hours as a function of the
duration of the interruption and the wheel-space temperature. Monitor the turning
speed, if it drops considerably, check for absence of friction noise at the axial
compressor.
If the turbine needs to be used for power generation, leave the turbine in turning
sequence for ten minutes and then carry out the normal start-up sequence. The
vibration level can rapidly increase after ignition during speed ramp-up: in this
case give a shutdown command as soon as the 20mm/s threshold has been reached,
maintain the turning gear sequence for a few minutes and then restart the gas
turbine.
Proceed in the same way if the vibration level reaches 20mm/s with the second
attempt.
4.4.4 Faulty Ignition
4.4.4.1 Normal Ignition
value :
With gas fuel (), the pressure control valve (VRS) opens to regulate the
inter-valve pressure as a function of the speed, the flow control valve (VGC)
assumes its ignition value.
With liquid fuel (), the flow control valve closes to obtain the ignition speed
of the flow divider corresponding to the control signal (FSR) and the turbine
speed.
The flame must rapidly establish itself in all combustion chambers.
4.4.4.2 Faulty Ignition
Faulty ignition is an incident that requires investigation and corrective action.
Prior to any new attempt, the following must be checked :
The fuel conditions: availability, pressure.
The proper functioning of the igniter plugs.
The proper functioning of the flame detection system.
The proper functioning of the fuel valves.
The proper functioning of the liquid fuel atomization conditions ().
73
The presence or absence of liquid fuel at the turbine and the exhaust (VA17)
().
4.4.5 Inline Filter Chang over
Certain systems are equipped with double filters () allowing switching
between the filters during operation.
For this switching, the standby filter must be available: cartridges installed and
in good condition, drain circuit closed, vent circuit closed, pressure drop
measurement system operational.
Let us consider an active filter (A) and a standby filter (S). The changeover
procedure is comprised of the following steps:
Filling of filter S: fill up by using the small manual valve provided for this
purpose. Check that the filter is fully filled either via the sight glass (e.g. lube oil)
or at the vent located at the filter highest point.
Switching from A to S: slowly open the inlet and outlet valves of filter S, or
slowly operate the changeover valve ().
Deactivation of filter A: slowly close the inlet changeover valve, close the
small filling valve.
4.4.6 Restart after Trip with Heavy Fuel or Naphta ()
When the gas turbine is running on heavy fuel or naphta, the fuel piping (pump,
flow divider, nozzles) are filled with this liquid.
If a trip occurs in these conditions, the piping must be purged before the turbine
is restarted. This automatic procedure applies directly after the incident, as soon
as the turbine reach turning gear sequence. End of purging sequence must be
confirm by the operator using Purge End confirmation.
After the purge sequence, the liquid fuel line is available for ignition with
starting fuel (Light distillate or gas ()).
4.4.7 Turbine Washing()
When the gas turbine is running on heavy fuel, additive product is injected in
the liquid fuel line to inhibit chemical action of fuel contaminant.
The additive product creates a deposit within the turbine nozzles. The purpose
of turbine washing is to remove this deposit.
Turbine washing is the same control sequence as OFF line compressor washing.
The operator must use the compressor OFF line screen to proceed to turbine
washing with similar initial conditions.
When additive product is injected, turbine washing must be carried out every
250 running hours.
4.4.8 Turbine Cleaning
74
The use of low grade liquid fuels such as heavy blended distillates, crude oils
and residual fuel oils induces accumulation of undesirable deposits around turbine
buckets, nozzles, and combustion parts due to the presence of sodium, potassium,
vanadium, calcium, lead, inhibitor and ashes.
Most sodium and potassium and usually some of the calcium can be removed
by a water washing treatment of a fuel oil. However, removal of lead, vanadium,
and the remainder of the calcium cannot be removed by any economical treatment
method. The influence of corrosion by vanadium is reduced by addition of
magnesium to a fuel. During combustion, ash from sodium, potassium, and
magnesium which are in a fuel after treatment will be deposited in the turbine and
combustion sections. Some of the deposits will come off during a turbine's start up
and shutdown heating and cooling cycle due to different coefficient of expansion
for metal and ash. However, the remainder will cause a gradual loss in power
output and an increase in compressor pressure ratio. This ash can be partially
removed by turbine solid compound cleaning procedures, but washing is also
required to effectively remove most of the deposits.
4.4.9 Over-speed Test
The over-speed protection circuit must be inspected once a year by simulation.
Real testing of the protection can be carried out after each combustion
inspection.
4.4.9.1 Ignition Conditions
Hot gas turbine, i.e. having operated at no-load for 45 minutes or at load for 30
minutes. Gas turbine operating at nominal no-load speed, disconnected from the
grid.
4.4.9.2 Sequence
Choose the over-speed test control screen.
Select the protection module.
Increase the speed until trip occurs. The speed increase must be maintained
without interruption until trip occurs.
Following this test, the turbine trips and continues its shutdown cycle until the
turning gear is activated. Clear the alarms. The gas turbine is now available again.
4.4.10 Lube Oil Pump Restart Test
Test valves are mounted on the lube oil supply circuit upstream of the pressure
control valve (VPR2). When closing the plunger valves, these valves allow the
pressure of the sensors to be reduced in order to activate the pump restart
sequences.
75
4.4.10.1 Initial Conditions
Gas turbine at nominal operating speed and no oil pressure related alarm.
Observe the procedures for gaining access to the compartments.
Temporarily install a pressure gauge at the outlet of the pump to check the
appropriate pressure level based on the information to be found on the lube oil
P&ID.
4.4.10.2 Sequence
Auxiliary Close the plunger valve and slowly open the test 88QA 1
pump test valve. The auxiliary oil pump starts. (Check the
outlet pressure.)
Auxiliary Slowly close the test valve and then open the 88QA 0
pump test plunger valve. The auxiliary pump stops.
Auxiliary Acknowledge the alarms on the control cabinets.
pump test
Emergency Close the plunger valve and slowly open the test 88QE 1
pump test valve. The emergency oil pump starts. (Check the
outlet pressure.)
Emergency Slowly close the test valve and then open the 88QE 1
pump test plunger valve. The pump does not stop.
Emergency Apply a stop impulse with the switch on the power 88QE 0
pump test drawer (MCC) of the emergency pump (MCC) to
stop the pump.
Emergency Acknowledge the alarms on the control cabinets.
pump test
4.4.11 Prolonged Shutdown
For particular operating reasons, the turbo-generator set may be shut down
for a relatively long period of time, more than one week, provided it can be
started up, at short notice, to generate power for the grid.
In this standby situation, the following instructions must be observed :
Keep the electric auxiliaries and the control cabinets energized.
Keep the heating systems (cabinet, compartments, generator) and the air
conditioning system in automatic mode.
The lube oil heating system automatically starts, with the oil pump, to keep
the viscosity at a value that is compatible with the turbine start-up.
Keep the pipe tracing systems in automatic mode.
Start up the gas turbine two to four times a month with a few minutes in
turning gear operation before starting, fire and synchronizing at low load to
validate all sequences. Shut down the turbine and observe the 24-hour turning
76
gear sequence.
5 Unit Accident Handling
5.1 General Requirement of Handling
5.1.1 Development of accidents should be restricted to the greatest extent in case of
further expansion. Eliminate the danger of person and equipment
5.1.2 Eliminate the danger of main equipment instantly. Maintain the usual operation of
other normal equipment.
5.1.3 Keep the operation data before and after machines shutdown as well as the
curve records and the phenomenon when accidents occur. Report to the duty
director and make are cord timely if any operation is required.
5.1.4 Report to the relevant leader if a serious accident happened
5.1.5 Make full analysis and handle the accidents according to meters, protection,
signals and the operation of automatic devices after accidents happen.
5.1.6 Monitoring the exhaust temperature, the lube oil return temperature, the
temperature between wheels, vibration of bearings and whether there is friction
sound in the unit body.
5.1.7 Make sure the DC power supply of the control system after emergency
shutdown.
5.1.8 Make sure the continuous operation of cooling water and normal pressure.
5.1.9 Make sure all heaters are in auto positions; IGV in closed position and the
combustion chamber fire off.
5.1.10Make sure that put auxiliary lube oil pump or emergency lube oil pump into
operation with normal pressure. When the rotation speed of GT is below1440
RPM, make sure that jacking oil pump is put into normal operation. When the
rotating speed decreases to Zero, make sure that turning gear could be put into
operation normally. If there is tripping that results from the fault of shaft system,
after the rotating speed decreases to zero, forbid turning before checking the
rotating components.
5.1.11If the trip of unit results from fire protection, operators are prohibited to enter
into each module room during the release of CO2 and keep closed of each
module room together with draft fans in closed position.
5.1.12After the interrupt shutdown of unit protection; make sure whether it is false
operation before startup. If it is false action, take relevant measures to handle the
false operation fault.
5.1.13Confirm the alarm first when emergency shutdown. Clear the warning sound
and store the alarm signals in computer. No reset alarm or re-start the unit before
the cause is found and the fault is handle.
77
5.1.14After an emergency shutdown, all relative data must be handed in after
collecting together with an accident report.
5.2 Unit Emergency Shutdown
5.2.1 Situations of Must Emergency Shutdown
5.2.1.1 Basis of Auto Emergency Shutdown
a Protective operation of units over speed
b Protecting operation of unit vibration-stop or shut down; multiple axial
displacement detectors are out of order-shut down caused by too large or to
small differential expansion, or high axial displacement; Protecting operation
of unit vibration
c The pressure of unit lube oil header
d The unit tripped and the main pipe of lubricating oil pump shut down;
e Random three of A.B.C.D fire detectors fire off.
f It is detected that the gas compressor stalled.
g The over temperature protection of exhaust of the unit; diffusion degree of
exhaust gas temperature is intercepted;
h The pressure of the exhaust duct of gas turbine continue to rise high-shut
down;
i Starting fluid flow is too large-shut down;
j IGV control failure -shut down;
k Gas turbine cabinet of the unit; module cabinet of gas fuel; the temperature of
the generator room exceeds 315.6; #2 bearing tunnel temperature exceeds
385 or the occurrence of fire; fire protection action of the unit;
l Detected high levels of hazard gas and it cause the unit shut down; the
measuring system used for detecting hazard gas in the turbine cabinet was
fault or tripped;
m The ventilating blower motor 88BT/88TK/88VG is overloaded and tripped; a
certain servo-motor is overloaded and shut down;
n The differential pressure of the air intake filter is high and the unit shut down
(tripped);
o The differential protection relay action of main transformer; exciting
transformer is overloaded.
p The differential protection action of the generator; tripping of generator
breaker; tripping of line-breaker; breaker failure and tripping of relay;
generator ventilation downtime; reverse-power tripping of generator breaker
78
q Press emergency stop button;
5.2.1.2 Basic of Manu Emergency Shutdown
a Unit fault, the auto emergency outage protection fails to operate
b Fuel cut or reeks in any shaft of operation unit
c There is obvious clang sound in rotating parts of unit and the vibration
increases suddenly.
d Unit surge
e Serious leakage of lube oil system
f Large leakage of oil due to the crack of oil pipe
g Fuel system is on fire, which couldn`t be extinguished timely
h Generator exciter reek
i Outlet cable head of generator, switch, or lightning arrester explode
j Generator potential transformer or current transformer reek
k The fault may endanger the safety of person and equipment severely
l Unit over-speed reach to 110%
5.2.2 Emergency Shutdown Actions of MARK-VI
MK-VI/DCS shall conduct necessary warning or trip signal when abnormal
work condition requires urgent shutdown of certain critical equipment. Urgent
shutdown shall be performed in accordance with following measures listed in the
next blank:
a Manual shutdown may be performed by on-site emergency shutdown button or
manual operated by operators through indoor workstation of the control room.
b MK-VI may realize automatic trip with any kind of protection device
(electricity failure, gas turbine flameout and other protection devices). MK-VI
shall continue controlling equipment and ensure safe shutdown by closing the
fuel valve and opening drain-off devices.
c For some situations (such as response to the exterior line fault) where possible
to reduce the load quickly without the stopping of the unit. In this case, in order
to reduce the output of the generator and keep the unit on line, MK-VI will
perform the runback program and it will reduce the logistic quickly.
5.2.3 Manual Operation of Emergency Shutdown
5.2.3.1 Press down emergency stop button between TCC, send the signal of
emergency stop and then unit shut down. After emergency shutdown, confirm
that the unit has carried out emergency shutdown command normally. Generator
outlet switch trips, active, reactive, voltage, current of generator decrease to
Zero.
79
5.2.3.2 De-excitation of generator, voltage, current of excitation decrease to Zero.
5.2.3.3 Check valve, ratio speed valve and gas control valve are closed. Gas flow
decreases to Zero.
5.2.3.4 Gas turbine fire off, the flame of #A #B #C #D is off.
5.2.3.5 Unit begin the idling operation.
5.2.3.6 CRT main screen of MK-VI displays TRIP and sends the relative alarm.
5.2.3.7 Operation after emergency shutdown.
5.2.3.8 Report the following content to the duty director.
5.2.3.9 The reasons for emergency shutdown.
5.2.3.10 The operation condition of relay on electric protection panel of generator.
5.2.3.11 The alarm content on MARK-VI.
5.2.3.12 Print the alarm information and the historical record of trip.
5.2.3.13 If the pressure of outlet oil gathering pipe of lube oil pump is below 2.8bar
the auxiliary lube oil pump should putting to operation automatically. If the
outlet pressure of lube oil main pipes below0.552bar, put emergency lube oil
pump88QE-1into operation automatically.
5.2.3.14 After the unit fire off, put jacking oil pump88QBinto operation.
5.2.3.15 Check whether the turning gear and 88TG operate normally.
5.2.3.16 Reset manual emergency shutdown button, unit protection and alarm after
being confirmed and approved by the duty director. Prepare to receive
command from the duty director for next operation and make an accident
report.
5.2.4 Several Conditions of Rapid Decrease-shut down, Restricted Load and
Shutdown
Necessary solutions for following conditions
a Protection for excessive unit vibration- shutdown or shut down;
b Wrong position of air relief valve on compressor, temporary shutdown;
anti-surge failure- maintain the unit under standby rotating status; failure in
anti-surge valve closing- restricted load;
c Fuel overheat- high shutdown
d Pneumatic purging failure- shutdown or shut down
e Failure in hazardous gas measurement system of turbine cabinet- shutdown or
shut down
f Certain auxiliary motor overloads- shutdown or shut down
80
5.3 Common Diagrams, Symbols Applied In 9E Gas Turbine
5.3.1 Names Denominated By Number and Letter
5.3.1.1 Names Denominated By Number
12 Applies to over speed facilities 63 Applies to pressure switches
20 Applies to solenoid-operated valve 65 Applies to servo valve
23 Applies to heating devices 71 Applies to level switch
26 Applies to temperatures witch 77 Applies to speed probe
33 Applies to limiting witch 88 Applies to electric motors
43 Applies to manual switch 90 Applies to regulating valve
45 Applies to flame detector 96 Applies to pressure transducer

Applies to over loaded protection
49
devices
5.3.1.2 Names represented by letter

a The first letter
Q Stands for lube system T Stands for interruption or
turbine
H Stands for hydraulic oil or heater P Stands for purge
A Stands for air system W Stands for water system or
warm-up
F Stands for fuel or flow duct or flame S Stands for stop or speed or
Detection start
D Stands for diesel engine or distributor G Stands for gas
C StandsforclutchorcompressororCO2
b Other Denomination
a) Equipment Denomination
VPR Stands for pressure regulating Valve
VR Stands for pressure reducing valve
VTR Stands for temperature valve
b) Expressions of Equipment or State

NO Normally open
NC Normally closed
ND Normally disconnect
NR Normally retraction
c) Loop Mark
81
OL lube oil OFD fuel oil discharge
OLT trip oil OFV fuel oil ventilation
air-compressor
AD WF water feeding
discharge
OF fuel oil WR water recycle
OR regulation oil WWL warm water line
AE extracted air DOF fuel oil of diesel engine
DOL lube oil of diesel DOF fuel oil of diesel engine
AA Atomizing Air
d) Others
PC User interface T Thermometer
OD Oil discharge OLV Lube oil ventilation
PT Block AV Air ventilation
S Sight hole SD Seal discharge
82
5.3.2 The Reasons of Alarm and Its Handling

SIGNAL
No. ALARM TEXT POSSIBLES CAUSES ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN
NAME
BTGJ1-1_A BEARING METAL TEMP The generator bearing metal Check bearing.
1
LM GEN #1HIGH temperature #1 is very high Check lube oil system and drain piping
The generator bearing metal
BTGJ1_2_A BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing (journal #1).
2 temperature (journal #1) is
LM GEN JOURNAL #1 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain piping
high
BTGJ2_1_A BEARING METAL TEMP The generator bearing metal Check bearing.
3
LM GEN #2HIGH temperature #2 is very high Check lube oil system and drain piping
The generator bearing metal
BTGJ2_2_A BEARING METAL TEMP Check bearing (journal #2).
4 temperature (journal #2) is
LM GEN JOURNAL #2 HIGH Check lube oil system and drain piping
high
BEARING METAL TEMP The turbine bearing metal
BTJ1_1_AL Check bearing (journal #2).
5 TURBINE JOURNAL #1 temperature (journal #1) is
M Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH high
BEARING METAL TEMP
BTJ1_2_AL The turbine bearing metal Check bearing.
6 TURBINE JOURNAL #1
M temperature #2 is very high Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH
BTJ2_1_AL Check bearing (journal #2).
M Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH high
BEARING METAL TEMP
BTJ2_2_AL The turbine bearing metal Check bearing.
8 TURBINE JOURNAL #2
M temperature #2 is very high Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH
BTJ3_1_AL Check bearing (journal #2).Check lube oil
M system and drain piping
HIGH high
10 BTJ3_2_AL BEARING METAL TEMP The turbine bearing metal Check bearing.
83
SIGNAL
NAME
M TURBINEJOURNAL #3 temperature #3 is very high Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH
BEARING METAL TEMP The bearing metal
BTTA1_2_ Check bearing (thrust active).
11 THRUST ACTIVE 2 temperature (thrust active) is
ALM Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH high
BTTA1_5_ Check bearing (thrust active).Check lube oil
12 THRUSTACTIVE 5 temperature (thrust active) is
ALM system and drain piping
HIGH high
BTTA1_8_ Check bearing (thrust active).
ALM Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH high
BTTI1_2_A Check bearing (thrust active).
LM Check lube oil system and drain piping
HIGH high
EARING METAL TEMP The bearing metal
BTTI1_5_A Check bearing (thrust active).
15 THRUST INACTIVE 5 temperature (thrust active) is
HIGH high
BTTI1_9_A Check bearing (thrust inactive).
16 THRUST INACTIVE 9 temperature (thrust inactive)
HIGH is high
The speed control system
has not limited turbine speed
PROTECTIVE MODULE Determine and repair before restarting
L12H_ACC with the trip limits (fault
17 ACCELERATION TRIP _ (mechanical, electrical or
_ALM detected by P module).
HP fuel or speed control trouble).
The turbine trips during the
electrical over-speed test.
ELECTRICAL The speed control system HF Determine and repair before restarting
18 L12H_ALM
OVERSPEED TRIP _HP not limited turbine speed (mechanical, electrical or
84
SIGNAL
NAME
within fuel or speed control trouble).
the trip limits.
The turbine trips during the
electrical over-speed test.
L12H_FLT_ LOSS OF PROTECTIVE
19 Card VPRO fault Check the card VPRO in the module P
ALM HP SPEED INPUTS
L12H_P_A PROTECTIVE MODULE Protective module Check the module over-speed(power supply,
20
LM OVERSPEED TRIP _ HP over-speed fault. short, link, cut).
Search the cause of this problem: Check
electronic over-speed system. Check proper
The trip circuit has been
L12HBLT_ OVERSPEED BOLT TRIP operation and setting of over-speed bolt
21 tripped by mechanical
ALM _ HP assembly. Repair before starting and reset
over-speed action.
manually the mechanical over speed limit switch
on the over-speed bolt.
Control speed signal loss and
the unit trips.
Check speed system.
L12HF_AL CONTROL SPEED Power supply fault, ground,
22 Check supply, connections. Check the logic
M SIGNAL LOSS _HP short-circuit open.
circuit. Check speed magnetic pickups.
Speed magnetic pickups
fault.
CONTROL SPEED
L12HFD_C Signal from speed sensors is
23 SIGNAL Check speed sensors and wiring.
_ALM faulty.
TROUBLE - HP
L12HFD_P PROTECTIVE SPEED Signal from speed sensors is
24 Check speed sensors and wiring.
_ALM SIGNAL TROUBLE - HP faulty.
L20FTY_A CRUDE TO DIST FUEL Check proper operation of transfer valve
25 Transfer valve fault
LM XFER FAULT Check limit switch.
26 L20FTZ_A DIST TO CRUDE FUEL Transfer valve fault Check proper operation of transfer valve
85
SIGNAL
NAME
LM XFER Check limit switch.
FAULT
K25A RELAY HAS NOT
L25A_ENA Synchronization permissive
27 BEEN Check synchronization permissive
B_AL disable
ENABLED
Check water supply to the atomizing air
Temperature high at the pre-cooler, isolating
L26AAH_A ATOMIZING AIR TEMP.
28 atomizing air compressor valve position flow restrictions.
LM HIGH
input. Check proper operation of thermostatic valve
VTR_2 and temperature switch26AA_1.
Check water supply to the atomizing air
Temperature high at the pre-cooler, isolating
L26AAL_A ATOMIZING AIR
29 atomizing air compressor valve position flow restrictions.
LM TEMPERATURELOW
input. Check proper operation of thermostatic valve
VTR_2 and temperature switch 26AA_1.
L26BW_AL ON LINE WATER WASH
30 On line temp NOT OK Check heater system
M TEMP NOT OK
The temperature of the phase
L26CR1H_ CRANKING MOTOR Check the phases R of the cranking motor
31 R of the cranking motor is
ALM TEMP HIGH PHASE 1 Check the electrical circuit
high
CRANKING MOTOR The temperature of the phase
L26CR1HH Check the phases R of the cranking motor
32 TEMP VERY R of the cranking motor is
_ALM Check the electrical circuit
HIGH PHASE 1 TRIP high Trip
L26CR2H_ CRANKING MOTOR Check the phases S of the cranking motor
33 S of the cranking motor is
high
L26CR2HH CRANKING MOTOR The temperature of the phase Check the phases S of the cranking motor
34
_ALM TEMP VERY S of the cranking motor is Check the electrical circuit
86
SIGNAL
NAME
HIGH PHASE 2 TRIP high
Trip
L26CR3H_ CRANKING MOTOR Check the phases T of the cranking motor
35 T of the cranking motor is
high
CRANKING MOTOR The temperature of the phase
L26CR3HH Check the phases T of the cranking motor
36 TEMP VERY T of the cranking motor is
_ALM Check the electrical circuit
HIGH PHASE 3 TRIP high trip
Check air conditioners (proper operation, power
supply).
Air conditioners not Clean the air conditioner filters, if necessary.
L26CTH_A CONTROL PANEL
37 maintaining proper Check the proper operation of the thermocouple
LM TEMPERATUREHIGH
temperature. 26 CT.
NOTE:
The control compartment doors must be closed.
Check the temperature switch 26 FD_1.
L26FDH_A DISTILLATE FUEL The temperature of the Check the forwarding distillate fuel system.
38
LM TEMPERATUREHIGH distillate fuel is too high. Check the heater system of the distillate fuel (if
used).
The temperature of the gas Check the proper operation of the temperature
L26FDL_A GAS OIL HEATER _
39 oil is low. switch26 FD_1.
LM TEMPERATURE LOW
Temperature switch fault. Check the heating system.
Check the temperature switch 26 FD_1.
LIQUID FUEL
L26FDLY_ The temperature of the liquid Check the forwarding distillate fuel system.
40 TEMPERATURE
ALM fuel is faulty. Check the heater system of the distillate fuel (if
MEASURE FAULT
used).
L26FDPT1 FUEL PUMP #1 Fuel pump #1 temperature
41 Check the pump # 1
H_ALM TEMPERATUREFAULT fault
87
SIGNAL
NAME
L26FDPT2 FUEL PUMP #2 Fuel pump #2 temperature
42 Check the pump # 2
H_ALM TEMPERATUREFAULT fault
L26FTH_A HEAVY FUEL TEMP. The measure of the heavy
43 Check temp sensor.
LM MEASUREFAULT fuel temperature is faulty.
L26FU2LA HEAVY FUEL Heavy fuel temperature is Check the temperature measure system of the
44
_ALM TEMPERATURELOW too low. heavy fuel.
GENERATOR COLD
L26GGCA_ Generator cold gas
45 GAS Check cooling and sealing system
ALM temperature high
TEMPERATURE HIGH
GENERATOR HIGH
L26GGCS_ Generator high cold gas
46 COLD GAS TEMP. Check cooling and sealing system
ALM temp. Propagation
PROPAGATION
L26GGF_A GENERATOR RTD OUT Check RTD and associated connections for
47 Generator RTD fault.
LM OF LIMITS proper signal and replace faulty RTD.
L26GGFH_ GENERATOR RTD HIGH Generator RTD high failure
48 Check generator RTD
ALM FAILUREDISCOVERED discovered
L26GGFL_ GENERATOR RTD LOW Generator RTD low failure
49 Check generator RTD
ALM FAILUREDISCOVERED discovered
L26GGHA_ GENERATOR HOT GAS Generator hot gas
50 Check cooling and sealing system
ALM TEMPERATURE HIGH temperature high
HEAT VENT VERY
L26HAHH_ HIGH TEMP. Accessories compartment
51 Start cooling fans
ALM INAUXILIARY temperature high
COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY LOW
L26HALL_
52 TEMP. INAUXILIARY Heating and ventilation fault Check heating and ventilation system
ALM
COMPARTMENT
53 L26HGHH_ HEAT VENT VERY LOW Heat vent very low temp. In Check cooling and sealing system
88
SIGNAL
NAME
ALM TEMP. IN load compartment
LOAD COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY LOW
L26HGLL_ Heat vent very low temp. In
54 TEMP. INLOAD Check cooling and sealing system
ALM load compartment
COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY
L26HTHH_ HIGH TEMP. Gas turbine compartment
55 Start cooling fans
ALM INTURBINE temperature high
COMPARTMENT
HEAT VENT VERY LOW
L26HTLL_ Turbine compartment
56 TEMP. INTURBINE Check the ventilation system.
ALM temperature low.
COMPARTMENT
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat
Lube header temperature
exchangers, cooling water fans (proper rotation)
L26QA_AL LUBE OIL HEADER above recommended limits.
57 and temperature regulating valve VTR_1.
M TEMP. HIGH (See
Check of or proper operation of the temperature
piping schematic).
switch26QA-1
Check for proper operation of the lube oil tank
Lube tank temperature below heaters.
L26QN_AL LUBE OIL TANK TEMP. recommended limits (see Starting is inhibited if the header temperature is
58
M LOW piping low.
schematic). Check for proper operation of the temperature
switch 26QN_1.
Check for proper operation of the lube oil heat
exchangers, cooling water fans (proper
L26QT_AL LUBE OIL HEADER Lube header temperature
59 operation) and temperature regulating valve
M TEMP. HIGH TRIP above recommended limits.
VTR_1.
Check the temperature switches 26 QT_1A and
89
SIGNAL
NAME
26 QT_1B setting points.
Check the proper operation of the temperature
L26WC_FL COOLING WATER Cooling water temperature
60 sensor.
T TEMPERATURE FAULT fault.
Check the cooling water system.
Check cooling water system (fan motor, radiator,
Cooling water system fault. cleanliness of circuit, skid).
COOLING WATER Pipes, radiators are dirty. Check the proper operation of the temperature
L26WCHH
61 TEMPERATURE Cooling fan motor fault. sensor26 WC.
_ALM
VERY HIGH Temperature sensor fault. Check the correct circulation of the water in the
Leakage. circuit.
Check the proper operation of the water pump.
L26WP1_A WASTE TANK
62 Waste tank temperature high Check waste tank
LM TEMPERATUREHIGH
WATER INJECTION
Water injection compartment
L26WRHH COMPARTMENT Check the thermocouple AT-WI-1. (Wiring,
63 temperature fault.
_ALM TEMPRATURE VERY connection, etc).
Thermocouple fault.
HIGH
WATER INJECTION
Water injection compartment
L26WRLL_ COMPARTMENT Check the thermocouple AT-WI-1. (Wiring,
64 temperature fault.
ALM TEMPERATURE VERY connection, etc).
Thermocouple fault.
LOW
Check battery charger AC breaker.
BATTERY CHARGER Battery charger AC
L27BLN11_ Check voltage magnitude.
65 AC under-voltage.
ALM Check the proper operation of the battery
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty.
charger.
BATTERY CHARGER Battery charger AC Check battery charger AC breaker.
L27BLN12_
66 AC under-voltage. Check voltage magnitude.
ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty. Check the proper operation of the battery
90
SIGNAL
NAME
charger.
BATTERY CHARGER Battery charger AC
67 AC under-voltage.
charger.
BATTERY CHARGER # Battery charger # 2 AC
68 2 AC under-voltage.
charger.
BATTERY CHARGER # Battery charger # 2 AC Check voltage magnitude.
L27BLN22_
69 2 AC under-voltage. Check the proper operation of the battery
ALM
UNDERVOLTAGE Charger faulty. charger.
Battery charger # 2 AC Check voltage magnitude.
L27BLN23_ BATTERY CHARGER #
70 under-voltage. Check the proper operation of the battery
ALM 2 AC UNDERVOLTAGE
Charger faulty. charger.
Check bus PT fuses and wiring. Do not use auto
L27BN_AL BUS UNDERVOLTAGE - Bus synchronizing potential synchronizing or manual synchronizing until
71
M NO AUTO SYNCH not available. problem is resolved.
Check relay 27B_1,2.
L27BP1N_ DC SUPPLY #1 synchronizing or manual synchronizing until
72 DC supply #1 critical fault
ALM CRITICAL FAULT problem is resolved.
Check relays 27B_1.
L27BP2N_ DC SUPPLY #2 synchronizing or manual synchronizing until
73 DC supply #2 critical fault
ALM CRITICAL FAULT problem is resolved.
Check relays 27B_2.
74 L27DZ_AL BATTERY DC Battery system voltage is Check battery charger for proper operation,
91
SIGNAL
NAME
M UNDERVOLTAGE low. correct excessive drain on battery, check for bad
Battery charger is not cells.
functioning properly. Check battery charger fuses.
Excessive drain on the NOTE:
batteries. The gas turbine should not be operated unless
Bad cells in battery. DC power is available to the emergency DC lube
oil pump.
GEN PROTECTION
L27GPP1_ Gen protection mod1 125v
75 MOD 1 125V SUPPLY Check power supply
ALM supply fault
FAULT
Check that power is supplied to the motor control
center.
L27MC1AN Motor control center Check 380 V on the bus bars.
76 MCC UNDERVOLTAGE
_ALM under-voltage. Check breaker: transformer supply 16 KVA and
the transformer.
Check relay 27 MC.
center.
L27MC1N_ Motor control center Check 380 V on the bus bars.
78 MCC UNDERVOLTAGE
ALM under-voltage. Check breaker: transformer supply 16 KVA and
the transformer.
Check relay 27 MC.
center.
L27MC2N_ Motor control center Check 380 V on the bus bars.
79 MCC UNDERVOLTAGE
ALM under-voltage. Check breaker: transformer supply 16 KVA and
the transformer.
Check relay 27 MC.
92
SIGNAL
NAME
NORMAL SUPPLY LOW Normal incoming Check Normal power supply 415 VAC at the
80 L27N_ALM
VOLTAGE under-voltage Normal entry of MCC
Check power to DC lube pump (MCC breaker
on). Check the fuses and the relay 27 QE.
DC power not supplied to
Check the proper operation of pump motor.
DC MOTOR emergency DC pump.
L27QEL_A Check the mechanical status of the pump.
81 UNDERVOLTAGE 125 VDC supply fault.
LM NOTE:
(LUBE OIL) Pump fault
The gas turbine should not be operated unless
Breaker opens.
DC power is available to the emergency DC lube
pump.
STAND BY SUPPLY
Emergency incoming Check Emergency power supply 415 VAC at the
82 L27S_ALM LOW
under-voltage Emergency entry of MCC
VOLTAGE
L27TF_AL INLET FITER POWER The power supply of the
83 Check the power supply
M SUPPLYFAULT inlet filter is faulty
L27X1_AL G60A PROTECTION G60A protection power
84 Check power supply
M POWERSUPPLY FAULT supply fault-trip
L27X3_AL T60A PROTECTION T60A protection power
M POWERSUPPLY FAULT supply fault-trip
One of the detectors Check for proper operation of the flame detection
L28FD_AL FLAME DETECTOR operating when no flame is system.
86
M TROUBLE present or flame detection Check that the flame detectors quartz windows
before the firing sequence. are clean. Repair or replace if necessary.
CHAMBER FLAMED
Chamber flamed out during Check the fuel supply and the fuel control.
87 L28FD_SD OUT
shutdown. Check the fuel nozzles.
DURINGSHUTDOWN
L28FDT_A Failure of flame detectors or Check for following: fuel being supplied to the
88 LOSS OF FLAME - TRIP
LM loss of flame. combustors, flame in all chambers, damaged
93
SIGNAL
NAME
crossfire tubes, or combustors.
Check for proper control valve position and fuel
pressure.
Check for proper operation of the flame detectors
28 FD.
Check for leakage.
Check tripping setting point.
L2SFT_AL START_UP FUEL FLOW Fuel leakage.
89 Check fuel loop system operation.
M EXCESSIVE TRIP Fuel loop system fault.
Check the operation of the bypass versus the
control signal.
Atomizing air temperature
L30AAT_A ATOMIZING AIR Check the thermocouples AAT-1A and 2A.
90 fault.
LM TEMPERATURE FAULT (Wiring, connection, etc).
Thermocouples fault.
L30AC_AP AIR PROCESSING UNIT
91 Air processing unit problem Check air processing unit
U_AL FAULT
L30AC1_A 400VAC POWER
92 Power supply 400VAC fault Check 400VAC power supply
LM SUPPLY FAULT #1
230VAC NORMAL
L30AC2_A 230VAC normal power
93 POWER SUPPLY FAULT Check 230VAC normal power supply
LM supply fault #2
#2
L30AC3_A 230VAC UPS POWER 230VAC UPS power supply
94 Check 230VAC UPS power supply
LM SUPPLY FAULT #3 fault #3
L30AC4_A 115VAC POWER 115VAC power supply fault
95 Check 115VAC power supply
LM SUPPLY FAULT #4 #4
L30BB_AL
96 DAMPER FAULT The damper is faulty Check damper
M
L30BT_AL TURBINE The turbine compartment Check the ventilation system of this compartment
97
M COMPARTMENT ventilation is faulty. (power supply, motors, fans, electrical circuit...).
94
SIGNAL
NAME
VENTILATION FAULT Check the position of the vent flap.
Check the lube oil collector temperature.
L30BTA_A BEARING METAL The temperature of the Research the thermocouple, which occurred this
98
LM TEMPERATURE HIGH bearing metal is high. alarm.
Check the indications of it.
TURBINE Air fan changeover.
L30BTX_A Check the air fan system (power supply, motors,
99 COMPARTMENT Turbine compartment air fan
LM fans, relay, electrical circuit...).
VENT.CHANGE OVER fault.
L30BW_AL
100 WASHING SKID FAULT The washing skid is faulty. Check the washing skid.
M
L30CBC_A COMP BLD VLV The compressor bleed valve
101 Check the proper operation of the purge valve.
LM FAILURE TO OPEN failed to open.
Check the power supply of fire protection
system.
Check fire detectors and the electrical circuit.
This trouble must be corrected as soon as
possible.
L30CC_AL FIRE PROTECTION Fire protection system NOTE:
102
M SYSTEM TROUBLE problem. Before this search, the fire protection must be
inhibited. Do not forget to put again in service as
soon as the maintenance is
finished.
Refer to specific chapters for more information
about the fire protection.
L30CDPEE
103 PEECC HVAC#1 FAULT HVAC #1 in fault Check in the MCC cubicle
CC1_ALM
L30CDPEE
104 PEECC HVAC#2 FAULT HVAC #2 in fault Check in the MCC cubicle
CC2_ALM
95
SIGNAL
NAME
L30COM_E OMMUNICATION Exciter to MKVI
XFLT FAULT communication fault
Check R controller is on
VCMI IO STATE Check R controller is OK
L30COMM No more communication
106 EXCHANGE FOR Check the 3 IO Net cables are OK
_IO_R with R controller
<R> FAILED Check IO Net cable is connected on the R
controller VCMI board
L30D_CTRCONTROLLER
107 Controller over temperature Refer to specific chapter.
L_OT OVERTEMPERATURE
EXCITER FAIL -
L30DBEXX Exciter fail - aborting dB
108 ABORTING Check exciter
_ALM closure
DBCLOSURE
125VDC POWER
L30DC1_A Check 115 VDC MCC electrical circuit
109 SUPPLY FAULT#1 115 VDC MCC voltage lost
LM Check voltage feeding
ALARM
DEW POINT
L30DPFLT_ Dew point temperature
110 TEMPERATURE Change dew point temperature sensor
ALM sensor fault
SENSOR FAULT
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
Electrical building exhaust
BUILDING EXHAUST motor in trouble.
L30EF_AL fan fault.
111 FAN Check the proper operation of the cooling air fan
M Motor fault.
CHANGE OVER motors 88 EF.
Supply fault.
After doing corrective action, close the breaker in
trouble.
HEAT VENT EXHAUST Electrical building exhaust Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supply.
L30EF3_AL
112 COMPARTMENT VENT. fan fault. Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
M
ELECTRICFAULT Motor fault. motor in trouble.
96
SIGNAL
NAME
Supply fault. Check the proper operation of the cooling air fan
motors 88 EF.
trouble.
Breaker opened by operator
HEAT VENT EXHAUST motor in trouble.
L30EF3X_ or tripped by high motor
113 COMPARTMENT VENT. Check the proper operation of the cooling air fan
ALM temperature or by electrical
CHANGEOVER motors 88 EF.
protection.
trouble.
Breaker opened by operator
HEAT VENT EXHAUST motor in trouble.
L30EFX_A or tripped by high motor
114 COMPARTMENT VENT. Check the proper operation of the cooling air fan
LM temperature or by electrical
CHANGEOVER motors 88 EF.
protection.
trouble.
EXCITER FAILURE TO
115 L30EX_FSP Exciter failure to stop Check exciter cubicle
STOP
L30EX_FT EXCITER FAILURE TO
116 Exciter failure to stop Check exciter cubicle
S START
EXCITER NOT READY
117 L30EX_RS Exciter not ready to start Check the condition to start
TO START
CRUDE OIL FWD
L30FAX_A SMOKE
118 For information For information
LM INHIBITION PUMP
CHANGE OVER
97
SIGNAL
NAME
HEAVY FUEL
L30FAX1_ Heavy Fuel Additive pump
119 ADDITIVE PUMP Check the pump # 1
ALM #1 fault
#1FAULT
HEAVY FUEL
L30FAX2_ Heavy Fuel Additive pump
120 ADDITIVE PUMP Check the pump # 2
ALM #2 fault
#1FAULT
Check that AC power is supplied to the ignition
system.
Check the fuel supply.
L30FD_AL Failure to fire within the
121 FAILURE TO IGNITE Check if isolating valves on flame detectors are
M one-minute period.
open.
Check the proper operation of spark plugs and
flame detectors.
L30FDX1_ FUEL FORWARDING Fuel forwarding pump #1
122 Check. Fuel forwarding pump #1
ALM PUMP #1FAULT fault
L30FDX2_ FUEL FORWARDING Fuel forwarding pump #2
123 Check. Fuel forwarding pump #2
ALM PUMP #2FAULT fault
FORCED LOGIC
L30FORCE
124 SIGNAL One alarm or more is forced Unforced all the alarms
D_ALM
DETECTED
Check the pump and corresponding motor
(88FUX).
AC naphtha pump Check if the motor is supplied.
L30FUX_A NAPHTA PUMP FAULT
125 changeover. Check the pipes, valves, and filters, purge vents,
LM (CHANGEOVER)
Pump, motor fault. leaks.
Check the pressure switches 63 FU (operation
and setting).
126 L30FUX1_ HEAVY FUEL FEEDING Motor fault Check the mechanical status of the motor and the
98
SIGNAL
NAME
ALM PUMP #1FAULT Power supply fault pump
Pump fault Check what the circuit is correctly positioned
Check the supply of the motor drawer and the
motor
Check the fuses, breaker and the connection of
the motor
L30G60A_ GLOBAL ALARM
127 Global alarm from G60A Check G60A
ALM FROM G60A
Air fan changeover.
L30GV_AL GENERATOR VENT Check the air fan system (power supply, motors,
128 Generator compartment air
M FAN CHANGEOVER fans, relay, electrical circuit...).
fan fault.
Air fan changeover.
L30GVX_A GENERATOR VENT Check the air fan system (power supply, motors,
129 Generator compartment air
LM FAN CHANGEOVER fans, relay, electrical circuit...).
fan fault.
GENERATOR COMPT Heat vent turbine
L30HAX_A
130 COOLINGFAN CHANGE compartment heater in Check heat vent auxiliary compartment heater
LM
OVER trouble
HEAT VENT
Heat vent turbine
L30HG1X_ AUXILIARY
131 compartment heater in Check the heater.
ALM COMPARTMENT
trouble
HEATER INTROUBLE
HEAT VENT TURBINE Heat vent turbine
L30HTX_A
132 COMPARTMENT compartment heater in Check heat vent turbine compartment heater
LM
HEATER INTROUBLE trouble
HEAT VENT WATER INJ
L30JS_AL Heat vent water injection
133 COMPVENT. Check the heater.
M compartment vent.
ELECTRICAL FAULT
134 L30JSX_AL HEAT VENT WI Air fan changeover. Check the air fan system (power supply, motors,
99
SIGNAL
NAME
M COMPARTMENTVENT. Water injection compartment fans, relay, electrical circuit...).
CHANGE OVER air fan fault.
Check lube oil feed and drain piping
Bearing fault.
Check bearings and lube oil system.
BEARING DRAIN Lube oil fault.
L30LOAH_ Check thermocouples.
135 TEMPERATURE Lube oil cooling system
ALM Check lube oil cooling.
HIGH fault.
Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Leakage.
Check for leakage.
Check lube oil feed and drain piping
Bearing fault.
Check bearings and lube oil system.
BEARING DRAIN Lube oil fault.
L30LOAHH Check thermocouples.
136 TEMPERATURE Lube oil cooling system
_ALM Check lube oil cooling.
HIGH fault.
Leakage.
Check for leakage.
Check the proper operation of ventilation system.
Check the operation of the ventilators (rotation).
LOAD TUNNEL Automatic shutdown. Check the operation of the motors 88 TK1 and 2.
137 L30LTA TEMPERATURE Ventilation system fault. Check the thermocouple TT_IB_1 (connection,
HIGH Thermocouple fault. short-circuit, cutoff, position).
Check the sealing and the cleanliness of the
pipes.
LOAD TUNNEL
L30LTDIF_
138 THERMOCOUPLE See alarm : L30LTA See alarm : L30LTA
ALM
TROUBLE
WARNING - LOAD
L30LTOPW
139 TUNNELOVERHEATIN See alarm : L30LTA See alarm : L30LTA
_ALM
G
140 L30LTTH_ LUBE OIL Thermocouple fault Check the proper operation of thermocouples
100
SIGNAL
NAME
ALM THERMOCOUPLE LTTH1 to 3.
FAULT
L30MRSY SYNC INHIBITED-MAN Sync inhibited man (FVR)
141 For information
NC_AL (FVR) REGACTIVE reg active.
Check alarm number in GEH-6721 vol II
Check board power supply is correctly
connected, else connect it.
Check IO pack Ethernet link or power supply is
correctly connected (Lets on IO pack must be
active), else connect it.
Check IR port of the IO pack is protected by its
Voltage failure metallic plate, else turn the plate until IR port is
Fuse fault hidden.
Wrong barcode in software Check barcode is identical on board and inside
L30PPDA_ PPDA 125V PBUS FEED
142 Wrong firmware loaded in IO hardware configuration in the software, else
125P_ALM FAULT
IO pack change barcode number,
IO pack Ethernet link or build and download.
power supply disconnected Check firmware is correct in the IO pack, else
download again the firmware with actual Tool
bow ST release.
Check electrical cables are not cut, else replace
cables.
Check fuse have not melt, if yes, replace fuse.
Check voltage is present, if not, re start power
supply.
L30PPDA_
PPDA AC INPUT 1
143 AC_IN_1_ See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
FAULT
ALM
101
SIGNAL
NAME
L30PPDA_
PPDA AC INPUT 2
144 AC_IN_2_ See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
FAULT
ALM
L30PPDA_J PPDA/JPDD 125V
145 PDD_125V POWER FEED See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
_ALM FAULT
L30PPDA_
PPDA <R> PBUS NOT
146 PBUS_R_A See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
REGULATING
LM
L30PPDA_
PPDA <S> PBUS NOT
147 PBUS_S_A See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
REGULATING
LM
L30PPDA_
PPDA <T> PBUS NOT
148 PBUS_T_A See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
REGULATING
LM
L30PPDA_
PPDA <R> PBUS
149 SRC_R_AL See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
SOURCE FAULT
M
L30PPDA_
PPDA <S> PBUS
150 SRC_S_AL See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
SOURCE FAULT
M
L30PPDA_
PPDA <T> PBUS
151 SRC_T_AL See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM See : L30PPDA_125P_ALM
SOURCE FAULT
M
Bearing lift pump change Check the mechanical status of the motor and the
L30QB_AL BEARING LIFT PUMP over pump in fault
152
M CHANGE OVER Motor # 1 or 2 fault Check what the circuit #1 or 2 are correctly
Power supply #1 or 2 fault positioned
102
SIGNAL
NAME
Pump # 1 or 2 fault Check the supply of the motor drawer and the
motor in fault
the motor in fault
L30QV_AL OIL MIST ELIMINATOR The oil mist separator fan Check the relay 51 QV.
153
M FAULT motor is in trouble. Check the motor 88 QV (proper operation).
Analyze data for trends. At earliest shutdown,
Faulty thermocouples, gas
check thermocouples.
COMBUSTION path hardware or uneven
154 L30SPA Perform bore scope or combustion inspection.
TROUBLE distribution
Check flow divider, fuel pressures.
of fuel to the fuel nozzles.
Check for plugged nozzles.
Faulty thermocouples, gas Analyze data for trends. Perform bore scope or
HIGH EXHAUST TEMP. path parts or uneven combustion inspection.
155 L30SPT
SPREAD TRIP distribution of Check flow divider, fuel pressures.
fuel to the fuel nozzles. Check for plugged nozzles.
EXHAUST
Check thermocouples and wiring.
156 L30SPTA THERMOCOUPLE Faulty thermocouple.
Change if necessary.
TROUBLE
L30T60A_
157 T60A GLOBAL A T60A global alarm Check T60A
ALM
The washing procedure is
WATER WASH inhibited because the Check the temperature and wait for an adequate
L30TWW_
158 INHIBIT_WHEELSPACE wheel-space wheel-space temperature.
ALM
TEMP.HIGH temperature is too high. Check the thermocouples.
Thermocouples fault.
The exhaust gas temperature Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad
L30TXA_A EXHAUST
159 is excessive. thermocouples.
LM TEMPERATURE HIGH
Thermocouples fault. If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion
103
SIGNAL
NAME
Fuel control system fault. of control system causing problem.
Ventilation system fault. Check the temperature control loop and the fuel
control system.
Check all thermocouples. Replace any bad
The exhaust gas temperature
thermocouples.
FIRST FAILED HIGH is excessive.
If problem is not thermocouples, isolate portion
160 L30TXAH1 EXHAUST Thermocouples fault.
of control system causing problem.
THERMOCOUPLE Fuel control system fault.
Check the temperature control loop and the fuel
Ventilation system fault.
control system.
L30UPSCS BATTERY CHARGER - Inverter static converter
161 Check inverter static converter group
_ALM CS FAULT group fault
L30UPSMA INVERTER MAJOR UPS
162 MCC UPS major fault Check MCC UPS
J_AL FAULT
L30UPSMI INVERTER MINOR
163 Inverter minor group fault Check inverter minor group
N_AL GROUP FAULT
L30UPSMO INVERTER MODULE
164 Inverter module group fault Check inverter module group fault
D_AL GROUP FAULT
Check the ventilation system of this compartment
LOAD COMPT
L30VG_AL The load compartment (power supply, motor, fans, electrical circuit...).
165 COOLING FAN
M ventilation is faulty. Check the pressure switch.
CHANGE OVER
Check the position of vent flap.
L30VGX_A LOAD COMPARTMENT The load compartment (power supply, motor, fans, electrical circuit...).
166
LM VENTILATION FAULT ventilation is faulty. Check the pressure switch.
COOLING WATER Motor fault Check the mechanical status of the motor and the
L30WCX_
167 PUMP FAULT Power supply fault pump
ALM
(CHANGEOVER) Pump fault Check what the circuit is correctly positioned
104
SIGNAL
NAME
Check the supply of the motor drawer and the
motor
the motor
Check the mechanical status of the motor and the
pump
Motor 1 fault Check that the circuit is correctly positioned
L30WCX1_ COOLING WATER
168 Power supply fault Check the supply of the motor drawer and the
ALM MOTOR # 1 FAULT
Pump 1 fault motor
the motor
pump
Motor 2 fault Check that the circuit is correctly positioned
L30WCX2_ COOLING WATER
169 Power supply fault Check the supply of the motor drawer and the
ALM MOTOR # 2 FAULT
Pump 2 fault motor
the motor
Water injection not selected.
L30WN_AL WATER INJECTION
170 Water injection has been Research the cause of the injection deselecting.
M NOT SELECTED
deselected.
WATER INJECTION Water injection not selected.
L30WN1_A
171 PUMP Water injection has been Research the cause of the injection deselecting.
LM
ELECTRICAL FAULT deselected.
Difference between the flow
L30WQER_ WATER INJ SERVO NOT Check the injection circuit to see why the
172 measured and the flow
ALM FOLLOWING OUTPUT measured flow is lower than the constant flow
wanted
173 L30WR1X_ HEAT VENT WI Heat vent WI compartment Check heat vent WI compartment heater
105
SIGNAL
NAME
ALM COMPARTMENT heater in trouble
HEATER IN TROUBLE
Excessive differential
between wheel-space
Check thermocouples for shorts, grounds or
thermocouples.
opens. Replace failures. If condition persists
L30WSA1_ WHEELSPACE TEMP. Defect thermocouples
174 investigate for seal failure.
ALM DIFFERENTIAL HIGH (TTWS_XX).
Check the thermocouples position.
Thermocouples position
Check the combustion and regulation system.
fault.
Combustion fault.
High wheel-space
temperature (for proper
WHEELSPACE value refer to control Check thermocouples, investigate for seal failure.
L30WSA2_
175 TEMPERATURE specification). Check the ventilation system.
ALM
HIGH Ventilation system fault. Check the proper operation of the thermocouples.
Thermocouples fault
(TTWS_XX).
L32DW_AL GENERATOR BREAKER Turbine fault. Turbine checking.
176
M TRIP_REVERSE POWER Fuel feeding system fault. Fuel feeding system checking (skid fuel).
AC TRANSFER CB
L33ARS_A AC transfer cb spring charge
177 SPRING Check circuit breakers 52AR & 52AS
LM failure
CHARGE FAILURE
TURBINE Flap closed in the turbine Check the position of flap.
L33BT_AL
178 COMPARTMENT VENT. compartment. Determine the cause of the flap closing.
M
FLAP CLOSED Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33 BT.
AT MIN TNR-REVERSE Check the proper operation of the generator watts
L33CDMN_ Transducer fault
179 POWER transducer
ALM System of detection fault
NOT DETECTED and open the manually breaker if necessary
106
SIGNAL
NAME
Check the logic of command
L33CL2_A CO2LOCKOFF INZONE
180 See alarm : L33CL1_ALM See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
LM 2
Refer to fire protection panel to determinate the
fire zone.
The unit should not be operated until the cause
has been determined and corrected and the fire
protection has been reestablished in its normal
condition (refilling of CO2 bottles, circuit
reset...).
Check for the causes of this trip; hot air or fuel or
oil leaks, or short-circuits.
NOTE:
Restarting after an operation of the CO2 system
requires that the CO2 system be reset, including
L33CL1_A CO2 LOCK OFF IN
181 CO2 emission all doors and dampers, and the CO2 release
LM ZONE 1
mechanism.
WARNING:
Carbon Dioxide, in a concentration sufficient to
extinguish fire,creates an atmosphere that will
not support life. It is extremely hazardous to
enter the compartment after the CO2 system has
been discharged. For further information, refer to
Fire Protection
System documentation if available. The extent
and type of
safeguards and personnel warning that may be
necessary must be designed to meet the particular
107
SIGNAL
NAME
requirements of each situation. It is
recommended that personnel be adequately
trained as to the proper action to take in case of
such an emergency.
HEAT VENT
The door of the compartment
L33DT1_A AUXILIARY Check the air inlet filter system.
182 auxiliary is open.
LM COMPARTMENT DOOR Check the limit switch 33 DT1.
Limit switch fault.
OPEN
HEAT VENT
Limit switch fault.
OPEN
HEAT VENT
Limit switch fault.
OPEN
Check the position of the exhaust plenum flap
damper
HEAT VENT EXHAUST
L33EF_AL Damper not closed Check the logic of command of exhaust fan
185 COMPT
M Limit switch fault motor
VENT FLAP TROUBLE
Determine the cause of the flap opening
Check the proper operation of the limit switch
Check the position of the exhaust plenum flap
damper
HEAT VENT EXHAUST
L33EF3_AL Damper not closed Check the logic of command of exhaust fan
186 COMPT
M Limit switch fault motor
VENT FLAP TROUBLE
Determine the cause of the flap opening
108
SIGNAL
NAME
HEAT VENT Flap closed in the turbine Check the position of flap.
L33GV_AL
187 GENERATOR COMPT compartment. Determine the cause of the flap closing.
M
VENT FLAP TROUBLE Limit switch fault. Check the limit switch 33 GV.
WATER INJECT COMP
L33JS_AL Water inject comp flap
188 FLAP Check damper
M damper not closed.
DAMPER NOT CLOSED
LOAD COOLING AIR Check the position of the damper
L33VG_AL Damper not closed
189 FLAT Determine the cause of the flap opening
M Limit switch fault
DAMPER NOT CLOSED Check the limit switch 33VG
L33WNC_ H2O INJ CTRL & XFER Something is blocking the
190 Check what is blocking the valve and remove it
ALM VLV FAILTO CLOSE valve
L33WNO_ WATER INJECTION There is a problem in the
191 Check the injection circuit
ALM TROUBLE injection circuit
L39VA_AL HIGH VIBRATION Vibration at one or more Monitor vibration readings.
192
M ALARM bearings. Determine the cause of this trouble and repair.
VIBRATION BN GT.
L39VCA_A AXIAL GT axial shat displacement
193 Check vibration sensors and wiring.
LM SHAFTDISPLACEMENT alert 1st step
ALERT
VIBRATION BN GT.
L39VCD_A AXIAL GT axial shat displacement
LM SHAFTDISPLACEMENT alert 2nd step
DANGER
L39VD1_A VIBRATION SENSOR Signal from vibration
LM DISABLED sensors is faulty.
Start inhibited.
L39VD3_A VIBRATION _ START Check vibration protection system.
196 Vibration protection system
LM INHIBIT Check the vibration sensors.
problem.
109
SIGNAL
NAME
Too many sensors in trouble
or disabled.
VIBRATION Check vibration protection system.
L39VDIFF_ Vibration protection system
197 DIFFERENTIAL Check the level of each sensor and determine the
ALM problem.
TROUBLE cause of the differentia.
Check impedance or each vibration detector
Vibration detector
(open or short circuit).
impedance is not within
L39VF_AL VIBRATION Check the vibration protection system.
198 normal bounds or 3or more
M TRANSDUCER FAULT NOTE:
gas turbine sensors are
With the 3 or more sensors disabled or faulty, the
disabled or faulty.
start is inhibited
VIB BN GEN BRG #2
Generator bearing 2 radial
L39VS10A_ RADIAL SHAFT
199 shat displacement alert1st Check vibration sensors and wiring.
ALM DISPLACEMENT
step
ALERT
VIB BN GEN BRG #2
Generator bearing 2 radial
L39VS10D_ RADIAL SHAFT
200 shat displacement alert2nd Check vibration sensors and wiring.
ALM DISPLACEMENT
step
DANGER
VIB BN GT BRG #1
L39VS1A_ RADIAL SHAFT GT bearing 1 radial shat
ALM DISPLACEMENT displacement alert1st step
ALERT
VIB BN GT BRG #1
L39VS1D_ RADIAL SHAFT GT bearing 1 radial shat
ALM DISPLACEMENT displacement alert2nd step
DANGER
203 L39VS2A_ VIB BN GT BRG #2 GT bearing 2 radial shat Check vibration sensors and wiring.
110
SIGNAL
NAME
ALM RADIAL SHAFT displacement alert1st step
DISPLACEMENT
ALERT
VIB BN GT BRG #2
ALM DISPLACEMENT displacement danger2nd step
DANGER
VIB BN GT BRG #3
ALERT
VIB BN GT BRG #3
DANGER
VIB BN GEN BRG #1
ALERT
VIB BN GEN BRG #1
L39VS9D_ RADIALSHAFT GT bearing 1 radial shat
DANGER
Check for mechanical failures, observe vibration
L39VSD_A HIGH VIBRATION level
209 High vibration
LM SHUTDOWN Determine the cause of this trouble and repair
Check the vibration sensor
210 L39VT_AL HIGH VIBRATION TRIP High vibration See alarm : L39VSD_ALM
111
SIGNAL
NAME
M
Reduce the load that will be applied to the
The turbine speed is too low
generator before closing again the generator
(< 95%) when complete
TURBINE breaker (network problems).
211 L3A_ALM sequence
UNDERSPEED Check the proper operation of the speed relay 14
is reached (L3) (end of
HS circuit
starting sequence).
logic.
l3ACS_AL SERVOS CHECK FAULT The turbine gas is not on
212 Check fuel system
M TRIP Total liquid or total gas
L3APFLT_ AMBIENT PRESSURE AFPAT sensor fault Change AFPAT sensor
213
ALM MEASUREMENT FAULT
DAMPER CUSTOMER Customer damper not in
214 L3CP_ALM Check damper position
START INHIBIT correct status to start GT.
L3CPRI_A INLET PRESSURE AFPCS sensor fault
215 Change sensor
LM MEASUREMENT FAULT
BOTH HYDRAULIC
L3DWBCO Both hydraulic pumps
216 PUMPS Refer to specific chapter
KZ_AL locked out
LOCKED OUT
LOSS OF EXTERNAL
Bad signal from load control Check the transducer 96 GG (setting point,
217 L3DWRF SETPOINT
transducer. power supply, link).
LOAD SIGNAL
Check the forwarding heavy fuel system and the
The transfer to heavy fuel is
HEAVY FUEL heater system(if used).
L3FUZ_AL not authorized, because the
218 TRANSFER Check the inhibitor system.
M temperature or pressure of
PERMISSIVE TROUBLE Check the temperature switch 26 FU_2, 26 FL_2
the heavy fuel is not correct.
and pressure switch 63 FU_2 and 63 AD_1.
L3HQ1_AL HYDRAULIC SUPPLY Start inhibited + transfer to Check LVDT, 96 GC_1, 2 (setting value, wiring).
219
M MAIN PUMP fuel if running on gas or Check the calibration of the VGC.
112
SIGNAL
NAME
DEFAULTE transfer to Check the proper operation of the servo-valve 65
gas inhibited. GC_1.
The gas control valve
feedback is abnormal.
Supply fault.
Sensors defected.
Valve and servo-valve fault.
Determine the cause and correct before
restarting.
Loss of feedback.
The master reset must be initiated before starting.
INLET GUIDE VANE At start-up, the inlet guide
L3IGVFLT_ Check the proper operation of the solenoid valve
220 POSITION vanes are not closed.
ALM 20 TV_1 and the control system of the jack.
SERVO_TROUBLE At normal speed, the inlet
Check the setting values of the LVDT 96 TV_1
guide vanes are closed.
and 2. Refer to the control specification.
Check logic circuit.
Check the fuel pressure before the nozzles.
Liquid fuel check system has
Check for the fuel leakage.
detected an abnormal servo
Check the HP oil pressure and check for leakage.
L3LFLT_A LIQUID FUEL or LVDT position or signal.
221 Check if the bypass is not clamped.
LM CONTROL FAULT HP oil fault.
Check the different devices (setting point,
Mechanical problem on the
calibration).
bypass.
Check the regulation system.
Start inhibited.
LUBE OIL TANK Lube oil heaters fault (23 Check the lube oil heaters (23 QT to 6).
L3LTOT_A
222 TEMERATURE QT_1 to 6). Check the lube oil circuit.
LM
FAULT Lube oil pump in trouble Check the AC supply (415 VAC).
(88QA_2).Loss of AC.
223 L3MP_AL MASTER PROTECTIVE Turbine not ready to start Check start check screen on the HMI
113
SIGNAL
NAME
M START
CHECK ETR FAULT
L3PFR_LD
224 Load Reference Not Set Select Base LVL2
_ALM
EXHAUST TC VTCC
L3PTCC_A See : L3PTCC_1J1A_FLT
225 COMMUNICATIONS See : L3PTCC_1J1A_FLT
LM
FAULT
L3SFLT_A CONTROL SYSTEM
226 Control system fault Check control system
LM FAULT TRIP
Check the cranking motor cell, the breaker and
the electrical motor.
L3SMT_AL STARTING DEVICE Failure of cranking motor to Identify the faulty circuit and repair.
227
M TRIP. start. CAUTION:
Take the safety recommendation for working on
medium voltage.
Check the transmitters and associated
LOSS OF COMPRESSOR connections.
L3TFLT_A Bad signal from compressor
228 DISCHARGE Check the associated connections for proper bias
LM pressure transmitter (96 CD).
PRESSURE BIAS signal.
Check the pressure.
CORRECTING TNR
L3TM_AL Drift between reference and
229 DRIFT ON IGVTEMP Check IGV calibration
M feedback alarm
MATCH
TNR OUTSIDE IGV TMP
Drift between reference and
230 L3TM_TRP MATCHRANGE TRIP Check IGV calibration
feedback trip
TM
L3TMFLT1 TORQUE CONVERTER The torque converter guide Check the transducer.
231
_ALM GV vane position transducer is Verify the adjustment.
114
SIGNAL
NAME
TROUBLE damaged or disconnected. Do not restart the unit before it is done.
DWATT TOO LOW TO

L3TNRERR Dwatt too low to support tnr- Check fuel supply
232 SUPPORT
X tnr lower Check FSR limitation
TNR_TNR LOWER
The On-line water wash is To continue the water wash sequence, select in
L3WCTIM_ ON_LINE WATER WASH inhibited because the the
233
ALM INHIBITED compressor SPEEDTRONIC MARK V the Inlet air
inlet temperature is low. heating circuit.
Spread between the
L3WWTDZ FALSE START DRAIN Check TC and connection.
234 Two TCs,
_ALM TC DIFF HIGH Repair wiring or replace TC if found damaged.
TC disconnected or broken.
Unit did not synchronize and
Investigate synchronization system to determine
FAILURE TO close generator breaker
235 L3Z_ALM exact cause of problem.
SYNCHRONIZE within the
Check the stability of the turbine speed control.
normal expected time.
L43ADJ_A VSVO IN Finish calibration
236 VSVO in calibration mode
LM CALIBRATION MODE Set off calibration mode
DAMPER LOCAL
L43BBLR_ Damper local control mode
237 CONTROL MODE Check damper position
ALM of diverter
OF DIVERTER
EX2K MANUAL (FVR)
L43EX_AL EX2K manual (FVR)
238 REGULATOR No action
M regulator active
ACTIVE
Auto calibrate, memory
MAINTENANCE _
L43MAINT changing or logic forcing When done with the operation, deselect the
239 FORCING MODE
_ALM mode of operation has been operation.
ENABLED
selected.
115
SIGNAL
NAME
FILTER SPEED FOR
L43PFR_A Filter speed for frequency
240 FREQUENCY Specific customer
LM load control
LOAD CONTROL
L45FP1_AL FIRE PRE-ALARM IN Fire detection in
241 See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
M ZONE 1 compartment # 1
L45FP2_AL FIRE PRE-ALARM IN Fire detection in
M ZONE 2 compartment # 2
FIRE PROTECTION -
L45FPX_A GENERAL Fire detection in
LM FIRE ALARM ZONE 1 & compartment # 1
2
L45FTX1_
244 FIRE IN ZONE #1 Fire in zone #1 See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
ALM
L45FTX2_
245 FIRE IN ZONE #2 Fire in zone #2 See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
ALM
Check equipment, which is the cause of the
TURBINE problem in the normal sequence: starting system
Failure of unit to reach
246 L48_ALM INCOMPLETE power, torque converter, fuel
complete sequence.
SEQUENCE control, and acceleration loop.
Check if the AUTO order has been executed.
The time delay is finished
TURBINE SHAFT Check the operation of the auxiliaries.
L48CR_AL and the turbine shaft does
247 FAILURE TO Check the starting means.
M not breakaway.
BREAK AWAY Check the supplies.
Starting means fault.
The generator should not be operated when the
GENERATOR STATOR Generator stator temperature
L49GH_AL stator temperature is excessive. Check cooling
248 TEMP. is excessive caused by lack
M system, reduce overload on generator.
HIGH of cooling or overload.
Check proper operation of the temperature
116
SIGNAL
NAME
detector system and its alarm set point.
Check the thermocouple circuit and the A.C.
power of this equipment.
Check auxiliary motors to determine which
motor is overloaded and the cause of the
overloading.
On the defective motor, check the overload relay,
AUXILIARY MOTOR One of the auxiliary motors
249 L49X_ALM the fuses (or the CB), and the motor with the
OVERLOAD is overloaded.
cables.
Check the set point of the overload relay.
Check the fuses FU.1, 2 on the motor overload
circuit.
Customer trips input to the
Determine which of the customer trip devices
250 L4CT_ALM CUSTOMER TRIP L4CT logic have caused an
caused the trip and correct.
automatic trip of the unit.
EX2K OPERATOR
L4EXOFF_ Operator selected excitation
251 SELECTED For information
ALM off.
EXCITATION OFF
Trip. The I.G.V. position is Check the I.G.V. control system.
INLET GUIDE VANE not correct. Check the proper operation and the setting values
L4IGVT_A
252 CONTROL Adjustment of the hydraulic of the LVDT96 TV_1 and 2.
LM
TROUBLE TRIP jack. Problem of the setting Check the adjustment of the hydraulic jack. Refer
values. to the control specifications.
LUBE OIL HEADER The 3 thermocouple are Check the lube oil skid (exhauster, heater, pump).
L4LTTH_T
253 TEMPERATURE SNSR faulty Temperature of lube Check proper operation of thermocouple
_ALM
FLT: TRIP oil is too high. Shutdown TG LTTH1/LTTH2/LTTH3.
L4QESTP1 DC PUMP FIRST STEP Breakers failure, wire lost, Check power supply, wiring, breakers, timer in
254
_ALM TIMER FAILURE timer failure M.C.C
117
SIGNAL
NAME
L4QESTP2 DC PUMP SCND STEP Breakers failure, wire lost, Check power supply, wiring, breakers, timer in
255
_ALM TIMER FAILURE timer failure M.C.C
L4QETRPZ AC PUMP FAILURE
256 88QA fault Check 88QA
_ALM TRIP
L4QETST_ Check 88QE
257 DC PUMP TEST FAILED 88QE fault
ALM Check electrical circuit
EXHAUST FRAME Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and
L4TK_WW BLOWER Exhaust frame blower fault. _2. Inspect cooling airflow passages.
258
_ALM FAULT. WATER WASH Impossible to wash TG. Check the suction silencers.
INHIBITED Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
Check the time over current relay 51 QE.
L51QE_AL EMERGENCY LUBE The emergency lube oil
259 Check the mechanical status of the pump.
M OIL OVERLOAD pump is faulty.
Check supply of the motor pump.
Check the time over current relay 51 QE.
L51QEFLT_ DC PUMP The emergency lube oil
260 Check the mechanical status of the pump.
ALM ABNORMALPOWER pump is faulty.
Check supply of the motor pump.
EMERGENCY LUBE Check the time over current relay 51 QE.
L51QEOFF The emergency lube oil
261 OIL PUMP Check the mechanical status of the pump.
_ALM pump is faulty.
OUT OF SERVICE Check supply of the motor pump.
Something is blocking the
Check that nothing is blocking the fan
TURBINE fan
L52BT_AL Check the fan can run in good conditions
262 COMPARTMENT VENT. Motor overload
M Check electrical circuit
FAULT Short circuit
Check motor
Motor fault
Exhaust plenum cooling fan Check the mechanical status of the motors and
HEAT VENT EXHAUST
L52EF_AL fault the fans (188EF2)
263 COMPARTMENT VENT.
M Motor fault Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker,
FAULT
Power supply fault connection)
118
SIGNAL
NAME
Check the cleanliness of the circuit
Exhaust plenum cooling fan
HEAT VENT EXHAUST fan (88EF)
L52EF3_AL fault
264 COMPARTMENT VENT. Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker,
M Motor fault
FAULT connection)
Power supply fault
Check the cleanliness of the circuit
FUEL FORWARDING The remote breaker is
L52FDY_A
265 MOTOR detected open Determine the cause of this trouble and repair.
LM
BREAKER OPEN
FLOW DIVIDER
L52FM_AL Flow divider startup motor
266 STARTUP MOTOR Check flow divider startup motor breaker
M breaker fault
BREAKER FAULT
Determine device that tripped the breaker.
The problem should be corrected before coupling
Generator breaker has been
again.
L52G1_AL GENERATOR BREAKER tripped by an automatic
267 NOTE:
M TRIPPED protective
For a new coupling, one must give a new start
device or manually.
order for proper operation of synchronizing
sequence.
The problem should be corrected before coupling
UNDER FREQUENCY again.
Generator breaker has been
L52GTUF_ OPERATION NOTE:
268 tripped by under frequency
ALM OVERTIMED BREAKER For a new coupling, one must give a new start
operation
TRIP order for proper operation of synchronizing
sequence.
HEAT VENT The load compartment Check the power supply of the motor drawer in
L52GV_AL
269 GENERATOR COMP cooling fan motor is not the T.C.C.
M
MOTOR BREAKER running. Check the relay.
119
SIGNAL
NAME
TROUBLE Determine the trouble and repair as soon as
possible.
Check for leakage.
pump.
Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker,
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY Motor, pump fault connection)
L52HQ1_A
270 AUXILIARY Motor supply fault. _Check the proper operation of :
LM
PUMP DISCREPANCY Oil leakage on HP circuit. _ the pressure switch 63 HQ_1.
_ the pressure transmitter 96 HQ_1.
_the overload relays 49 HQ_1 and 2.
Check the status of the filter (an alarm must
appear).
TURBINE
L52HT30_ COMPARTMENT Discrepancy between start Checks feedback match with heater status
271
ALM HEATER BREAKER order and feedback
FAULT
Something is blocking the Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
HEAT VENT WI fan motor in trouble.
L52JS_AL
272 COMPARTMENT Motor overload Check the proper operation of the water injection
M
VENT. FAULT Short circuit fan motor88JS.
Motor fault After doing corrective action, close the breaker in
trouble.
The main lube oil pump is Examine main lube pump.
AUXILIARY LUBE OIL
L52QA_AL supplying insufficient lube Check pump output and main lube filters for
273 PUMP MOTOR
M oil leaks or plugging.
RUNNING
pressure due to pump failure Check proper operation of pressure switch 63
120
SIGNAL
NAME
or leaks. QA.
STANDBY LUBE OIL
L52QBLAG Lube oil pump ready or
274 PUMP For information
_ALM running
MOTOR RUNNING
Blower is running while
EXHAUST FRAME
L52TK1_A there is no run signal Check 88TK1
275 BLOWER #1
LM Blower is not running while Check electrical circuit
DISCREPENCY
there is run signal
Blower is running while
EXHAUST FRAME
L52TK2_A there is no run signal Check 88TK2
276 BLOWER #2
LM Blower is not running while Check electrical circuit
DISCREPENCY
there is run signal
Check the power supply of the motor drawer in
LOAD COMP. COOLING The load compartment the T.C.C.
L52VG_AL
277 FAN cooling fan motor is not Check the relay.
M
MOTOR TROUBLE running. Determine the trouble and repair as soon as
possible.
L52WCY_ WATER PUMP
278 Water pump breaker open Close water pump breaker
ALM BREACKER OPEN
Pump is running while there
WATER INJECTION
L52WN1_A is no run signal Check 88TK3
279 PUMP
LM Pump is not running while Check electrical circuit
DISCREPENCY
there is run signal
L5CFG_TR VPRO - OS SETPOINT Bad over-speed Change the over-speed configuration trip with
280
P_AL CONFIG ERROR TRIP configuration trip the toolbox
L5CMPST_ VPRO - COMPOSITE One or more module of one
281 Check modules on each VPRO cards
TRP TRIP(S) VPRO card fault
282 L5E_ALM MANUAL TRIP _ The emergency stop Correct abnormality that caused the operator to
121
SIGNAL
NAME
LOCAL pushbutton has been pressed. push the emergency stop pushbutton.
L5ESTOP1 E-STOP 1 PROTECTIVE Emergency stop by Correct abnormality that caused the emergency
283
_ALM CIRCUIT LATCHED protective circuit. stop
Check that the problem for witch the emergency
stop pb was pressed is resolved
VPRO - EMERGENCY
L5ESTOP1 Someone has depressed the WARNING NEVER DEPRESS THE
284 STOP PB
_FZA emergency stop pb EMERGENCY STOP PB
DEPRESSED
BEFORE TO BE SURE THE PROBLEM IS
RESOLVED
Diagnostic alarm on the
L5PPRO_L PROTECTIVE PPRO Check Diagnostic alarm relating to the card
285 dedicated card PPRO
ATCH CARD TRIP - LATCH mentioned by using the toolbox.
Default communication
TURBINE STARTUP
L60BOG_A Check trip diagram on HMI
286 BOGGED Problems during startup
LM Refer to specific alarm(s)
DOWN - TRIP
Manual FSR control has not
L60FSRG_ FSR GAG NOT AT MAX been reset to a position
287 Raise the manual FSR control to maximum.
ALM LIMIT where it will not interfere
with automatic FSR control.
REGULATION IN FSR
L60TRF_A The regulation is in FSR
288 TEMPERATURE Check the regulation system CPD.
LM temperature control.
CONTROL
COOLDOWN The cool-down sequence has
L62CD_AL Continue cool-down sequence except in the case
289 SEQUENCE been interrupted before the
M of major problem.
RUNNING end of normal cycle.
L62LV_AL WATER WASH Water wash needed after 15 Water wash has to be done, and then operation
290
M NEEDED operating with crude oil. with crude oil is authorized.
291 L62TT2_A FAILURE TO START The master protective logic Check all signals going making up the L4
122
SIGNAL
NAME
LM signal L4 has tripped the logic signal to determine which caused the
unit problem or determine cause of lack of flame
twice or if the unit is establishment.
operating in remote, flame
was not
established after two tries at
establishing flame.
VENT AFTER AN OFF
L62WWY_ LINE Vent after an off line
292 Refer to specific chapter
ALM WASHING washing interrupted
INTERRUPTED
Check atomizing air system.
Atomizing air compressor Check the valves .are correctly positioned.
not providing adequate Check for leakage.
pressure. Check the status (mechanical and electrical) of
Normal shutdown. the compressors and the step-up gears.
ATOMIZING AIR
L63AD4L_ Lack of air at the upstream Check motor.
293 DIFFERENTIAL
ALM of the compressor. Check the check valves before step-up gears.
PRESSURE LOW
Compressor fault (CA1_1 or Check the proper operation of the pressure
2). switches 63 AD_1,
Step-up gear fault. 2 and their setting point.
Motor fault (88 AK_1 or 2). Check the proper operation of the transmitter
96AD_1.
Check atomizing air system.
Atomizing air compressor Check on running gear if the shaft driver
L63ADL_A ATOMIZING AIR DIFF.
294 not providing adequate atomizing air compressor is running: if coupling
LM PRESSURE LOW
pressure. broken replace the atomizing
air compressor before starting up the limit.
123
SIGNAL
NAME
If atomizing air compressor is correct, check
compressor during operation (vibration) and the
circuit (help with the pressure indicators).
Check the pressure switches 63AD and their
setting point.
ATOMIZING AIR The discharge pressure of Check the atomizing air H.P. compressor.
L63ADLA_
295 DIFFERENTIAL the atomizing air H.P. Check the atomizing air piping.
ALM
PRESSURE LOW compressor is too low. Check the pressure switch 63 AD_1.
SKID WASHING
L63BWL_A Skid washing pressure or
296 PRESSURE OR Check washing skid
LM flow fault
FLOW FAULT
Check the cleanliness of the air filter.
INLET AIR FILTER Check the proper operation of the pressure
L63CA1L_ COMPRESSED Air filter compressor switch 63 CA_1.
297
ALM AIR PRESS LOW pressure low NOTE:
ALARM Refer to Manufacturers recommendations for air
filters maintenance in specific volumes.
L63CPDL_ CPD PRESSURE LOW
298 CPD pressure low alarm Check GT compressor system
ALM ALARM
Check the filter status. Change it, if necessary.
Check the differential pressure switches 63 CS
COMPRESSOR INLET
L63CSH_A (operation and setting point).
299 DIFF Inlet filter dirty.
LM NOTE:
PRESSURE HIGH TRIP
Refer to specific volumes for Air filter
maintenance.
TURBINE The pressure switches of the Check the state of the pressure switches 63 CS_1
L63CSH_S
300 COMPRESSOR INLET air inlet compressor are in and _2(proper operation and setting point).
ENSR
PRESS. SW. TROUBLE trouble. Check their logic circuit.
124
SIGNAL
NAME
COMPRESSOR INLET
L63CSHH_
301 DIFF See alarm : L63CSH_ALM See alarm : L63CSH_ALM
ALM
PRESSURE HIGH TRIP
Check the status of the exhaust duct.
L63EAH_A EXHAUST PRESSURE The pressure in the exhaust Check the temperature control system.
302
LM HIGH ALARM duct is high. If there is no problem, check the pressure switch
63 EA.
EXHAUST DUCT PRESS
L63ETF_SE Exhaust duct press switch
303 SWITCH Check exhaust duct press switch
NSR failure
FAILURE
Check the status of the exhaust duct.
The pressure in the exhaust
L63ETH_A EXHAUST PRESSURE Check the temperature control system.
304 duct is very high: alarm, the
LM HIGH TRIP If there is no problem, check the switches 63 EA,
unit trips.
63 ET_1 and63 ET_2.
VANADIUM The pressure of the fuel
L63FAH_A
305 INHIBITOR FLOW additive is high Pressure Check the inhibition skid
LM
CHECKING switch fault
FUEL FWD PUMP
L63FD1L_ The pressure on the Check the forwarding skid.
306 DISCHARGE
ALM fuel-forwarding skid is low. Check the pressure switch
PRESSURE LOW
FUEL FORWARDING
L63FD2H_ The pressure on the Check the forwarding skid.
307 PRESS. HIGH
ALM fuel-forwarding skid is high. Check the pressure switch 63 FD_2.
ALARM
Inlet liquid fuel pressure is Check the fuel-forwarding skid (pumps, motors,
low. filters).
L63FLZ_A LIQUID FUEL
309 Pressure switch 63 FL_2 Check the pressure switch 63 FL_2 (operation
LM PRESSURE LOW
trouble (see control and setting).
specifications for Check the strainer filter at the turbine inlet.
125
SIGNAL
NAME
the setting value). Check for leakage.
Strainer, filter, pumps fault.
Leakage.
The pressure of the heavy
fuel is too low, and the unit Check the piping for leak.
L63FU2LA HEAVY FUEL
310 transfers Check the pressure switch 63 FU_2.
_ALM PRESSURE LOW
automatically to distillate Check the heavy fuel forwarding system.
fuel.
Check the forwarding skid.
L63FU3HZ NAPHTA PRESSURE Forwarding skid in trouble.
311 Check the proper operation of the pressure
_ALM HIGH Pressure switch faulty.
switch 63 FU_3.
Check hydraulic pressure with the pressure
gauge.
L63HF1H_ HYDR. FILTER DIFF. The hydraulic oil filter is Changeovers the hydraulic oil filters and replaces
312
ALM PRESSURE HIGH dirty. it if necessary.
Check the pressure switch 63 HF.
Check the closing of test valve.
Check hydraulic supply pressure filter and
differential pressure gauge, regulating valve or,
pump or proper operation of
L63HQ1L_ HYDRAULIC SUPPLY Hydraulic supply pressure is
313 pressure switch 63 HQ_1.
ALM PRESSURE LOW low.
Check the closing of the test valves.
Check the filter status.
Check for leakage.
Inspect fuel oil filters and correct condition.
L63LF1H_ LIQUID FUEL FILTER The differential pressure too Check proper operation of fuel oil filter
314
ALM DIFF. PRESS. HIGH high at the fuel oil filter. differential pressure switch (operation and setting
point) 63 LF_1.
126
SIGNAL
NAME
Change or repair if necessary.
Check the closing of the test valve.
L63LF30H_ CRUDE OIL FILTER Check filter
315 Crude oil filter clogged
ALM CLOGGED Clean or change the filter
L63LF3H_ FUEL FILTER DIFF. The filter of the fuel skid is Check the filter and changeover, if necessary.
316
ALM PRESSURE HIGH dirty. Check the differential pressure switch 63 LF_3.
Repair leaks or pump.
L63QA2L_ LUBE OIL PRESSURE Lube system leaks or pump Check proper operation of the transmitter
317
ALM ALARM BEARING or transmitter trouble. (96QA_2) and the pressure switch 63 QA-2.
Check the closing of the test valves.
Check the proper operation of the bearing lift
pump
Check the motor supply (fuses, breaker,
BEARING LIFT PUMP Lift pump fault
L63QB1L_ connection)
318 DISCHARGE Motor fault
ALM Check for leakage
PRESS LOW Pressure switch fault
Check the proper operation of the pressure
switch 63QB
(operation and setting point)
LAGER DES HEBENS
L63QBF1H
319 OIL PUMPE The filter is dirty Clean or change the filter
_ALM
1 FILTER HOCH DD
LAGER DES HEBENS
L63QBF2H
320 OIL PUMPE The filter is dirty Clean or change the filter
_ALM
2 FILTER HOCH DD
Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid
L63QQ10H LUBE OIL MIST FILTER purity may result.
321 Clogged filter.
_ALM - DIFF.PRESS - HIGH Change filter.
Check the pressure switch 63QQ_1.
127
SIGNAL
NAME
Loss of fluid pressure and deterioration of fluid
MAIN LUBE OIL
L63QQ1H_ purity may result.
322 FILTER Clogged filter.
ALM Change filter.
DIFF.PRESSURE HIGH
Check the pressure switch 63QQ_1.
L63QQ8H_ TRIP OIL FILTER DIFF. Check the lube oil filter.
323 The lube oil filter is dirty.
ALM PRESSUREHIGH Check the pressure switch 63QQ_8.
TURBINE LUBE OIL
L63QT_AL 88QA fault Check 88QA
324 HEADER
M 88QE fault Check 88QE
PRESS LOW TRIP
L63QT_SE LUBE OIL PRESSURE Bad signal from lube oil Check pressure switches 63QT_2A, 2B and
325
NSR SWITCH TROUBLE pressure switch. 63QA.
Check the proper operation of the
pressure-regulating valve
VPR_2.
Check the proper operation of the lube oil
TURBINE LUBE OIL pumps.
L63QTX_A Lube oil pressure has fallen
326 HEADER Check for leakage.
LM below the trip level.
PRESS LOW TRIP Check the pressure switch 63 QT_2A.
Check the proper operation of the transmitter
96QA_2
Determine cause and correct before restarting
unit.
Check the pressure drop.
If the pressure is excessive, change the air filters.
Inlet filter excessive pressure
L63TF1H_ TURBINE AIR INLET If the pressure is correct, check the pressure
327 drop.
ALM DIFF. PRESS.ALARM switch 63 TF and its setting point.
Filter is dirty.
NOTE:
Refer to Manufacturers recommendations for air
128
SIGNAL
NAME
filters maintenance in specific chapters.
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and
EXHAUST FRAME Exhaust frame blower motor
L63TK_AL _2. Inspect cooling airflow passages.
328 COOLING AIR not operating. Air passages
M Check the suction silencers.
PRESSURE LOW blocked.
Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
COOL SEALING AIR
L63TK90H BLOWER
329 The filter is clogged Clean or replace the filter
_ALM FILTER CLOGGED - BY
PASS OPEN
Check the operation of the motors 88 TK_1 and
EXHAUST FRAME
L63TKY_A _2.
330 PRESSURE Exhaust frame pressure low.
LM Check the suction silencers.
LOW
Check the pressure switches 63 TK _1,2.
LOAD COMP INLET
L63VGH_A FILTER Heat vent load compartment Clean heat vent load compartment inlet air
331
LM CLOGGED - BY PASS inlet air filter clogged filter#2
OPEN
COOLING WATER Check the pumps and motor.
L63WC1L_ The pressure of cooling
332 PUMP DISCH Check leakage.
ALM water pump is low.
PRESSURE LOW. Check the status of the filters.
WATER INJECTION Check the differential pressure, clean the filter or
L63WN3H_
333 FILTER DIFF The water filter is dirty. change it if necessary.
ALM
PRESS HIGH Check the pressure switch 63 WN3.
Immediate action should be taken to locate
Insulation failure has
ground and to repair, because if a second ground
BATTERY 125 VDC resulted in a ground on the
334 L64D_ALM occurs, this can result in severe damage to the
GROUND 125 VDC
wiring and to the battery. As soon as possible,
system.
shut down the unit and check the 125 VDC
129
SIGNAL
NAME
power.
Isolate ground and remove from system.
Check the DC motors and all circuits supplied
with dc voltage.
CAUTION:
During this repair, the generator and the starting
engine breakers must be opened for safety.
Check the level in the tank.
FUEL ADDITIVE
L71FA1L_ The level of the fuel additive Check the level indicator 71 FA_1.
335 STORAGE TANKLEVEL
ALM storage tank is low. Check for leaks.
LOW
Check pipes.
CRUDE OIL FWD
The level of the crude oil
L71FA1LX ADDITIVE
336 FWD additive storage tank is Additive tank
_ALM STORAGE TANK-
low.
LEVEL LOW
L71FA2L_ CRUDE OIL ADDITIVE The crude oil additive skid
337 Check the tank.
ALM SKID TANKFAULT tank is fault.
Check proper operation of the tank level
71QH_1. Investigate cause of high-level alarm
High lube oil tank level or and restore normal level.
L71QH_AL
338 LUBE OIL LEVEL HIGH some liquid is coming in the NOTE:
M
tank. Stop the unit if there is some other fluid with the
lube oil (water or liquid fuel). In this case, never
restart the unit before repair.
Check proper operation of the level 96QL_1.
L71QL_AL Checks lube oil system for possible leakage or
339 LUBE OIL LEVEL LOW Lube oil tank level low.
M for excessive consumption.
Check the transmitters 96QL-1.
130
SIGNAL
NAME
Repair and restore normal level with proper oil
(see piping schematics for oil level reference and
lube oil recommendations).
NOTE:
In these units, oil consumption is normal so,
refilling is necessary periodically with proper oil.
Check the level of water-cooling.
A leak of the water-cooling Check the water-cooling system.
L71WG1_A GENERATOR LIQUID
340 system, or a leak of oil, is Check the bottom of the generator package to
LM LEVEL DETECTOR
detected. define the leaks if there is any leak.
Check the indicator switch 71 WG.
The alarm will actuate when the cooling water
tank level drops below a minimum level (see
piping schematics). Repair leaks,
and add properly treated water.
L71WL_AL COOLING WATER Cooling water tank level
341 Check for proper operation of level indicator
M LEVEL LOW low.
71WL.
NOTE:
If there is some water in the lube oil tank, one
must stop the unit.
L71WS1_A SUMP TANK HIGH
342 Sump tank high level Empty sump tank
LM LEVEL LIMITSWITCH
L71WS3_A SUMP TANK HIGH
343 Sump tank very high level Check limit switch and pump system
LM HIGH LEVEL
L71WS4_A SUMP TANK LOW
344 Sump tank low level Check limit switch and pump system
LM LEVEL LIMITSWITCH
L72QE_AL EMERGENGY LUBE Electrical fault on the
345 Check the emergency lube oil pump and motor.
M OIL PUMPMOTOR emergency lube oil pump
131
SIGNAL
NAME
ELECTRICAL FAULT motor
Loss of DC power to aux Determine cause of DC power loss.
lube oil pumps. Refer to the specific alarms about electrical faults
L72QETST DC PUMP DID NOT Oil leakages. signaled.
346
_ALM START Motors fault Check the motors (88QE).
Pumps fault. Check the oil pumps.
Sensor fault. Check the status of the transmitter (63QE).
The main pump driven
accessory gear and AC
EMERGENCY LUBE powered lube oil Check for leaks and pump malfunction.
L72QEZ_A
347 PUMP MOTOR pump have not supplied Check proper operation of pressure switches 63
LM
RUNNING sufficient lube oil pressure QL, 63 QT_2Aand 63 QT_2B.
because of pump failure or
leaks.
BATTERIES
L74BATH_ The control compartment
348 COMPARTMENT Check heating and ventilation system.
ALM temperature is low.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
BATTERIES
L74BATL_ The control compartment
ALM temperature is low
TEMPERATURE LOW
CONTROL
L74HL_AL The control compartment
350 COMPARTMENT TEMP Check heating and ventilation system.
M temperature is high.
LOW
CONTROL
L74HT_AL The control compartment
M temperature is high.
TEMPERATURE HIGH
L83CBLIMI COMP BLD VLV FAIL Compressor bleed valves Investigate problem. The problem should be
352
T TO CLOSE - have not operated properly. corrected before restarting. The Master reset
132
SIGNAL
NAME
LIMITED They are in the wrong switch must be pressed before
position or required an restarting.
excessive amount of time to Check proper operation of the solenoid valve 20
move from one position to CB.
the other. Check the control air supply of VA 2_1, 2_2,
2_3, 2_4 valves and the opening of the isolating
valve.
Check the cleanliness of the air separator.
Check the limit switches 33 CB.
OVERSPEED TEST
L83HOST_ Over-speed trip being See Over-speed trip checks module 10 of this
353 MODE
ALM checked. chapter.
SELECTED _ HP
REMOTE BREAKER
L83RBO_A Remote breaker opening
354 OPENING For information
LM detected
DETECTED
WASHING ON-LINE The on-line water wash is
L83WW_A The on-line water wash will be possible as soon
355 PROHIB.INLETTEMP.L inhibited because the
LM as the temperature will be in the limit spread.
OW temperature is low.
24H DELAY
L83WWON 24 hours necessary since the Wait the period of 24H to start again on-line
356 NECESSARY
_ALM last water wash. washing.
SINCETHE LAST WW
L86ARS_A A512-40G1 loss of
357 AC TRANSFER FAULT Check exciter cubicle
LM excitation (A)
L86BTTES HEAT VENT TURB BT test stopped because of
358 Check BT or leaks in compartment
T_AL COMP TEST ABORTED ventilation pressure fault
LOSS OF TURBINE Check the ventilation system of this compartment
L86BTX_A The turbine compartment
359 COMPARTMENT (power supply, motors, fans, electrical circuit...).
LM ventilation is faulty.
COOLING FAN Check the position of vent flap.
133
SIGNAL
NAME
33BT
Investigate problem. The problem should be
corrected before restarting. The Master reset
Compressor bleed valves switch must be pressed before
have not operated properly. restarting.
COMPRESSOR BLEED They arein the wrong Check proper operation of the solenoid valve 20
L86CBA_A
360 VALVE position or required an CB.
LM
POSITION TROUBLE excessive amount of time to Check the control air supply of VA 2_1, 2_2,
move from one position to 2_3, 2_4 valves and the opening of the isolating
the other. valve.
Check the cleanliness of the air separator.
Check the limit switches 33 CB.
COMPRESSOR BLEED
L86CBT_A VALVE
361 See alarm : L86CBA_ALM See alarm : L86CBA_ALM
LM POSITION TROUBLE
TRIP
Inlet heating control valve
COMP OPERATING Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
L86CPR_F fault.
362 LIMIT Check the compressor discharge pressure
LT Compressor discharge
CONTROL FAULT transmitters.
pressure transmitters fault.
Determine the cause of this fault before
STARTING MOTOR The cranking motor attempting a new start.
L86CRTX_
363 PROTECTIVE protective system has been NOTE:
ALM
LOCKOUT initiated. The master reset function must be selected before
restarting.
L86EF3X_ HEAT VENT LOSS OF Exhaust compartment air fan Check the air fan system (power supply, motors,
364
ALM EXHAUST fault. fans, relay, electrical circuit...).
134
SIGNAL
NAME
COMPARTMENT
VENTILATION
Check the turbine exhaust compartment
Exhaust frame ventilation
LOSS OF EXHAUST ventilation system(supply, motors, fans, electric
L86EFX_A fault.
365 COMPARTMENT equipment)
LM Loss of the exhaust frame
VENTILATION Check the lower position.
cooling ventilation control.
Check the switch 33EF.
Low level of inhibitor tank. Check the proper operation of heavy fuel
L86FA_AL FUEL ADDITIVE
366 Heavy fuel inhibitor pump inhibitor pump.
M CIRCUIT FAULT
faulty. Check the tank level.
L86FAX_A Crude oil FWD additive Check the proper operation of heavy fuel
367 CRUDE OIL FWD
LM pumps fault alarm inhibitor the pump.
LIQ FUEL FALSE
L86FS_AL Liquid fuel false start-use
368 START-USE After sequencing reset by 86FSRST_CPB
M reset display
RESET DISPLAY
The temperature of the
HEAVY FUEL TEM.
L86FT_AL heavy fuel is not correct. The
369 FAULT XFERT Check heavy fuel heating system
M transfer is
LOCKOUT
locked.
COMPLETE LOSS OF Complete loss of heavy fuel
L86FUX_A
370 HEAVY FWD pumps crude oil FWD Check pumps.
LM
FUEL FWD PUMPs additive pumps.
74/86G-1A LOCK OUT
L86G1AM 74/86G-1A lock out relay
371 RELAY COIL Check 74/86G-1A
ON_AL coil fault
FAULT
L86G2AAL 74/86G-2A LOCK OUT 74/86G-2A lock out relay
372 Check 74/86G-2A
M_AL RELAY TRIP trip
373 L86G2AM 74/86G-2A LOCK OUT 74/86G-2A lock out relay Check 74/86G-2A
135
SIGNAL
NAME
ON_AL RELAY COIL coil fault
FAULT
The I.G.V. position is not
correct. Check the I.G.V. control system.
INLET GUIDE VANE
L86GVA_A Adjustment of the hydraulic Check the proper operation and the setting values
374 CONTROL
LM jack. of the LVDT96 TV.
TROUBLE
Problem of the setting Check the adjustment of the hydraulic jack.
values.
Check the load compartment cooling ventilation
HEAT VENT LOSS OF system
Air fan fault
L86GVX_A GENERATO Check the supply of motors 88GV
375 Motor fault
LM COMPARTMENT Check fuses, breakers and protections
Power supply fault
VENTILATION Check the mechanical status of the fans and the
motors
LOSS OF W. I.
L86JSX_AL Loss of W.I. Compartment Check fan
376 COMPARTMENT
M ventilation. Check electrical circuit
VENTILATION
Determine the electrical trouble with the matrix
in the protection panel.
Electrical trouble on the
ELECTRICAL NOTE:
generator with normal
377 L86N_ALM TROUBLE NORMAL The unit should not be operated until the cause of
shutdown for the
SHUTDOWN the problem has been determined and corrected.
unit.
Refer to specific chapters for more information
about generator.
74/86N-1 LOCK-OUT
L86N1MO 74-86N-1 lock-out relay coil
378 RELAY COIL Check 74-86N-1 lock-out relay coil
N_ALM fault
FAULT
379 L86NX_AL STARTUP CHECK STOP The general protection of the Check generator system
136
SIGNAL
NAME
M GENPROTECTION generator is defect
FAILURE
SHUTDOWN
L86PUR_A GT trip while running with
380 HEAVY FUEL TG - TRIP For information
LM heavy liquid fuel
The heavy fuel purge valve
HEAVY FUEL PURGE
L86PURC_ failed to open. The heavy
381 VALVEFAILURE TO Check the proper operation of the purge valve.
ALM fuel purge valve failed to
OPEN
open.
HEAVY FUEL PURGE
L86PURT_ The heavy fuel purge valve
382 VALVE Check the proper operation of the purge valve.
ALM failed to close.
FAILURE TO CLOSE
Finish heavy fuel purge sequence
HEAVY FUEL PURGE GT tripped since 1 hour and
L86PURZ_ Confirm purge
383 TG TRIP operator heavy purge
ALM Restart gas turbine heavy fuel when purge
SINCE 1 HOUR confirmation not given
finished
L86QB_AL LOSS OF BEARING Check 88QB1 & 2
384 Loss of bearing lift pump
M LIFT PUMP Check electrical circuit
88QB-1 LAGER DES
L86QB1LO Check 88QB1
385 HEBENS OIL Loss of bearing lift pump 1
_ALM Check electrical circuit
PUMPE AUSGESPERRT
88QB-2 LAGER DES
L86QB2LO Check 88QB2
386 HEBENS OIL Loss of bearing lift pump 2
_ALM Check electrical circuit
PUMPE AUSGESPERRT
GENERATOR LIFT
L86QBLO_ Loss of both bearing lift Check both pumps
387 LUBE OILPUMPS
ALM pump Check electrical circuit
LOCKOUT ALARM
388 L86QE_AL DC PUMP ELECTRICAL DC pump electrical trouble Check DC pump
137
SIGNAL
NAME
M TROUBLE start inhibited Check electrical circuit
START INHIBITED
Auto synchronizing
Investigate synchronization system to determine
AUTO self-checking system has
exact cause of problem.
389 L86S SYNCHRONIZING detected a
Refer to the Manufacturers documents about the
LOCKOUT synchronizing equipment
synchronizing system.
abnormality.
L86T1AAL
74/86T-1A LOCK OUT 74/86T-1A Lock out relay Check relay
390
M_AL RELAY TRIP coil fault Check GCP
74/86T-1A LOCK OUT
L86T1AMO 74/86T-1A Lock out relay Check relay
391 RELAY COIL
N_AL coil fault Check GCP
FAULT
COMPRESSOR INLET
392 L86TCI THERMOCOUPLES Bad thermocouple signal. Check thermocouples and wiring.
DISAGREE
Trip.
EXHAUST Excessive number Check and reconnect thermocouples.
L86TFB_A
393 THERMOCOUPLES thermocouples fault. Check the connection and the position.
LM
OPEN TRIP Position, connection, Check for short-circuit and cut-off.
short-circuit, cut-off fault.
FALSE START DRAIN Valve stucked or limit Check limit switch wiring and good operation.
394 L86TFD_C
SYSTEMBLOCKED switch failure Look for valve bloquage.
Look for any foreign object or residual fuel in
L86TFD_N FALSE START DRAIN
395 Drain system clogged. drain piping.
OFLOW SYSTEMBLOCKED
Check valve operation.
FALSE START DRAIN
Valve stucked or limit Check limit switch wiring and good operation.
396 L86TFD_O VALVE
switch failure Look for valve bloquage.
FAILURE TO OPEN
138
SIGNAL
NAME
FSD VALVE CLOSED
L86TFDLO
397 AT LOWERPRESS Valve spring damaged Check valve spring.
W_AL
THAN EXPECTED
Electrical trouble with
GENERATOR
L86TGT1_ emergency shutdown. Relay The unit should not be operated until the cause of
398 DIFFERENTIAL TRIP
ALM 86G indicate the problem has been determined and corrected.
CHANNEL 1
a generator differential.
Electrical trouble with
GENERATOR
L86TGT2_ emergency shutdown. Relay The unit should not be operated until the cause of
399 DIFFERENTIAL TRIP
ALM 86G indicate the problem has been determined and corrected.
CHANNEL 2
a generator differential.
Investigate problem. The problem should be
corrected before restarting. The Master Reset
switch must be pressed before
L86TVA_A On start-up, the inlet guide
400 POSITION IGV FAULT restarting.
LM vanes are not closed.
NOTE:
Refer to Manufacturers documents and to
Control specification for proper values.
Trip.
The temperature control
system has not limited
EXHAUST exhaust temperature within Check the temperature control loop and the fuel
L86TXT_A
401 OVERTEMPERATURE the trip limits. control system.
LM
TRIP Temperature control system Check the cooling and ventilation system.
fault.
Fuel control system fault.
Ventilation system fault.
402 L86VGX_A LOSS OF LOAD GEAR Air fan fault Check the load compartment cooling ventilation
139
SIGNAL
NAME
LM COMPT Motor fault system
COOLING FAN Power supply fault Check the supply of motors 88VG
Check fuses, breakers and protections
Check the mechanical status of the fans and the
motors
LOSS OF MCC (powersupply, motors, fans, electrical circuit...).
L86VL1_A The heat compartment
403 VOLTAGE - LOSS Check the position of vent flap.
LM ventilation is faulty.
OF VENTILATION SD Check the proper operation of the limit switch
33VL
The water injection mode is
automatically deselected. Check for leakage.
The water pressure at the Check the closing of the test valves.
inlet of the water injection Check the status of the strainer.
WATER INJ. SUCTION skid is too Check the opening of the isolating valve at the
L86WN1_A
404 PRESSURE high. inlet pump.
LM
HIGH LOCKOUT Leakage. Check the pressure switch 63 WN_1 (operation
Dirt strainers. and settingpoint).
Test valves open. Check the opening of isolating valve of water
Isolating valves at the inlet inlet.
pump closed.
The water injection mode is Check for leakage.
automatically deselected. Check the pressure.
WATER INJ.
L86WN2_A The water pressure at the Check the proper operation of the pressure
405 DISCHARGE PRESS.
LM outlet of the water injection switch 63 WN_2.
LOW LOCKOUT
skid is too Check the proper operation of the water pump.
low. Check the water injection system.
406 L86WN3_A WATER INJ. FLOW The water injection mode is Check the solenoid valve 20 WN.
140
SIGNAL
NAME
LM HIGH automatically deselected. Check the flow pickup 77 WN.
LOCKOUT The injected water flow is Check the water injection system
higher than the authorized
limit.
WATER INJECTION Water injection trip. Check the flow pickup 77 WN.
L86WN7_A
407 LOW FLOW Water flow low. Check the limit switch 33 WN_0.
LM
TRIP WATER Limit switch fault. Check the water injection system.
L86WW_A OFF LINE COMP WW - Off line comp WW - use
408 After sequencing reset by L86WWRST_CPB
LM USE RESETDISPLAY reset display
LOSS OF FALSE START
DRAIN TC failure or input card
409 L86WWTD Check input card and check TC integrity
TEMPERATURE failure
SENSORS NS
EXHAUST FRAME
L90TKL_A Exhaust frame cooling sys
410 COOLING SYS Check cooling system
LM trouble - unload
TRBL - UNLOAD
STARTUP CHECK STOP The 2 batteries charger AC Check the 2 batteries charger AC breaker.
L94BLN_A BATTERY under voltage. Check voltage magnitude.
411
LM CHARGER TROUBLE - The 2 batteries chargers are Check the proper operation of the batteries
SD faulty. charger.
Check the ventilation system of this
compartment.
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supplies.
HEAT VENT TURBINE The turbine ventilation is
L94BTL_A Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
412 COMPARTMENT SB faulty.
LM motor in trouble.
FAN TEST FAILED Motor 88BT_1 and 2 fault
Check the proper operation of each cooling air
fan motor 88BT
141
SIGNAL
NAME
L94DP1_A G60A CRITICAL
413 G60A critical failure trip Check G60A
LM FAILURE TRIP
L94DP3_A T60A CRITICAL
414 T60A critical failure trip Check T60A
LM FAILURE TRIP
FIRE PROTEC
L94F1B_A
415 AUX/TURB/LOAD CO2 emission See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
LM
COMPTCO2 RELEASE
FIRE PROTEC
L94F2B_A
416 BEARING AREA CO2 emission See alarm : L33CL1_ALM
LM
CO2 RELEASE
GENERATOR Shutdown.
Check the ventilation system.
417 L94GEN VENTILATION The ventilation system of
Check the proper cooling air circulation
TROUBLE SHUTDOWN generator is faulty.
STARTUP CHECK STOP
L94LTH_A Thermocouple faulty
418 LOAD TUNNEL TEMP Check thermocouple ttib1
LM Shutdown TG
HIGH SD
2 of the 3 thermocouple are
LUBE OIL HEADER Check the lube oil skid (exhauster, heater,
faulty
L94LTTH_ TEMPERATURE SNSR pump).
419 Temperature of lube oil is
ALM FLT: Check proper operation of thermocouple
too high.
SHUTDOWN LTTH1/LTTH2/LTTH3.
Shutdown TG
XFER TO DIST WATER Transfer to distillate.
L94LV_AL Water wash has to be done, and then operation
420 WASH Water wash needed after 15
M with crude oil is authorized.
NEEDED operating with crude oil.
TORQUE CONVERTOR The torque converter drain
Check the proper operation of drain valve and
L94TC_AL DRAIN valve is not actuated in the
421 solenoid valve.
M VALVE TROUBLE same time as the solenoid
Check the limit switch 33 TC_1.
ALARM valve (20 TU_1).
142
SIGNAL
NAME
FALSE START DRAIN Refer to
422 L94TFD VALVE L86TFD_NOFLOW or Refer to L86TFD_NOFLOW or L86WWTD
TURBINE SHUTDOWN L86WWTD
NORMAL STOP Refer to
L94X_S_A Verify bleed valve circuit and switch position of
423 PAUSED FOR CBV L86TFD_NOFLOW or
LM bleed valve
ACTUATION L86WWTD
L94XZ_AL FIRED SHUTDOWN The fired shutdown is too
424 For information
M TOO LONG long
compartment.
Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supplies.
HEAT VENT TURB The turbine ventilation is
L95BT_AL Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
425 COMPT AIR faulty.
M motor in trouble.
INLET FLOW LOW Motor 88BT_1 and 2 fault
Check the proper operation of each cooling air
fan motor 88BT
compartment.
HEAT VENT TURB Check fuses, breakers, protections, and supplies.
The turbine ventilation is
L95BTL_A COMPT AIR Check the mechanical status of the fan and the
426 faulty.
LM INLET FLOW VERY motor in trouble.
Motor 88BT_1 and 2 fault
LOW Check the proper operation of each cooling air
fan motor 88BT
BAROMETRIC
LAFPAP_S PRESSURE
427 One transducer is out Check transducers
ENSR TRANSDUCERS
DISAGREE
143
SIGNAL
NAME
GENERATOR
LATGCLL_ VENTILATION Generator ventilation space
428 Check 4-20mA atgc1
ALM SPACE HEATER OUT heater out of order
OF ORDER
COMP DISCHARGE
LCPD_SEN
429 XDUCER DIFF One transducer is out Check transducers
SR
FAULT HIGH
Inlet heating control valve
COMP OP LIMIT Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
LCPRERR_ fault.
430 PROTECTION Check the compressor discharge pressure
ALM Compressor discharge
MAX CTRL ERROR transmitters.
pressure transmitters fault.
LDB_ABR UNIT ABORTING DEAD
431 Unit aborting dead bus mode Refer to specific chapter.
T_ALM BUS MODE
LDB_FAIL UNIT NOT READY FOR Unit not ready for dead bus
432 For information
_ALM DEAD BUSMODE mode
LDBMD_O UNIT READY FOR Unit ready for dead bus
433 Dead bus mode permissive
N_ALM DEAD BUSMODE mode
MEGAWATT Check the power transmitter and change it if its
LDWATT_
434 TRANSDUCER Power transmitter fault fault
ALM
SIGNAL TROUBLE Check the electrical circuit
LDWCAL_ GAS FUEL SUPPLY GAS FUEL SUPPLY
435 Refer to specific chapter
ALM PRESSURELOW PRESSURE LOW
LCV REG AT NULL
LFALNBA_ The pressure of the
436 COMP Check GCV 2 valve
A transducer is not correct
AUTHORITY LIMIT
FLOW DIVIDER FUEL
LFQLDIFF Flow divider fuel high flow
437 HIGH FLOW Check flow divider
_ALM difference
DIFFERENCE
144
SIGNAL
NAME
COMP LIMIT FSR
LFSRCPR_ Check the regulation system.
438 BACKUP Regulation system fault.
ALM Check operation of bleed heat control valve.
CONTROL ACTIVE
FREQUENCY OUT OF
LGCTESTO
439 LIMIT FOR Indication about NGC test For information
F_AL
GC TEST. NEED MRST
LNGC_ON NGC TEST PB
440 Indication about NGC test For information
_ALM ACTIVATED
GOV TEST ENABLED
LNGCPER SELECTNGC
441 Indication about NGC test For information
M_ALM DISABLED AFTER
TEST
OVERFREQ
Total operating time in over
LOF_LIM_ OPERATION AT Turbine shutdown for boroscopic inspection
442 frequency greater
ALM MAXTIME. recommended
than the allowable limit
INSPECTION REQU'D
LPROFILE PROFILE TEST PB
443 Indication about profile test For information
_ALM ACTIVATED
GAS TURBINE LOAD
444 LRB_ALM Gas turbine load runback Check constant
RUNBACK
The delta temperature
Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
between turbine bearings is
LUBE OIL TEMP BRG Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
LTBRGH_ too high
445 DELTA Check thermocouples
ALM Turbine bearings fault
TEMP HIGH Check for leakage
Lube oil fault
Leakage
LTBRGHH LUBE OIL TEMP BRG The delta temperature Check the lube oil feed and drain piping
446
_ALM DELTA between generator bearings Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
145
SIGNAL
NAME
TEMP HH is very high Check thermocouples
Generator bearings fault Check for leakage
Lube oil fault Check the correct circulation of the lube oil.
Leakage
between turbine bearings is
LUBE OIL TEMP GEN Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
LTGBRGH too high
447 BRG DELTA Check thermocouples
_ALM Turbine bearings fault
TEMP HIGH Check for leakage
Lube oil fault
Leakage
between generator bearings
LUBE OIL TEMP GEN Check turbine bearings and lube oil system
LTGBRGH is very high
448 BRG DELTA Check thermocouples
H_ALM Generator bearings fault
TEMP H-H Check for leakage
Lube oil fault
Leakage
LOSS OF CTRL SPEED No more speed signal Check pickup system
LTNHLOSS
449 SIGNALSTART detected on the VPRO cards Check electrical circuit
_ALM
EMERGENCY LO PUMP Check VPRO cards
LUBE OIL Check the lube oil skid (exhauster, heater,
LTTH1_AL Temperature of lube oil is
450 THERMOCOUPLE #1 pump).
M too high.
FAULT Check proper operation of thermocouple LTTH1.
M too high.
M too high.
146
SIGNAL
NAME
If Request injection to fuel
INJECTION TO FUEL
LWLX4MI ratio is greater than
453 RATIO LOW 4 Check the status of the control valve.
N Actual injection to fuel
MIN AVG.
ratios during four minutes.
If Request injection to fuel
INJECTION TO FUEL ratio signal is greater than
454 LWLXHR RATIO LOW. Actual injection to fuel Check the status of the control valve.
HOURLY AVG ratio signal during hourly
average...
FALSE START DRAIN
LWWTD1_ TC failure or input card
455 TEMPERATURE TC#1 Check input card and check TC integrity
FLT failure
OUT OF RANGE
MANUAL TRIP _ The emergency stop Correct abnormality that caused the operator to
456 R5E_ALM
REMOTE pushbutton has been pressed. push theemergency stop pushbutton.
147
5.4Trip Protection and Protection of Normal Shutdown Automatically

Protection Reason
L63T Trip protection
for low pressure of
lube oil
L45FP-TRIP fire
Relay of fire protection
protecting operation
45FTX-1 or 45FTX-2 operate
trip
L86GT trip for
Relay of generator differential
differential protection
protection 86G operates
of generator
L4ct user of L4RLYT
User trip
trips
The 5Eemergecy shutdown
Button of L5EX trips
button is pressed
Second section of three gas
detectors of air scoop alarm,3
choose 2
L4PST
Protection detectors of turbine
on trip L45HGD TRIP gas alarm,3choose 2
detector ofL45HNT
trips Second section of three gas
detectors of auxiliary alarm,3
choose 2
detectors of gas cabinet alarm,3
choose 2
Trip for large vibration
L39VT
Trip for overflow of
Before the end of warming
fuel oil when L2SFT
FQL1>15%
starts
L12H-FLT
No warming after ignition
Protection trip for the FPG2>FPG2WUH, delay for
loss of rotating speed 5s
signal
148
L86FPG2HT high No warming after ignition

pressure among valves FPG2>FPG2WUL, delay for
after ignition, trip 5s
L3FTGL-T low
FTG<31.6
temperature of gas, trip
Trip for the loss of
L12HF governing After unite ignition, TNH<5%
speed
Trip for the signal fault
of
TNH OS-TNH>15%
L12HFD-Cgoverning
speed
Trip for signal fault of
L12HFDP governing
speed protection
Trip for the over-speed
THE-OS>setting value of
of L12H-P protection
emergent over speed
module
Trip for the fault of
I/O interface lost the
L3SFLT control
communication
system
L63TFHH trip for high
differential pressure of
inlet filter of air
compressor
L4RPET Trip for low voltage Voltage of emergency lube oil
trip before of emergency lube oil pump is low and relay 27QE-1
ignition pump L27QL operates
L86FPG2IH before
Before ignition, FPG>6psi,
ignition, high pressure
delay for 5s
of P2,forbid ignition
Trip for L30SPT high
differential
temperature of exhaust
L28FDT trip for flame
Above three flames lose
out
Trip for
over-temperature of
149
L86TXT exhaust
Trip for open circuit of
L86TFB
Exhaust thermocouple
Trip for position fault
of L86CBT
anti-surging valve
Trip for high
temperature of L26QT
lube oil
L12H electric
TTNH>110%,as over speed
over-speed
test TNH>113.5%
interruption over speed
LCPRERR air
compressor
CPRLIM-CPR-0.25<-0.35
pressurization ratio
mistake high
Trip for L41GVT
IGV control fault
Trip for interruption of
Trip for L3SMT starting device
other Trip for the button of
condition Press the 5Ebutton
L5E X5E
Trip for the
The three thermocouples
thermocouple fault of
LTTH1,2,3 are all broken
L4LTTHT lube oil
Trip for the fault of
All vibration detectors have
L39VD2 vibration
fault or are unuseful
detector
Shutdown for L86NX Speed 10% and generator
L94AX auto electron fault protection relay 86N operate
normal Shutdown for high
shutdown casing temperature of TTIB1263
protection load coupling
L86VLXZ shutdown
for losing the The ventilation fan of gas
ventilation of gas cabinet 88VL1,2 fault
cabinet
150
Shutdown for
thermocouple fault of Two of LTH1,2,3 fault
lube oil
Shutdown for starting Starting motor has started after
motor failing to drag 30seconds. The speed of
rotor GT0.006%
L94TC shutdown for
hydraulic torque
converter fault
L94QB shutdown for
jacking oil pump fault
L86VGXZ cooling fan
of load loss coupling
Load down for high
L70L auto exhaust TTXM>TTRXB+13.9
loading temperature-L30TXA
down L90TKL load down for 63TK-1/2 operate and the
protection the cooing system fault outlet switch of generator has
of turbine support closed
6 Periodical Work and Water Wash
6.1 Periodical Work
6.1.1 Periodical Work of Night Shift
Equipment checking before taking over shift. Indicating lamp, visual enunciator
and sound test when take over shift. At 0:00, enter into the sub-screen of Special
Counter of Aux and following parameters of unit:
Times of manual startup
Total startups
Ignition
Emergency trip
Total operation time
Reading of oil flow meter(local)
Report the above parameters to duty director
Mark :Current measurement of 88QA once; Put reverse purge system of inlet
air filtering into operation for 4hours; Record jacking oil pressure every two
hours; Clean the center control room and control panel before taking over
151
shift; Record small index date at 7:55
6.1.2 Periodic Work of Day Shift
Equipment inspection before take over shift. Indicating lamp, visual
annunciator to rand sound test when take over shift. Clean the center control room
and control panel before take over shift. Record small index data at15:55.
6.1.3 Periodic Work of Day Shift
Equipment inspection before take over shift. Indicating lamp, visual
annunciator and sound test when take over shift. Performance test for twice(full
load) .Clean the center control room and control panel before shifting Record
small index data at 23:55.
6.2 Water Washing
6.2.1 Requirements of Water Washing
Two or three hours before water washing, do the performance test for three
times. Turbine must be full cooling. Average vane temperature between wheels of
every stage can not exceed 65The differential temperature between washing
water and vane can not exceed 6566~93is suitable for water washing.
The quality of washing water must meet the following requirements
Solid water solute<100ppm
PH value 6~8
K +Na <25ppm
Cleaning compound must be qualified
6.2.2 Applies the Cooling Mode to Shorten the Waiting Time of Water Washing
Confirm that all gates both on the top and button are closed.
Confirm that 88TK-1, 88TK-2 are in auto position.
Choose the off -line water washing mode and confirm that 88TK-1, 88TK- 2
have been put into operation in secession.
The unit sends the START command under the mode of CRANK, and record
the highest temperature between vanes at this time.
Cooling until the temperature of gas turbine wheels decrease to 65 or the
differential, temperature between wheels and water washing is no more than
65.
6.2.3 Execution of Water Washing Isolating Measures
AD-1 Close the air source valve AD-1 of anti-surging valve of air
compressor.
152
AD-4 Close the source valve 96CD of pressure sensor of air compressor.
Close the source valves AD-2 of exhaust valve that fail to start.
Close bleeder isolation valve of reverse purge system.
Open the low discharge valve in front o f the reverse purge bleeder isolation
valve.
Close the isolation valve of five-stage bleeding to bearing seal, and install the
blank flange.
Open the low discharge valve ww7 in front of the isolation valve AE-5.
Open the low discharge valve of air water separator AE-5.
Combustion chamber fails to start. Switch the three-way valve o f outlet
discharge valve VA17-1 from discharging oil to discharging water side.
Air exhaust frame fails to start. Switch over outlet three-way valve of the
Exhaust chamber fails to start. Switch the three-way valve of outlet
Open lo w discharge valve WW4 of exhaust chamber.
Open the low discharge valve IE4 of air scoop of air compressor.
Open the intake isolation valve of water washing pipe of air compressor.
Open the exhaust valve in front of intake isolation valve of compressor water
washing pipe (open firstly and then close).
Confirm that coo ling fans 88TK1, 2 of turbine frame are in auto position.
Close the power switch Q050 of water-washing solenoid valve of air
compressor Q050.
Demanding two ignition sparking plugs.
6.2.4 Water Washing Station Restores to Standby
Contact the duty director and notify the electric personal to close the power
supply to water washing module.
Fill water washing tank and close the power supply of control combined of
water wash station.
Put water tank heater into operation and check whether it`s normal.
Full open the bottom discharge valve of cleaning compound tank. Full close it
after the discharging is finished.
Check that the top and bottom valves of liquid meter of cleaning compound
tank are full open.
153
Check that the discharge valve of liquid meter of cleaning compound tank is
full closed.
Check that the outlet valve of cleaning compound is full closed.
Feed the cleaning compo und to full level.
Check that other valves of water washing station are in the right positions.
Check that the water washing pump 88TW is in the normal standby position.
6.2.5 Warming Pipe
Open the discharge valve in front of air compressor 20TW-1, open the inlet
&outlet manual valve of water washing pump. Half open the water washing mo
du e to #1/#2 gas turbine isolation. Start the warming water supply section of
water washing pump 88TW-1 manually until flow out the war m water (about one
minute). Stop water washing pump 88TW manually. Close the discharge valve in
front of air compressor 20TW-1. Confirm that the front isolation valve of water
washing so leno id valve of air compressor (20TW-1) is open.
6.2.6 Clean and Soak with Water
Enter the Water Wash sub-screen of Aux2 screen.
Click the Start target under the column of off line Water Wash. The column
WW Start Request,
L43BW will turn from red to green. Send the START command in the mo de of
CRANK and record the time .When the speed of u nit increases to 14HM, check
the opening of IGV is 84. Open water washing solenoid valve 20TW- 1 of air
compressor. Start the water washing pump 88TW manually .Check that there is
water flowing out from ever y discharge outlet of water washing System. Stop
water flow pump 88TW after 5mins.Close water washing solenoid valve 20TW-1
of air compressor. Send the STOP command. Check that unit shut down normally
and record the coasting operation time .Stop the turning, unit soaks for 40 min/s.
6.2.7 Feed the Cleaning Compound
Send the START command in the mode of CRANT. When the speed of u nit
increases to 14HM, check the opening of IGV is 84. Open water washing so leno
id valve 20TW- 1 of air compressor. Start water washing pump 88TW manually
and open the outlet manual valve of cleaning compound tank .Check that there is
agent flowing out from every outlet of water washing system. Close the outlet
manual valve of cleaning compound tank after 3mins. Stop the water washing
pump 88TW. Close water washing inlet solenoid valve 20TW-1 of air compressor.
6.2.8 Water Washing
Send the START command under the mode of CRANK .When the speed of u nit
increases to 14HM, check the opening of IGV is 84.Open water washing so leno id
valve 20TW- 1 of air compressor .Start water washing pump 88TW manually. Stop
154
water washing pump 88TW after 15mins.Clsoe water washing solenoid valve
20TW-1 of air compressor .Notify for the chemical sampling, after water washing,
the PH value of water is between6 and 7. If not so, repeat it again according to the
above procedures. Send the STOP command after 10mins.Check that unit shut
down normally and record the coasting operation time
6.2.9 Whirling
Open the blow down valve WW12 in the back of solenoid valve 20TW-1
Send the START command in the mode of CRANK
When the speed of unit increases to 14HM, check the opening of IGV is 84
After there is no water flowing out from ever y low discharge valve, stop GT to
turning gear
6.2.10 Restore of Water Washing Isolation Measures
Operate inversely to restore the water washing isolation measures according to
6.2.3
6.2.11 Dry Up
Confirm that every valve has been reset to the right position
Main reset for the GT
Send the START command in the mode of AUTO
Increase the speed to FSNL after the ignition, synchronization according to the
situation.
6.3 Compressor Wash
6.3.1 On-Line Compressor Wash
This operation consists in carrying out a compressor wash at nominal speed.
Turbine at base load therefore IGVs are fully open.
Washing skid available.
The compressor inlet temperature is appropriate for the on line washing.
155

On Line Water The on line washing is selected 88BW 1
Wash: Start
After 30 minutes, washing stops 88BW 0
automatically

Gas turbine is running in a cleaner condition.
The next on line washing can not be started 24 hours after start up of the
previous one.
Wash frequency depends on the site conditions and the operation of the gas
turbine. Follow-up of the main operating parameters as a function of the
ambient conditions allows to determine the need of washing.
6.3.2 Off-Line Compressor Wash
This operation consists in carrying out a compressor wash sequence
according to phases A, B, C, D, E as indicated on the graph below:
A: turbine at starting speed: injection of water only then followed by
156
injection of water and detergent.
B: Turbine stopped to allow the detergent to work.
C: Turbine at starting speed: injection of water for rinsing.
D: Turbine stopped to allow the water to be recovered by gravity.
E: Turbine at starting speed for the drying period.

Gas turbine at standstill or at turning gear speed, in cold condition, i.e.
difference between highest wheel space temperature and wash water
temperature must not exceed 67C. Example: if the water temperature is
70C, the temperature inside the turbine should be less than or equal to 70
+ 67 = 137C.
Ambient temperature higher than 4C to avoid any risk of frost.
Water Wash reserve available and at a temperature between 66C and
93C.
Detergent reserve available.
Compressor and gas turbine manual valves open or closed according to
compressor washing procedure established from information given in the
maintenance chapter.
157

Start up display Start up screen is displayed.
Mode
The cranking mode is selected.
Select :Crank
Master Control
The starting sequence is initiated. 88CR 1
: Start
Water wash
Water wash screen is displayed.
display
Off-Line Water
Washing sequence starts
Wash : Start
The turbine starts up and reaches the cranking
14HM
speed
Compressor inlet guide vanes open to their
maximum value.
The exhaust frame blower starts. 88TK 1
Start up of the washing pump. 88BW 1
Washing phase A is in progress
Off Line Water The operator actuates the OFF line washing
88BW 0
Wash : Stop shutdown push button.
The cranking motor stops. 88CR 0
The exhaust frame blowers stops. 88TK 0
158
Similar gas turbine sequence apply for rinsing
and drying.
Duration of drying cycle depends from
remaining water flow at drain valves.

After compressor washing, the compressor valves must be back in original
configuration before to start and fire the gas turbine.
7 Gas Turbine Auxiliary Equipment System
7.1 Lubricating Oil System
7.1.1 Definition
To lubricate the shaft line including the accessory gear box.
To provide oil for the Hydraulic system.
To provide oil for the torque converter.
The lubricating oil system is a close loop where oil flow is built up from the
oil tank located in the lower part of the accessory base by:
A shaft driven main pump.
An Alternative Current motor driven auxiliary pump for starting and
shutdown sequences
A Direct Current motor driven emergency pump for emergency shutdown
Lubricating oil conditioning includes:
Oil tank warming up to keep acceptable oil viscosity while the unit is at
standstill
Oil flow cooling down to eVACuate heat from the bearings
Oil flow filtering
Oil Header Pressure regulating at constant pressure
Oil mist elimination
Bearings feeding and return lines are concentric lines; feeding line is installed
in return line. The lubricating oil flows back in the tank by gravity.
Part of the gas turbine bearing sealing air provided by the compressor returns
with the oil in the oil tank and is eVACuated to the atmosphere through the oil
mist eliminator.
7.1.2 Component Function
23QA-1 Prevent motor form internal condensation while not running
159
23QT-1 Warms up the lube oil

23QT-2 Warms up the lube oil
23QV-1A Prevent motor from internal condensation while not running
63QA-2 Detects the low lube oil pressure
63QQ-21 Detects the low lube oil pressure
63QQ-22 Detects the clogging of the filter
63QQ-8 Detects the clogging of the filter
63QT-2A Detects the low lube oil pressure
71QH-1 Detects the lube oil high level in the lube oil tank
71QL-1 Detects the lube oil low level in the lube oil tank
88QA-1 Drives the auxiliary lube oil pump
88QE-1 Drives the emergency lube oil pump
88QV-1A Drives the oil mist eliminator fan
96QA-2 Measures the lube oil pressure
96QE-2 Measures the lube oil pressure
96QT-2B Measures the lube oil pressure
96QV-1 Measures the air pressure in the lube oil tank
LOF1-1 Filters the lube oil
LOF1-2 Filters the lube oil
LOHX-1 Cools down the lube oil
LOHX-2 Cools down the lube oil
LT-B1D-1 Measures the lube oil #1 bearing drain temperature
LT-BT1D-1 Measures the lube oil #1 bearing drain temperature
LT-G1D-D-1 Measures the lube oil #1 generator bearing drain temperature
LT-G2D-1 Measures the lube oil #2 generator bearing drain temperature
LT-OT-1 Measures the lube oil temperature in the tank
LT-OT-2 Measures the lube oil temperature in the tank
160
LT-TH-1 Measures the lube oil header temperature

VCK20-13 Regulates the oil tank Vacuum pressure
VPR2-1 Regulates the lube oil header pressure
VR1 Protects the lube oil system against overpressure
7.1.3 Additional Information

7.1.3.1 Lubricating oil heater:
When the heater is heating, starting manually or not, the auxiliary lube oil
pump is running automatically
Auxiliary and emergency pump test:
A test valve associated with a push button valve connected upstream the
VPR2-1 regulating valve allows testing sequence of both pumps while the gas
turbine is running. When the test is completed and the test valve closed,
auxiliary pump stops automatically, the emergency pump needs a stop order at
the MCC panel to stop. The auxiliary and emergency pump test must be
demonstrated once a month.
7.1.3.2 Emergency oil pump Loss of AC power
The emergency lube oil pump starts automatically only during loss of AC
power as the shaft line runs down. Run down may be resulting of normal or
emergency shut down or loss of turning gear sequence. If loss of AC power
remains after complete shaft stop, the emergency oil pump runs three minutes
every fifteen minutes to cool down the bearings until AC power comes back.
Refer to Special sequences.
7.1.3.3 Oil sampling
Two valves connected both sides of the filter allow filtered oil and not
filtered oil sampling. Oil characteristics must be checked once every three
months.
7.1.3.4 Oil flowing
Sight glasses are fitted at filter vent, cooler vent, bearing return lines. They
allow the operator to check oil flowing, especially after manual operation
related to those components.
7.1.4 Lubricating Oil Recommendations for Gas Turbines
These instructions contain information intended to help the purchaser of a
General Electric gas turbine and the lubricant supplier to select the proper grade
161
and quality of lubricating oil for the turbine application.
The successful operation of the gas turbine and its driven equipment is vitally
dependent upon the lubrication system. Therefore, it is necessary that all factors
contributing to correct lubrication be present and that the entire system be
maintained in good order.
The life of the apparatus depends upon a continuous supply of lubricant of
proper quality, quantity, temperature, and pressure.
When applying a new lubricating oil it is recommended that laboratory test
comparisons be made with a known successful oil.
Table 1. Recommended Properties High Temperature Lubricating Oil
for Gas Turbines (for New Oil)
ASTM Test
Test Recommended Value
Method No.
D-287 Gravity (_API) 29-33.5
D-1500 Color 2.0 (max.)
D-97 Pour Point (_F/_C) +10/-12 (max.)
D-445 Viscosity40_C (centistokes) 28.8-35.2
Neutralization No. (mg
D-974 0.20 (max.)
KOH/g)
D-665 Rust prevention B Pass
D-92 Flash point (COC) (_F/_C) 420/215 (min.)
D-130 Copper corrosion 1B (max.)
0.10% (max.) (or
D-524(equivalent) Carbon residue ramsbottom
equivalent)
50/0 (max.)
D-892 Foam 50/0 (max.)
50/0 (max.)
Turbine oil oxidation test
D-943 3,000 (min.)
(hrs)
Oxidation Stability by
D-2272 500 (min.)
Rotating Bomb(minutes)
Oxidation Stability by 85% (min.) of time in
D-2272
Rotating Bomb(modified) unmodified test
D-3427 Air Release 5 (max.)
D-2270 Viscosity Index (VI) 95 (min.)
7.1.4.1 Operating Temperatures
Lubricating oil is exposed to a range of temperatures as it is circulated
through the gas turbine. For reliable circulation of oil before starting, the oil
temperature should be 70_F (21_C) to obtain the appropriate viscosity.
The normal bearing inlet oil temperature is 130_F (54_C). However, because
of customer requirements or because of ambient conditions and/or coolant
temperatures, the actual operating conditions may be different.
162
The lubricating system cooling equipment is designed to maintain the nominal
130_F (54_C) bearing inlet oil temperature when raw water is available for
cooling. However, when radiator systems are involved, the sizing is such that for
the maximum recorded ambient temperature at the site, the bearing header
temperature may be 160_F (71_C). The minimum recommended oil inlet
temperature is 90_F (32_C). The gas turbine bearings are designed to operate
satisfactorily at these inlet oil temperatures. With radiator systems, the nominal
130_F (54_C) bearing header will be maintained for a high percentage of the
operating time. In special cases, other design header temperatures are used as
dictated by the load devices.
Operating bearing temperature rises are discussed in appropriate sections of
the service manual. Typically, the lubricant temperature rise from inlet to drain
is in the 25_F to 60_F (14_C to 33_C) range. If a reduction gear is involved, this
temperature rise may be 60_F (33_C).
Some gas turbines have bearings that are in an ambient of high temperature.
This ambient and the sealing air may be over 500_F (260_C). The bearing
housing is sealed with labyrinths and airflow such that the bearing drain spaces
are at approximately atmospheric pressure. A portion of the lubricating fluid will
be mixed with a small quantity of hot air and will wash metal surfaces between
the bearing housing ambient and the oil drain temperature.
The lubricant temperature in the tank will be 25_F to 40_F (14_C to 22_C)
above the bearing header. Thus, the bulk temperature will be 155_F to 200_F
(68_C to 93_C) during operation.
7.1.4.2 Responsibility of Operator
After the unit is installed, and prior to its initial starting, the operator should
take all precautions to ensure that:
a. The lubricating system has been thoroughly flushed and/or is clean.
b. The supply of turbine oil is ample for operation of the unit.
c. The type of oil is in accordance with this instruction.
During operation of the unit, the operator should establish a routine inspection
procedure to ensure that:
a. The temperature and pressure levels of the lubrication system are within
the limits specified by the service manual and the piping schematic diagrams.
b. The oil purity is maintained by checking for water leaks, by draining tank
bottoms, and by adhering closely to the recommendations set forth by the oil
vendor for sampling, purifying, and replenishing the lube oil supply or
inhibitors.
7.1.4.3 Monitoring
Lubricant condition must be monitored for reliable operation of the gas
163
turbine. ASTM Standard D-4378,In-Service Monitoring of Mineral Turbine
Oils for Steam and Gas Turbines" provides guidance for selecting sampling and
testing schedules. This document recommends sampling the oil after 24 hours of
service and then suggests nominal intervals depending on hours of operation.
The sampling and testing schedule should be adjusted to account for severity
of service and oil condition. ASTM Standard D-4378 provides information that
can be useful in making this determination.
a. Sampling
The proper sampling techniques are important when taking lubricant
samples. A sample to be representative must be obtained either from an
agitated tank or a free flowing line. The preferable sampling method is:
Dipping from the Tank:
Lubricant fluid sample should be taken by dipping from the tank.
Lubricant should be thoroughly
circulated (with one or more lube oil pumps) before the sample is taken.
Secondary sampling methods are:
Sampling from a Line:
The line should contain lubricating fluid which is free flowing and not
dead-headed. For instance,
the lines in the bearing header, the active filter and active heat exchanger are
free flowing; the lines
to the gauge cabinet are deadheaded. In a machine with dual filters or heat
exchangers, the inactive
filters or heat exchangers do not have flowing fluid and, therefore, are not
suitable sampling points.
When using a sampling line, make sure that the line has been thoroughly
flushed before taking a sample. Adequate amount of flushing will depend on
sampling line dimensions, length and diameter.
Tapping from a Reservoir:
As described above, the lubricant fluid must be thoroughly agitated in the
reservoir and the tap line
flushed before a sample can be taken.
A fluid sample is probably not representative if:
a. The fluid in the system is hot while the sample is cold.
b. The fluid in the system is one color or clarity in a sight glass while the
sample is a different color
164
or clarity.
c. The viscosity of the reservoir fluid is different than the sample when both
are at the same temperature.
It should be noted that on occasion a sample may be requested which will
not be representative. At that time, sampling instructions, as specified by the
requestor, must be followed. For example, a sample might be taken off the
top or the bottom of a tank to check for contamination. In such a case the
sampling point should be marked on the sample container.
Samples should be taken in a suitable container. To be suitable the
container should be:
a. Clean. If in doubt about its cleanliness, use another container. If this is not
possible, flush it out
with the fluid to be sampled.
b. Resistant to the material being sampled. For instance, the fire resistant
phosphate ester fluids
and some fuels will dissolve certain plastics. This includes the liner in bottle
caps. To verify the
containers resistance, if time permits, allow the sample to sit in container and
observe its effects. Aluminum foil makes a good, resistant cap liner.
c. Appropriate for whatever handling is required. Containers with leaking tops
and glass containers
improperly protected are not suitable for shipment. Note that stringent
packaging requirements
must be followed if shipment is to be made by air.
d. Of sufficient size. An extensive chemical analysis, if that is why a sample is
required, cannot
be done on the contents of a container that is too small. Normally one pint is
sufficient unless a
larger quantity is requested.
7.1.4.4 Comments
a. Oil Purifying System
External oil purification systems are not recommended. Since full-flow
filtration is included in the lubrication system, a bypass filter for dirt removal
is superfluous.
Water removal systems have not normally been installed with gas turbines.
Water contamination is limited to condensation and cooler leaks. It is
recommended that the cooling water pressure be below lube fluid pressure to
165
minimize the chance of water leakage into the lubrication system. An
operating gas turbine is an excellent dehydrator. Centrifuges are not
recommended because of their potential for removing oil additives.
Clay filters are not recommended for cleaning of the inhibited turbine oils
meeting these instructions.
b. Use of Additives
The customer should not incorporate any additives into the fluid except at
the request of or with the approval of the fluid supplier. This prohibition
particularly refers to the use of oiliness additives, oil dopes, preservative
oils, and engine oils which have been used in the past during installation and
maintenance. If oiling the bearing is required to facilitate rolling of the shaft,
the oil from the lubricant oil tank should be used.
c. Diagnostics Programs
Diagnostic programs such as wear metal analysis, Spectrographic Oil
Analysis Program (SOAP) or others may be used as part of oil sampling and
analysis. General Electric makes no recommendation with regard to use of
these programs. There are, however, several reservations. These programs are
useful only for establishing trends; a single point in time value is not
meaningful. Unlike aircraft jet engines and piston engines, there have not
been and are not any studies correlating the results of these programs with
performance of a gas turbine. With the type of bearings used in a gas turbine,
impending bearing failure is most likely to be predicted by analysis of
mechanical vibration.
7.1.4.5 Discussion of Test Methods
For detailed information concerning the various test methods, please refer to
the parent published documents. The discussions below will help explain these
various tests and properties.
a. Viscosity
The viscosity of a fluid is its resistance to flow. Viscosity is commonly
reported in stokes which has the units of cm/sec. Centistokes (one hundredth of
one stoke) are most commonly used for convenience. The viscosity in
centistokes is also called the kinematic viscosity. The absolute or dynamic
viscosity is expressed in poise (more commonly centipoise). It is the kinematic
viscosity in stokes (or centistokes) at a given temperature multiplied by the
density of the fluid at this temperature expressed in grams/cm3.
The viscosity in centistokes is determined per ASTM D-445, Viscosity of
Transparent and Opaque Liquids (Kinematic and Dynamic Viscosities). The
viscosity is calculated from the time required for a fixed volume of fluid at a
given temperature to flow through a calibrated glass capillary instrument using
gravity flow. Centistoke viscosities can be converted to Saybolt and vice-versa
166
using the tables and formulas given in ASTM 2161 Conversion of Kinematic
Viscosity to Saybolt Universal Seconds.
b. Pour Point
The pour point is the lowest temperature at which a fluid is observed to flow.
It is reported in increments of 5_F and is determined as the temperature at which
fluid, contained in a tube with an inside diameter of 30 to 33.5 mm, will not flow
within five seconds of rotating the tube 90 degrees from the vertical to the
horizontal position.
The pour point is reported more as a matter of information. Of practical
concern in the design of lubrication systems is the viscosity at which the
lubricant fluid becomes too viscous to be pumped. For General Electric gas
turbines the viscosity should be less than 173 centistokes for proper circulation
of the fluid before starting.
c. Total Acid Number
The total acid number is the milligrams of potassium hydroxide (KOH)
required to neutralize the acidic constituents in a gram of sample. It is
determined per ASTM D-974, Neutralization Number by Color lndicator
Titration. The total acid number (TAN) is sometimes called the neutralization
number (NN) or neut number and also the acid number (AN).
d. Flash and Fire Point
Flash and Fire Points are determined per ASTM D-92, Flash and Fire Point
by Cleveland Open Cup. Flash point is the temperature at which the fluid
contained in a test cup and heated at a constant rate will flash but not burn when
a flame is passed over the cup.
Fire point is the temperature at which the fluid contained in a test cup and
heated at a constant rate will burn for at least 5 seconds when a flame is passed
over the cup.
Flash and Fire Points are an indirect measure of both the volatility of the fluid
and the flammability of these volatiles. Since there are more accurate ways of
determining these, as an example:
Distillation to determine volatiles, this test is mainly of value as a quality control
test.
e. Auto genous Ignition Temperature
The auto genous ignition temperature of a fluid is the temperature of a fluid at
which it will ignite due to heat alone, that is, without a flame or other ignition
source being used. It is determined per ASTM D-2155, Auto ignition
Temperature of Liquid Petroleum Products. It consists of injecting a small
amount of fluid into a 200 milliliter flask at elevated temperature. The lowest
temperature at which a fire occurs within five minutes of injecting the fluid is
167
reported.
The auto genous ignition temperature (AIT) is sometimes called spontaneous
ignition temperature (SIT). This test does not necessarily indicate ignition
temperature in a hardware situation.
f. Oxidation Tests
The ASTM D-943, Oxidation Characteristics of Inhibited Steam-Turbine
Oils" is the traditional oxidation test for turbine oils. In this test, a sample of oil
is placed in a container of water along with pieces of steel and copper wire that
have been coiled together. The container is maintained at a temperature of 95_C
(203_F) and oxygen is passed through it. The test measures the time in hours for
the acidity to reach 2.0 milligrams of potassium hydroxide per gram of sample.
This test is used primarily to determine the life of the oxidation inhibitor and
does not necessarily indicate the stability of the base oil.
The ASTM D-2272, Oxidation Stability of Steam-Turbine Oils by Rotating
Bomb" is an oxygen absorption test. The test oil, water, and copper catalyst coil,
contained in a covered glass container, are placed in a bomb equipped with a
pressure gauge. The bomb is charged with oxygen to a pressure of 90 psi (620
kPa), placed in a constant temperature oil bath set at 150_C, and rotated axially
at 100 rpm at an angle of 30 degrees from the horizontal. The time for the test oil
to react with a given volume of oxygen is measured, with completion of the time
being indicated by a specific drop in pressure. This test is normally used for
quality control of particular new oil formulation.
Recent work shows it to be an excellent in-service monitoring test. Some
studies show it to be a good indicator of performance.
g. Foaming Tendency
The ASTM method specifies three sequences of bubbling air through oil. First,
it is done at 75_F; second, it is done with a new sample of oil at 200_F; and third,
the oil from the second sequence is used but operated at 75_F.
h. Rust Prevention
The rust prevention characteristics of the lubricant are determined per ASTM
D-665. A mixture of 300 ml of lubricant and 30 ml of distilled water (Procedure
A) is stirred while held at a temperature of 140_F. A carbon steel rod
conforming to ASTM specification A108, Grade 1018, is immersed in the oil for
a period of 24 hours then examined for rust.
i. Air Release
ASTM Test Method D-3427 describes the method for determining air release
properties of petroleum oils. Compressed air is blown through oil heated to a
specified temperature. The length of time required for the air entrained in the oil
to reduce to 0.2% is recorded as the air release time.
168
Air release provides a measure of the oils performance in hydraulic systems
because entrained air can lead to sponginess.
j. Viscosity Index (VI)
Viscosity Index (VI) is an arbitrary number used to characterize the variation
of kinematic viscosity with temperature. A higher VI indicates a smaller
decrease in kinematic viscosity with increasing temperature.
7.2 Cooling Water System
7.2.1 Definition
The cooling water system is designed for insuring cooling down of:
The lubricating oil
The turbine supports
The flame detectors
The atomizing air system
The above equipment is part of the installations cooling water closed loop.
VTR1-1 Prohibits water circulation in the cooler for low oil temperature
VTR2-1 Prohibits water circulation in the cooler for low oil temperature
WT-TL-1 Measures the water temperature of the turbine supports
WT-TL-2 Measures the water temperature of the turbine supports
Cooling water characteristics:
Cooling water characteristics must comply with Maintenance Manual
Lubricating oil temperature:
During gas turbine operation the lubricating oil temperature is between
49C and 70C (120F 158F) according to the water flow through the
heat exchanger and the site ambient air temperature.
7.3 Starting Means System
7.3.1 Definition
The starting means system is designed for insuring the following functions:
To break away and crank the shaft line up to nominal speed
To allow the shaft line cooling down
To crank the unit for Off line washing
The starting means includes:
169
A main electrical cranking motor loaded at 130% of nominal power at
maximum torque
An electrical turning gear motor
A torque converter including an auxiliary two ways electrical motor to
drive the variable inlet guide vanes to adjust the output torque during
starting sequences.
Lube oil from auxiliary lube oil pump feeds the torque converter during
cranking sequences
20TU-1 Allows oil supply feeding of torque converter
23CR-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23TG-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
33TC-1 Indicates the closed position of the converter supply oil valve
33TM-5 Detects the stroke corresponding to minimum torque
33TM-6 Detects the stroke corresponding to maximum torque
88CR-1 Provides the power to crank the shaft line
88TG-1 Rotates the turbine shaft at low speed during its cooling down
88TM-1 Controls the position of the converter adjustable vanes
96TM-1 Indicates the position of the adjustable vanes of the converter
ET-CRS-11/R Measures the stator temperature
HM-1 Represents the torque converter unit
7.3.3.1Cranking motor
The starting sequence should be limited to three per hour to limit the stress
effect of starting current and the thermal effect of load current.
Clutch:
There is no mechanical clutch between the starting means and the gas turbine.
Therefore the accessory gearbox drives the torque converter output shaft while
the gas turbine is running.
The starting means may run at low speed while the gas turbine is running at
170
nominal speed due to the dragging effect.
7.3.3.2 Torque converter
Maintenance frequency must follow the instruction from supplier
documentation.
7.4 Liquid Fuel System
7.4.1 Definition
The liquid fuel system providing liquid fuel for the combustion chambers is
designed for insuring the following functions:
Fire, warm up and accelerate the unit up to nominal speed
Power the unit up to base load
Shut down and trip the unit
The liquid fuel system is an open loop including:
A safety valve to stop the fuel flow
A shaft driven main fuel pump
A control valve to adjust the fuel flow by bypassing the main fuel pump
An electrical clutch to drive the main fuel pump
Dual high pressure filter
A flow divider to distribute equal flow in each combustion chamber
Turbine casing and exhaust casing drain valves to drain the unburned liquid fuel
at false starts
20CF-1 Controls the fuel pump clutch
20FL-1 Controls the liquid fuel stop valve
20PF-100 Controls the multiport valve VP1/VP2
33FL-1 Indicates the valve closed position
33PF-1 Indicates the valve closed position
63FL-2 Detects a low liquid fuel supply pressure
63LF-7 Detects the clogging of the filter
65FP Controls the valve position
71FF-4 Detects flange leakage
77FD-1 Measures FD1-1 speed
88FM Starts the flow divider
171
FD1-1 Splits the liquid fuel into equal flow for each combustion chamber
FF2-1 Filters the liquid fuel flow at flow divider upstream
FF2-2 Filters the liquid fuel flow at flow divider upstream
FH3 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
PF1 Provides the liquid fuel pressure
VC3 Regulates the liquid fuel flow
Prohibits the air or liquid fuel return flow and prohibits normal
VCK1-1T14
liquid fuel flow at low pressure
VH17-1 Allows liquid fuel pressure measurements
VP-1 Allows drainage of primary liquid fuel flow
VR27 Protects system against overpressure
VR4 Protects the fuel pump against overpressure
VS1 Cuts off the liquid fuel flow
7.4.3Additional Information
Nozzle pressure:
A manual selector is provided to measure individual nozzle pressure. The
maximum allowed pressure spread between the nozzles couldnt exceed 10 bars.
High spread configuration must be analyzed and rectified urgently.
7.5 Atomizing Air System
7.5.1 Definition
Atomization is the process whereby a volume of liquid is converted into a
multiplicity of very small droplet by air stream. The atomizing air system is
designed for insuring the following functions:
To atomize the liquid fuel.
To purge the water injection lines when water is not used.
The atomizing air system is an open loop where the air from the axial
compressor is cooled down and then pressurized by the shaft driven main
compressor. An electrical motor driven booster built up the atomizing air
pressure during starting sequence.
20AB-1 Controls the VA22-1 valve
23AB-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
88AB-1 Drives the atomizing air booster
96AA-4A Measures the atomizing air pressure inside the atomizing air manifold
96AA-4B Measures the atomizing air pressure inside the atomizing air manifold
96AA-4C Measures the atomizing air pressure inside the atomizing air manifold
96AD-1 Measures the atomizing air compressor differential pressure
AAT-1A Measures the inlet air temperature of main atomizing air compressor
172
CA1
AAT-2A Measures the inlet air temperature of main atomizing air compressor
CA1
CA1 Provides atomizing air
CA2 Provides atomizing air during starting sequence
HX1-1 Cools down the atomizing air
VA22-1 Cuts off the booster while the unit is at full speed
VPR68-1 Regulates the air pressure
7.5.3.1 Permanent purging
Permanent atomizing air purging is provided through small orifices and
silencers at compressor upstream.
7.5.3.2Air ejector
An air ejector installed on the top of the accessory gear box receives air
flow from the atomizing air system to create a gear box Vacuum pressure.
7.5.3.3Compressor washing
Manual valves are provided to isolate atomizing air lines during compressor
off line washing sequence.
7.6 Fire Fighting System
7.6.1 Definition
The fire protection system is designed for insuring the following functions:
To detect fire automatically
To trip the unit and extinguish fire quickly
To keep low concentration of combustive agent after fire
To inform the operator
To allow manual fire fighting release
In the enclosures listed here below :
Auxiliaries
Gas turbine
Load
Fire fighting is achieved using carbon dioxide (CO2)
43CP-1 Releases manually the fire protection
173
45FA-10A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FA-10B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-1A Detects a high temperature in the compartment
45FT-1B Detects a high temperature in the compartment
5E-10 Initiates manually an emergency trip
5E-11 Initiates manually an emergency trip
SLI-1 Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1A Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1B Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-1C Gives a visual and audible fire alarm
SLI-2 Gives a visual fire alarm
SLI-2B Gives a visual fire alarm
174

7.6.3.1 Compartments access
Access inside the compartments at any time must be under strict control
using access permit or work permit to guaranty operator safety regarding
potential risk including carbon dioxide emission.
7.6.3.2 Fire alarm
Fire alarm appears before fire trip. Any alarm must be investigated and
rectified quickly
Carbon dioxide emission:
After carbon dioxide emission and confirmation that fire risk do not exist
any more, the compartment ventilation must be activated the clear the inside
atmosphere. Concentration measurement must be carried out to confirm safe
access.
7.7 Inlet Guide Vanes System
7.7.1 Definition
The inlet guide vanes system is designed to adjust the compressor airflow
according to compressor and combustion needs.
The compressor inlet guide vanes system is actuated with hydraulic
supply. The oil returns to the lubricating oil tank by gravity.
20TV-1 Allows oil supply feeding of IGV
90TV-1 Controls the IGV position
96TV-1 Measures the IGV angle
96TV-2 Measures the IGV angle
FH6-1 Filters the hydraulic supply oil
HM3-1 Represents the IGV assembly
VH3-1A Controls the operation of IGV
VH3-1B Controls the operation of IGV
7.8 Hydraulic Supply System
7.8.1 Definition
The hydraulic supply system is designed to provide high pressure oil at constant
pressure to control:
The liquid fuel bypass regulating valve and stop valve
The compressor inlet guide vanes
The hydraulic supply system is a closed loop where the oil pressure is built up
175
from lubricating oil header by:
A shaft driven main pump
An electrical motor driven auxiliary pump for starting and shut down
sequences
Hydraulic oil supply conditioning includes:
Automatic purging
Dual filtering
Accumulator
Hydraulic oil flows back to the lubricating oil tank by gravity.
23HQ-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
63HF-1 Detects the clogging of the filter
63HQ-1 Detects the low hydraulic oil pressure
88HQ-1 Drives the hydraulic supply oil pump
AH1-1 Absorbs and compensates the pressure variation
PH1 Provides main hydraulic supply
PH2 Provides auxiliary hydraulic supply
VAB1 Purges automatically the main hydraulic pump circuit
VAB2 Purges automatically the auxiliary hydraulic pump circuit
VCK3-1 Prohibits the return of the main pump oil flow
VCK3-2 Prohibits the return of the auxiliary pump oil flow
VM4 Allows manual filter transfer
VPR3-1 Regulates the HP pump oil pressure
VR21 Protects system against overpressure
VR22 Adjusts the pump outlet pressure
Auxiliary pump relieve valve:
The relieve valve of the auxiliary pump regulates the hydraulic pressure during
start up and shut down sequence. It is normal to find an oil flow at the outlet of this
safety valve.
7.9 Heating And Ventilation System
7.9.1 Definition
The heating and ventilation system is designed for insuring the following
functions:
a.To eVA Cuate the hot air from inside the compartment to outside
176
b.To dilute gas leak to avoid hazardous area in the enclosures listed here
below:
a) Auxiliaries
b) Gas turbine
c) Exhaust
d) Load
e) Water injection skid
c.Enclosure purpose is:
a) To protect personnel from high temperature and fire risks.
b) To provide proper cooling and ventilation for the equipment.
c) To provide attenuation of the noise generated by the equipment
d) To contain fire fighting medium
e) To provide weather protection for the equipment.
Redundant electrically driven fans provide airflow. Ventilation airflow
direction is according to the need of each enclosure.
Flap at ventilation air intake are use to restrict airflow while the ventilation is
not in operation and to participate to fire fighting effectiveness.
Electrical heaters are provided in enclosures for heating the ambient air except
in exhaust and load compartments.
20BT-90 Controls the opening of the bypass flap
20JS-90 Keeps the flap closed
20TK-90 Keeps the flap closed
20VG-90 Controls the opening of the bypass flap
23BT-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23BT-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23EF-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23EF-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23HA-30 Heats the compartment
23HT-30 Heats the compartment
23VG-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23VG-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23WR-30 Heats the compartment
33BT-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33BT-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33DT-1 Indicates the flap closed position
177
33EF-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33EF-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33JS-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33JS-2 Indicates the flap closed position
33VG-1 Indicates the flap closed position
33VG-2 Indicates the flap closed position
63BT-90 Detects the clogging of the compartment air inlet filters
63JS-90 Detects the ventilation air flow
63TK-90 Detects the ventilation air flow
63VG-90 Detects the clogging of the compartment air inlet filters
88BT-1 Drives the fan
88BT-2 Drives the fan
88JS-1 Drives the fan
88JS-2 Drives the fan
88VG-1 Drives the fan
88VG-2 Drives the fan
95BT-1 Detects the ventilation air flow
AT-AC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-LC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-TC-1 Measures the ambient temperature in the compartment
AT-WI-1 Measures inside acoustic enclosure temperature
Access inside the compartments at any time must be under strict control using
access permit or work permit to guaranty operator safety regarding potential risk
including carbon dioxide emission.
Carbon dioxide emission:
After carbon dioxide emission and confirmation that fire risk do not exist any
more, the compartment ventilation must be activated to clear the inside atmosphere.
Concentration measurement must be carried out to confirm safe access.
Unit cooling down sequence:
During cooling down period using turning gear, all the turbine compartment
doors must remain closed to avoid cool air excess flow distribution near the gas
turbine casing.
7.10 Compressor Washing System
178
7.10.1 Definition
The compressor and turbine washing system is designed for insuring the
following functions:
To clean the compressor at stand still (Off line)
To clean the compressor at nominal speed (On line)
To clean the gas turbine
A module not included in this chapter provides the clean washing water flow.
OFF line washing and ON line washing use specific spray manifold. Turbine
washing uses atomizing air manifold.
20TW-1 Controls the water flow for compressor washing
20TW-2 Controls the water flow for turbine washing
20TW-3 Controls the water flow for compressor washing
33TFD-1 Indicates the valve closed position
43TW-1/PB Controls the 20TW-1 valve
43TW-2/PB Controls the 20TW-2 valve
VA17-1 Drains out the liquids
WWTD-1 Measures temperature in false start drain pipe
WWTD-2 Measures temperature in false start drain pipe
7.10.3.1 On line water wash
During On line water wash with the shaft line at nominal speed the water flows
through the compressor and the gas turbine in steam phase and is eVACuated with
gas turbine exhaust gas
7.10.3.2 Off line water wash
Off line water wash is carried out when the unit is cold and needs manual
configuration for water wash valves. Please refer to gas turbine maintenance
manual.
Gas turbine washing:
Gas turbine water wash is carried out to remove the deposit from additive
product when the unit is cold and needs manual configuration for water wash
valves. Please refer to the maintenance manual.
7.11 Water Injection System
7.11.1 Definition
179
The water injection system is designed to reduce the NOx level when the gas
turbine is burning liquid fuel.
The water injection system is an open loop where water flow is built up by an
electrically driven water pump. The system includes
Temporary and permanent filters
An electrically driven water pump
A water pump re-circulating line to allow pump cooling down
A water flow regulating valve to adjust the water flow according to the fuel flow
A flow meter
Two stop valve to cut off the water flow in each manifold
Injection water flow is injected in the combustion chambers by two manifolds
and eVACuated in the atmosphere through the exhaust duct. The regulating valve
controls the total injected water flow.
Flow regulating valve and stop valve are piloted using instrument air.
Initial conditions
The water injection at the level of the G.T. combustion chambers is used to
lower the NOx emission level.
The purpose is to reach the permitted NOx level according to the quantity and
quality of the fuel used (liquid, gas or heavy), by injecting water at the level of the
combustion chambers.
The selection of the water injection starting-up is made from the HMI menu by
the operator.
The water injection selection is validated only if:
Water pressure at the inlet and outlet of the pump is correct.
Water flow in the permitted limits.
No opening problem of the stop valve.
The fuel flow is sufficient to require water injection.
The generator breaker is closed.
Sequence:
180

Water injection ON The water injection sequence starts 88WN 1
20WN-1 Allows water injection in the combustion chambers
20WN-2 Controls the VS2-2 valve
23WN-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
33WN-1 Indicates the valve opened position
33WN-2 Indicates the valve closed position
33WN-3 Indicates the valve opened position
33WN-4 Indicates the valve closed position
63WN-1 Detects low inlet pump pressure
63WN-2 Detects low pump discharge pressure
63WN-3 Detects low pump discharge pressure
88WN-1 Drives the water pump
Converts 4-20mA signal into a pneumatic signal for valve
90WN-1
position setting
96WF-1 Measures the injection water flow
181
FA8-2 Filters the control air
FM1-1 Measures the injection water flow
FW1-1 Filters the injection water flow
FW1-2 Filters the injection water flow at the pump upstream
FW1-3 Filters the injection water flow at the nozzle upstream
PW1-1 Provides the injection water pressure
VC4-1 Regulates the water flow
VCK100 Prohibits water return in the flow
VQE1-1 Allows quick closing of the stop valve
VQE1-2 Allows quick closing of the stop valve
VS2-1 Cuts off the injection water low flow
VS2-2 Cuts off the injection water flow of the second line
7.12 Inlet and Exhaust System
7.12.1 Definition
The flow inlet & exhaust is designed for insuring the following functions:
To supply the gas turbine with filtered air flow
To reduce the compressor air inlet acoustical level
To protect the air inlet duct against high pressure drop
27TF-1 Gathers the filter alarms
63CA-1 Detects the compressed air low pressure
63TF-2A Detects high pressure drop in the air inlet duct
63TF-2B Detects high pressure drop in the air inlet duct
96RH Measures ambient air temperature and humidity
96TF-1 Measures the air filter pressure drop
7.13 Fuel Purge System (The power plant not available here.)
7.13.1 Definition
The turbine solid compound cleaning system is designed to inject solid
compound at the gas turbine inlet to remove part of the undesirable deposit and
182
ashes due to the use of low grade liquid fuels.
The turbine cleaning system includes a cleaning skid and a set of manual
valves with injection nozzles, one for each combustion chamber.
a. The cleaning skid consist of :
a) A low pressure hopper to store the solid compound for one combustion
chamber
b) A motorized valve to fill up the high pressure hopper
c) A high pressure hopper to store the solid compound for one combustion
chamber
d) An air ejector
e) A set of manual valves
Air from the atomizing air system is used to inject the cleaning compound into
one combustion chamber at a time through dilution holes at the end of the liner.
The cleaning cycle is performed at full speed no load.
b. The cycle of the turbine cleaning system is as follow:
a) Fill up manually the low pressure hopper with 25 kg of solid compound for
combustion chamber # 1
b) Transfer the 25 kg solid compound from low pressure hopper to the high
pressure hopper
c) Inject the solid compound in chamber # 1 during 3 to 5 minutes
d) Fill up manually the low pressure hopper with 25 kg of solid compound for
combustion chamber # 8
e) Transfer the 25 kg solid compound from low pressure hopper to the high
pressure hopper
f) Inject the solid compound in chamber # 8
g) Continue the cleaning sequence for other combustion chambers, one by one
in the following order # 2, # 9, # 3, # 10, # 4, # 11, # 5, # 12, # 6, # 13, # 7, # 14 to
balance first nozzle cleaning and to avoid unbalance in turbine's performance or
temperature.
Transfers compound from low pressure to high pressure
20KF
hopper
20KF/PB Controls the 20KF valve
33KF-1 Indicates the valve closed position
33KF-2 Indicates the valve open position
183
63KJ Detects loss of high pressure
FAKJ-1 Filters the control air
FAKJ-2 Filters the control air
VR26 Protects the low pressure hopper against high pressure
Solid compound cleaners must not damage a unit through their size, corrosion,
or abrasion while performing the intended function. This makes solid compound
cleaning unsuitable for higher firing units, units with certain blade coatings, or
any DLN system.
Acceptable cleaning materials are all nut shelling compounds of granularly 1
to 1.7 mm and are identical to those listed for the product line in GEI-41042.
When a turbine is burning a low grade liquid fuel, it is understood that
periodic cleaning of the turbine is necessary to maintain performance. The
frequency of cleaning varies with the quantity of impurities in the fuel and also
with the number of hours of operation.
The particle distribution pattern should be such that it will clean all nozzle
partitions within each segment equally well. Although each turbine site varies, a
second and third cycle of cleaning all combustion chambers may be necessary
before no further gain in performance is observed.
7.14 Instrument Air System
7.14.1Component function
TK601 Compressed air tank
CAB001 Electrical cubicle
NV201 Air cooler outlet check valve
NV301 Air compressor outlet check valve
NV601 Self cleaning air outlet check valve
NV611 Instrument air outlet check valve
HV201 Air cooler inlet manual isolation valve HT
HV202 Air cooler outlet isolation valve
HV203 Separator air cooler automatic drain valve
HV204 Separator air cooler manual drain valve
HV254 Air cooler regulation pressure switch instrumentation valve
HV301 Compressor air outlet isolation valve
HV303 Separator air cooler automatic drain valve
HV304 Separator air cooler manual drain valve
HV401 Air dryer inlet isolating valve
HV402 Air dryer outlet isolating valve
HV403 Pre filter automatic drain valve
HV404 Pre dryer outlet isolation valve
HV405 Air dryer bypass valve
184
HV413 Oil filter automatic drain valve
HV414 Oil filter manual drain valve
HV433 Final filter manual drain valve
HV601 Self cleaning air outlet isolating valve
HV603 Air tank automatic drain valve
HV604 Air tank manually drain valve
HV611 Instrument air outlet isolating valve
HV652 Air tank regulation pressure switch instrumentation valve
HV651 Air tank pressure indicator instrumentation valve
HV661 Air tank low pressure switch instrumentation valve
PCV252 Air cooler pneumatic valve air pilot pressure control valve
PCV254 Air cooler outlet pressure control valve
PCV661 Air outlet pneumatic valve air pilot pressure control valve
PCV665 Instrument air outlet pressure control valve
TSV252 Air cooler outlet pneumatic isolation valve
FSV661 Air outlet pneumatic isolation valve
PSV255 Air cooler outlet pressure safety valve
PSV651 Air tank pressure safety valve
PSV666 Instrument air outlet pressure safety valve
PDI451 Pre filter pressure differential manometer
PDI461 Oil filter pressure differential manometer
PDI481 Final filter pressure differential manometer
PI651 Air tank pressure indicator
TI251 Air cooler inlet temperature indicator
TI253 Air cooler outlet temperature indicator
TSH252 Air cooler outlet temperature switch high
FY252 Air cooler pneumatic valve pilot air solenoid valve
FY253 Separator air cooler solenoid drain valve
FY351 Separator compressor solenoid drain valve
FY453 Pre filter solenoid drain valve
FY463 Oil filter solenoid drain valve
FY653 Air tank solenoid drain valve
FY661 Air outlet pneumatic valve pilot air solenoid valve
FLT201 Separator air cooler Y filter drain
FLT301 Separator compressor Y filter drain
FLT431 Pre filter Y filter drain
FLT441 Oil filter Y filter drain
FLT601 Air tank Y filter drain
SEP201 Air cooler outlet separator
SEP302 Compressor outlet separator
FLT401 Pre filter
FLT402 Oil filter
FLT403 Final filter
185
PSLH254 Air cooler regulation pressure switch
PLSH652 Air tank regulation pressure switch
PSL661 Air tank low pressure switch
CLR201 Air cooler
FAN201 Air cooler fan
MO201 Air cooler motor
DRY401 Adsorption air dryer vessel 1
DRY402 Adsorption air dryer vessel 2
FY471 Adsorption air dryer solenoid valve
NV421 Adsorption air dryer check valve
NV422 Adsorption air dryer check valve
MI491 Adsorption air dryer moist indicator
CMP301 Auxiliary screw compressor
MO301 Auxiliary screw compressor motor
SEP301 Auxiliary screw compressor separator
CLR301 Auxiliary screw compressor air/oil exchanger
FAN301 Auxiliary screw compressor exchanger fan
MO302 Auxiliary screw compressor exchanger fan motor
PSH301 Auxiliary screw compressor high pressure switch
PSV301 Auxiliary screw compressor mini pressure switch
PSV302 Auxiliary screw compressor pressure safety valve
TSH301 Auxiliary screw compressor temperature switch
TSV351 Auxiliary screw compressor thermostatic valve
PCV301 Auxiliary screw compressor pressure control valve
PI301 Auxiliary screw compressor oil pressure indicator
PI302 Auxiliary screw compressor air pressure indicator
FY301 Auxiliary screw compressor regulation solenoid valve
7.14.2 General
The role of the self-cleaning air filter GDX system, designed for GT frame
9Eev, is to remove the contaminants of the ambient air sucked by the G.T.
compressor, in order to protect the mechanical components such as compressor
and turbine blades against erosion, corrosion and fouling.
Self cleaning is accomplished by intermittently injecting compressed through
the blowpipes. Each pulse of air from the blowpipe into the filter cartridge
provides a shock wave inside the filter cartridge and a momentary reverse flow.
The power plant includes 3 Gas Turbine of 9EeV type. Each gas turbine is
supplied by an outdoor
Air processing unit, located close the GT and is designed to supply compressed
186
air to the GTs self cleaning air filter and for instrument air.
The equipment are designed for neutral air compressed free of aggressive
elements.
Its installed in a tempered container to protect production air compressed skid
components against freezing and sun, direct rain, dust or sand wind.
The Air Processing Unit includes:
- One auxiliary screw compressor CMP301, 37 kW to supply compressed air to
self cleaning air filter and instrument air for the plant.
- One motorized air cooler CLR201 for the purpose of cooling the compressed air
coming from GT to +5C above ambient.
- One compressed air tank TK601 500 liters with adsorption air dryer DRY401 for
self cleaning air filter and for instrument air.
- Necessary filters, drain and instrumentation
7.14.2.1Screw compressor RAFALE 37 kW CMP301
ERVOR screw type rotary compressors, RAFALE Range, have decisive
advantages in terms of performance, reliability, long life and accessibility. That is
why they are particularly recommended for continuous heavy duty applications.
The screw compressor is able to supply 174 Nm3/h required at self cleaning GT
air filter and 5 Nm3/h required for instrument air.
The compressor outlet working pressure is from 8 to 10 bar.
- Type ................................................................................ RAF50-3 SP
- Working pressure ........................................................... 8 / 10 bar
- Max. working pressure: .................................................. 12 bar
- Nominal flow ................................................................... 230 Nm3/h
- Compressor revolution speed ......................................... 4000 rpm.
- Coupling ......................................................................... 5 Belts XPA 1180
- Installed power ............................................................... 37 kW
- Revolution speed ............................................................ 2960 rpm.
- Protection class .............................................................. IP55
- Isolation class ................................................................. F
- Temperature class .......................................................... B
- Supply voltage / frequency ............................................. 400 V / 50 Hz
- Heating element ............................................................. yes
187
- Wiring ............................................................................. Star/Delta start-up
- Working temperature ...................................................... 0C to +55C
- Air outlet connection ....................................................... 11/2
7.14.2.2Compressed air tank 500L TK601
The 500 litres air tank will store air coming from the GT for self cleaning air filter
and instrument air.
It's designed following PED CE / ASME VIII, hot dip galvanised.
- Capacity .......................................................................... 500 L
- Fluid ................................................................................ Compressed air
- Type ................................................................................ vertical
- Design pressure ............................................................. 10.6 bar
- Maximum allowable temperature .................................... +100 C
- Minimum design metal temperature ............................... -15C
- Hydrostatic test pressure ................................................ 15.9 bar
- Joint Efficiency ................................................................ 0.7 (longitudinal) /
0.65 (circular)
- Construction ................................................................... Directive 97/23 CE
- Design ............................................................................ ASME VIII div 1
- Protection ....................................................................... Int./Ext. galvanized
- Weight of vessel ............................................................. 150 kg approx.
The air receiver is equipped with:
- One pressure safety valve 10.5 Bar PSV651
- One pressure indicator PI651 with instrumentation valve HV651
- One regulation pressure switch PSLH652 with instrumentation valve HV652
- An automatic drain system composed by:
- A solenoid drain valve FY653 with Y filter FLT601
- An isolating valve 1/2" HV603
- A by-passed valve 1/2" HV604
Self cleaning air filter outlet S1:
- One isolating self cleaning outlet valve HV601
- One outlet check valve NV601
188
- One automatic valve FSV661 controlled by:
- One pressure switch low PSL661 with instrumentation valve HV661
- A solenoid valve FY661
- Pressure regulator PCV661
Instrument and service air outlet S2:
- One instrument air outlet valve HV611
- One instrument air outlet check valve NV611
- One pressure control valve PCV665 to reduce to 7 Bar instrument and service
air
- One pressure safety valve PSV666 for instrument and service air 8 bar
In case of compressed air low pressure PSL661 in the tank TK601, the priority is
maintaining instrument and service air pressure to 7 Bar and FSV661 is closing
the self cleaning compressed air flow.
When the pressure is going up 8 bar, FSV661 will be opened automatically
7.14.2.3 Air cooler ARO203HT CLR201
An air forced air cooler cool air coming from gas turbine to be used by
compressed air network.
This air cooler is designed to decrease temperature for air coming from gas
turbines compressors from 390C to 55C.
- Air flow capacity .............................................................. 203 Nm3/h
- Air inlet temperature ....................................................... 390 C
- Air outlet temperature ..................................................... +5C above
ambient
- Maximum working pressure ............................................ 16 bar
- Connections .................................................................... 1 1/2 G M
- Motor fan power .............................................................. 0.55 kW
- Voltage ........................................................................... 400V/3ph/50Hz
The air cooler is equipped with:
- Manual isolating inlet valve HV201
- Pneumatic isolation valve TSV252 controlled by:
- An solenoid valve FY252
- Pressure regulator PCV252
- Temperature switch high TSH252
189
- Pressure switch regulation PSLH254 with instrumentation valve HV254
- An inlet temperature indicator TI251
- An outlet temperature indicator TI253
- An outlet pressure control valve PCV254 (setting: 10 bar)
- A pressure safety valve PSV255 (setting: 10.5 bar)
- An outlet isolating valve HV202 with check valve NV201
7.14.2.4 Water separator filter SEP201 & SEP302
Located downstream air cooler and air compressor, the water separator is
designed to separate water due to temperature decrease in the air forced cooler.
- Type ................................................................................ Centrifugal
condensate separator
- Nominal pressure drop ................................................... 0.07 bar
- Connections .................................................................... 1 G F
The water separator filter is equipped with:
- An automatic drain system composed by:
- A solenoid drain valve FY253 &FY351 with Y filter FLT201 &FLT301
- An isolating valve 1/2" HV203 &HV303
- A by-passed valve 1/2" HV204 &HV304
7.14.2.5 Adsorption air dryer SAD255 DRY401
The adsorption air dryer is located upstream air tank and is able to dry 180
Nm3/h flow rate necessary for self cleaning filter and instrument air. It removes
humidity of the compressed air for ausing with negative ambient temperature.
- Air flow capacity at outlet (*) ........................................... 180Nm3/h
(*) working pressure 8 Bar - air inlet temperature 50C
- Type ................................................................................ SAD255
- Working temperature ...................................................... -10C to 55C
- Dew point ........................................................................ -25 C
- Connections .................................................................... 1 G
- Supply voltage ................................................................ 230V 50/60Hz
190
- Weight ............................................................................ 196 kg
The air dryer is composed of:
- Two desiccant element receivers DRY401 &DRY402
- Four solenoid valves FY471, FY472, FY473, FY474
- Two check valves NV421, NV422
- One restricted dry air line
- Two isolating valves HV401, HV402
- One bypass by isolating valve HV405
- One moist indicator MI491
- One cyclone pre-filter FLT401 to remove liquid particles. The efficiency is 99.5%
for particles above 1Micron.
- Type ................................................................................ G11Z
- Maximum cartridge pressure drop .................................. 0.5 bar
- Working temperature ...................................................... 1.5C to 55C
- Connections .................................................................... 1G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 1
The pre filter is equipped with
- An automatic drain system composed of:
- An isolating valve HV403
- A by-passed valve HV404
- A local clogging indicator PDI451
- One micro oil filter FLT402 to remove oil particles. The efficiency is 99.5% for
particles above0.01Micron.
- Type ................................................................................ G11X
191
- Connections .................................................................... 1G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 0.01
The micro oil filter is equipped with
- An automatic drain system composed of:
- An isolating valve HV413
- A by-passed valve HV414
- One final filter FLT403 to remove dust particles of the desiccant. The efficiency
is 99.5% for particles above 1Micron.
- Type ................................................................................ G11Z
- Connections .................................................................... 1G
- Filtration .......................................................................... 1
The final filter is equipped with
- A manual drain valve HV433
7.14.3 Preparation for Starting
Before start-up:
- Check if all the valves states are in good position according to the valves list n
D09000913-VL
All the valves should be open except as follow:
- Check if the valve HV 201 is closed for first start up
- Check if the valve HV 304 is closed otherwise compressor water separator SEP
302 is drained.
- Check if the valve HV 204 is closed otherwise cooler water separator SEP 201 is
drained
- Check if the valve HV 604 is closed otherwise air tank TK 601 is drained
- Check if the valve HV 404 is closed otherwise pre filter FLT 401 is drained
192
- Check if the valve HV 405 is closed otherwise air dryer DRY 401 is bypassed
- Check if the valve HV 414 is closed otherwise oil filter FLT 402 is drained
- Check if the valve HV 433 is closed otherwise final filter FLT 403 is drained
- Check if General circuit breaker IG is switched Off
- Check if Emergency Stop AU1 is locked
- Check if all the switches of the electrical cubicle are in Off position
SA1, SA2, SA3, SA4 must been OFF
- Check if the thermal magnetic motor circuit breakers QF1 to QF52 are switched
on.
Starting:
- Switch on the general circuit breaker IG.
- The white light HL1 "Power ON" comes on.
- Unlock the emergency stop AU2 by rotating once fully.
- Then container temperature regulation is now automatically functioning
- Solenoid drain valves are activated
- Press the RESET push button SB1
- The motor heating resistor of the compressor must be switched on 24 hours
before first start to dehydrate the stator.
- Start the air dryer by switching on the switch SA4.
- The green lights HL6 "Air Dryer ON" comes on.
- Switch the air cooler switch SA2 in Auto position. The green light HL4 "Air
cooler ON" comes on and air cooler ready to start, depending ambient temperature
TSLH002, and
GT air line pressure PSLH254. Air cooler will start if GT air line pressure is
above 2 bar, to cool air compressed coming from GT, or if ambient temperature is
above high setting, to ventilate the container.
In case of SA2 in Off position, air cooler is stopped.
- Switch the solenoid switch SA3 in OPEN position. Then, the solenoid
command valve
FY252 will open the Gas Turbine air line depending on the temperature switch
TSH252. If the switch SA3 is CLOSE, the Gas turbine air line will be definitely
closed.
- Opening slowly the isolation valve HV 201. In case of Gas Turbine air, pressure
will increase in compressed air skid network at the Gas Turbine air pressure. Then
193
pressure switch regulation PSLH 254 will automatically open the GT air line at
the high setting (2bar) in normal functioning, isolating valve HV 201 must stay
open.
- Starting the air compressor CMP 301 once the crankcase is preheated, switching
on SA1 in Auto position. The green light HL2 "Compressor On" comes on.
After about 3 seconds, the Delta coupling will engage. The regulation unit opens
at its maximum introduction flow rate approximately 10 seconds later. The
pressure will increase in compressed air skid network and the compressor will
stop when pressure switch PSLH 652 reach the high setting.
- In normal functioning, switch the air compressor CMP 301 switch SA1 in Auto
position.
Then compressor start and stop is controlled by the low/high pressure switches
PSLH 652located on each air tank TK 601. In case of SA1 in Off position, air
compressor run idle automatically for about 5 minutes before it stops completely.
A high pressure switch alarm PSH 301 is installed to stop compressor if an
isolating valve is closed between compressor and air tank.
7.14.4 Shutdown
Control Stop:
The compressor is stopped by changing the Auto/Off compressor switch SA1 to
Off.
In this case, the compressor run idle automatically for about 5 minutes before it
stops completely.
The air cooler is stopped by changing the Auto/Off air cooler switch SA2 to
Off. The Gas turbine air line is closed by changing the Auto/Close switch SA3 to
Close position.
Stop the dryer 2 minutes after shutting down the air compressor or interrupting the
air flow to the dryer. First close all the shut off valves up and downstream the
dryer and then immediately switch off the dryer using SA4.
Automatic Stop:
In the case of low consumption or GT air line pressure, the compressor is
stopped automatically with his own pressure regulation switch PSLH 652.
Compressor will stop when pressure switch detects a pressure above 10 bar.
Then the compressor starts to run idle pending a signal for delivery. After
running idle for about 5minutes, the compressor stops automatically and will
restart as soon as the pressure reaches the bottom threshold (8 bar)
It's easy to recognize the machine's waiting condition after an automatic stop:
- ON/OFF switch is ON
- Green light HL2 is lighted
194
In case of gas turbine air temperature after cooler too high (over 55C), the
temperature switch will close the GT air line by switching off the solenoid pilot
valve FY252. This will stop the air cooler after few minutes depending on the
timing relay KA6. When the temperature decrease under the low setting (50C),
the GT air line will open automatically.
In case of very low pressure coming from GT (under 1 bar), PSLH 254 will
switch off air cooler CLR 201. It will re-switch on when the pressure of the GT
air line will reach the high setting of the pressure switch regulation PSLH 254 (2
bar). Air cooler is controlled by the ambient temperature switch TSLH002 as
extractor for container when temperature is above high setting.
In case of compressed air low pressure PSL 661 in the tank TK 601, the priority
is maintaining instrument and service air pressure to 7 Bar and FSV 661 is closing
the self cleaning compressed air flow. When the pressure is going up 8 bar, FSV
661 will be opened automatically.
Emergency Stop
The emergency stop AU2 on the control panel stops the compressed air system
immediately .Nevertheless, a stop in load can cause severe damages to the
compressor and oil under pressure could rise up through the air filter.
7.15 Coolong And Sealing Air System
7.15.1 Definition
The cooling & sealing air system is designed for insuring the following functions:
To cool down the turbine exhaust frame and turbine casing
To cool down the turbine stage nozzle
To provide gas turbine bearings sealing air
To protect the compressor during starting and shut down sequences
To measure the compressor discharge pressure
To provide instrument air or air supply for other systems
To cool down the third bearing vibration sensors
The cooling & sealing air system is an open loop where:
Two electrically driven blowers provide the cooling air for the turbine exhaust
frame and for the turbine casing. Cooling air is then eVACuated through the # 3
bearing tunnel for the exhaust frame cooling and inside the turbine enclosure for
the cooling of turbine casing. Each blower delivers 50% of the requested cooling
flow.
The gas turbine bearing sealing air from the compressor flows back in the oil
tank and is eVACuated through the oil mist eliminator vent.
195
20CB-1 Controls the bleed valves
23TK-1 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
23TK-2 Prevents motor from internal condensation while not running
33CB-1 Indicates the valve open position
33BC-2 Indicates the valve open position
63TK-1 Detects the blower outlet pressure
63TK-2 Detects the blower outlet pressure
88TK-1 Drives the fan
88TK-2 Drives the fan
96CD-1A Measures the compressor discharge pressure
96CD-1B Measures the compressor discharge pressure
96CD-1C Measures the compressor discharge pressure
FA6 Filters the control air
FA7 Filters the sealing air and drains the particles
VA2-1 Connects the compressor concerned stage at atmospheric pressure
VCK7-1 Prohibits the running blower air flow to return in the stand by blower
VCK7-2 Prohibits the running blower air flow to return in the stand by blower
Compressor bleed valves:
The four compressor bleed valves remain open during start up and shut down
sequences to protect the compressor from surging.

A position fault, indicated by the Speedtronic , must be analyzed and rectified
before the next starting sequence.
Turbine exhaust frame cooling:
Two blowers achieve cooling down, each one providing 50% of air flow. If one
blower fails, the unit is able to run with a load limited by the gas turbine third
bearing tunnel temperature.
7.16 Performance Monitoring System
7.16.1 Definition
The performance monitoring system is designed to measure:
The atmospheric pressure
The differential pressure between compressor air inlet duct and compressor bell
mouth
196
96AP-1A Measures atmospheric pressure
96AP-1B Measures atmospheric pressure
96AP-1C Measures atmospheric pressure
Measures the differential pressure between the air inlet of GT and the
96CS-1
bell of GT intake
7.17 Fuel Inhibitor System
7.17.1 Definition
The vanadium inhibitor injection system is designed to inject additive product
in the liquid fuel system. The aim of this skid is to inhibit the potential vanadium,
Nickel, Zinc contained in the Crude oil supply of the GT by injection of
magnesium into the Crude oil. The magnesium combats the high-temperature
vanadium corrosion.
The vanadium inhibitor injection system includes:
A tank forwarding pump
A vanadium inhibitor main tank
A small capacity storage buffer tank
A strainer
A set of two electrically driven dosing pumps, rated 100% each
An accumulator
A flow meter
A manual valve to measure the vanadium inhibitor flow
The cycle of the vanadium inhibitor is as follow:
Delivered at site in drums,
Transferred from drums to the main tank manually using the forwarding pump,
Circulating by gravity from main tank to buffer tank
Feeding the dosing pump from buffer tank
Injected in the gas turbine liquid fuel system at filtering skid level
20IA-31 Controls the VA99-32 valve
63AF-31 Inhibits the filling up sequence
71FA-31 Detects the additive product low level in tank
71FA-32 Detects the additive product low level in tank
88FA-30 Drives the unloading pump
197
88FA-31 Drives the dosing pump
88FA-32 Drives the dosing pump
FF31-1 Filters the liquid fuel flow at main pump upstream
PFA-30 Feeds the fuel system with the additive product
PSV-31 Protects the tank against overpressure
VA99-31 Used with VA99-33 valve to adjust manually the flow of the pump
VA99-32 Is used to fill up the buffer tank
VA99-33 Is used with VA99-31 valve to manually adjust the flow of the pump
VPR30-31 Regulates the control air pressure
VR60-31 Protects system against overpressure
VR60-32 Protects system against overpressure
Vanadium inhibitor flow:
Vanadium inhibitor requested flow depends of the characteristics of the liquid
fuel and the inhibitor used. The general formula is
Q additive (Liter/h) = [Q fuel (kg/h) (3Va+Ni+Zn/2) x 10-6]
[additive (kg/L) Mgadditive]
additive is the density of the vanadium inhibitor in kg/liter
Q fuel is the nominal liquid fuel flow of the gas turbine in kg/hour
V is the vanadium content in the liquid fuel in ppm
Ni is the Nickel content in the liquid fuel in ppm
Zn is the Zinc content in the liquid fuel in ppm
Mg is the concentration of Magnesium in the additive (e.g. 0, 2 for 20%)
Vanadium inhibitor flow manual measurement:
A manual valve is provided to proceed to flow measurement. Once this
valve is depressed, the main and the buffer tanks are isolated and the dosing
pump feeds up from the vertical piping installed in between the two tanks. A
pressure gage scaled in meter show the consummated volume. Using a
stopwatch during the test allows the operator to calculate the flow. For this
11.3 mm diameter vertical piping, the formula is:
Flow in liter/hour = (3.61 x P) / t
P is the level difference in the vertical pipe given by the pressure gage scaled
in centimeter
198
t is the time scaled in seconds corresponding to P
Note: the duration of this test cannot be higher than 15 sec, due to the small
capacity of the vertical piping
The additive product flow can be adjusted by acting on the vernier (the vernier
allowing the adjustment of the dosing pump flow must be on the hold%
position).
As soon as the Gas Turbine burns crude oil, it is necessary to check every 4
hours that the proportion Mg 3V+Ni+Zn/2 is respected. Take a sample of the
crude oil and analyse the content with spectrophotometer.
Additive product:
GE recommends using the following product:
PRODUCT NAME: BAKER PETROLITE KI200 or KI110
PRODUCT NO: KI200 or KI110
APPLICATION: Vanadium Inhibitor
PRODUCT NAME: TURBOTECT 134 or 131
PRODUCT NO: T134 or T131
APPLICATION: Vanadium Inhibitor
7.18 Closed Cycle Auxiliary Cooling Water System
7.18.1 Specification
CCCW Heat Exchanger Type TH20BW-1.0/120-149
Design PressureMPa 1.0
Design Temperature () 120
Net Weight/Full of Waterkg 1970/2640
7.18.2Function
PHE built up by Juyuan Companyheat energy can be transferred by
combined plates that pressed by special metal, from one side of medium to
another Heat transfer plate and sealing gaskets are belong to special
components of PHE. Sealing gasket should be formed as per the forming
procedure of integral construction. Generally, Synthetic rubber should be
adopted as the material of sealing gasket. It is necessary to conside its
temperature, chemical environment and other conditions to determine material
selection.
7.18.3Working Principles and Heat Transfer
Working Principles
199
When fastening combination of plates, passage channel generated to make the

medium (heat transfer medium) flow to combination of plates from the inlet of
medium; distribute it to the narrow channel of plates. Owing to reverse order of
assembly of plate A and plate B alternately, two kinds of media flows into
passage channels, i. e. heat medium flows into odd number channel but cold
medium flows into even number channel.
Generally, two kinds of media flows in opposite direction
When heat medium through PHE, practical heat capacity is transferred to wall
of thin metal by heat medium and it is transferred to the other side of cold
medium by wall of thin metal.
While temperature of heat medium is falling
and temperature of cold medium is rising.
Finally, the two kinds of media flows to
another similar passage channels, drains off
Heat exchanger
The aim of PHE is to make medium of heat
capacity to transfer to another medium and let
is easily isolate the larger and thin metal wall
by cold and heat capacity.
Metal plate pressed by special waveform is
not only increment of strength but also increase the efficiency of heat transfer.
Pressure drop
200
Pressure drop means loss of energy.
The whole system of piping line, including heat equipment win generate the
resistance force due to media transfer. Under the designated conditions, pressure
drop can not be exempted from generation. For the designated heat exchanger, it
should be operated as per design requirements.
Deposition formed on the surface of heat exchanger may decrease the free
space between heat transfer plates. That means more energy need to be added to
meet the requirements of media through.
All kinds of deposit formed on the plate may decrease the efficient of heat
transfer. Waveform plate pressed by sipping
Juyuan company mentioned above, can make the
liquid to realize the turbulent flow, mthus prevent
from generating the fouling on the plate but can
not eliminate it for ever.
Deposition will evidently increase the wall
thickness of heat transfer plate and decrease the
total efficiency of heat transfer since heat
conductivity of deposition is lower than heat
transfer plate.
Deposit cleaning see Section 7
maintenance-cleaning. It is very clear that
deposition is very harmful. It will generate
corrosion due to deposition formed. Under this
circumstance, PHE may be damaged.
Obviously, we dont expect fouling generated, larger granulations and fibers
may be imbibed into PHE, blanking off equipment, unless it equipped with filler
of protective device.
If designated temperature can not be hold. And at same time, pressure drop of
any medium is increasing, that means fouling generated and banking off
happened for equipment.
PHE startup and shutdown
PHE startup
a. For first startup or once wore
startup for long tine of
stopping it should be taken to
see whether fastening to the size
A
Please attention:
It is very important to see
201
whether PHE connecting system has been equipped with the protective device
for sudden changing go temperature and pressure. It not only concerns for itself
of PHE but also for piping system and each equipment of system.
Whatever when do operation, including startup the system pumps must be pay
attention.
b. Before open the pump, operating regulations should be checked to see which
one shall be firstly opened.
c. Whole startup system should be checked to see whether flow rate control
between valve pump and PHE opened or not
d. All outlet valveif it equipped with, should be checked to see whether it
opened or not
e. Open air discharge valve
f. Startup Pump
g. Open valves slowly
h. After air discharged outair discharge valve should be closed As the same
procedureother side of piping system should be startup.
In order to maintain normal temperature and pressure drop, any adjustment for
flow rate should be slowly carried out to refrain from system shock.
PHE Shutdown
The shutdown of PHE or pump should be operated as follows
a. First confirm whether it has operating procedure, which side shall be firstly
stopped
b. Flow velocity valve should be slowly closed
c. After valve closed pomp should be stopped
d. Do it as the same procedure for other side
e. Inferior quality of cooling water may arises damage to metal For example; it
etches stainless steel and nickel alloy steel. If PHE has to be stopped for along
time as the reasons, it should be discharged out .According to the characteristic
of media, water cleaning and drying mare recommended
7.19 PEECC
7.19.1 Operation of the System
7.19.1.1 General
Main characteristics and limitations:
202
Motor Control Center
No. Item Alternating Direct C.
1 Supply voltage 400 / 230VAC 125Vdc
2 Insulation voltage 1000V 300V
3 Supply frequency 50Hz
4 Test voltage: 2500V/1Sec 2000V/1Sec
5 Network ISC (kA r.m.s. 1Sec) 50
Battery Chargers:
Each charger is equipped with a regulating device which, in steady state,
keeps the voltage constant at its terminals irrespective of its charge, and a device
for uniform distribution in the case of parallel operation.
No. Item Data
1 Rated voltage of the service network 125 VDC (+10% -16%)
2 Float charging voltage [AUTO position] 136,2VDC
3 Maintenance/equalizing voltage [AUTO Not applicable
position]
4 Manual charge voltage [MANUAL position] 144VDC
7.19.1.2Controls Available to the Operator
Normal panel
- operating mode select switch, Stop/Normal/Standby (S01),
Alternating current motor control center
- Three-position switch for each motor control.
The switch has two stable positions (Automatic and Manual positions),
and one unstable position (Stop position) with automatic return to the
Automatic position.
The feeders torque/speed adjuster drive motor has two more push button,
one to raise and one to lower.
Direct current motor control center (LBA ECBD 001)
A two-position switch allows selecting the Automatic or Manual mode
(88QE-1)
Signal ling:
Normal/Standby panel
- OFF/ON position for normal breaker.
- OFF/ON position for standby breaker.
Alternating current motor control center
203
Indicator three lamps which signal the status of the each drawer:
- The yellow lamp indicates the drawer is fault
- The green lamp indicates the drawers is stop
- The red lamp indicates the drawer is run
The feeders torque/speed adjuster drive motor the red lamp indicates the
drawers is replaced for the red lamp raise and for the red lamp lower.
DC motor control center
Indicator four lamps which signal the status of the 88QE-1 starter:
- The yellow lamp indicates the starter is fault
- The green lamp indicates the starters is ready
- The red lamp indicates the starter is run
- The blue lamp indicates the starter is emergency action required.
Measurement
Normal/Standby panels
- Voltmeter - Normal 400 VAC - 50 Hz supply voltage
- Voltmeters - Standby 400 VAC - 50 Hz supply voltage
Battery Chargers
Local control of automatic and manual modes.
7.19.1.3Health and Safety
High Voltage present.
May cause shock, burns, injury or death.
Do not touch exposed wires or terminals.
ANY INTERVENTION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY QUALIFIED
STAFF BEING INFORMED
OF THE SPECIFIC ELECTRICITY HAZARDS AND OF THE
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN.
DANGEROUS VOLTAGES ARE AT ALL TIMES PRESENT AT THE
TERMINALS OF THE
BATTERY, THE CHARGER AND THE LOW-VOLTAGE PANEL.
DO NOT PRESUME THAT A VOLTAGE IS PRESENT OR ABSENT:
ALWAYS CHECK BY MEANS OF AN INSPECTOR OF ABSENCE OF
TENSION.
204
The relevant product is an electric apparatus that employs POTENTIALLY
DANGEROUS
VOLTAGE AND CURRENT LEVELS.
The following instructions must be strictly adhered to :
- Make sure that only authorized and qualified staff can gain access to the
equipment.
Only an authorized person shall be able to open the protective covers of the
equipment.
- Certain internal parts may always be energized, also if the equipment is out
of service, as
long as it is connected to the mains or to the battery.
- The internal chemical capacitors may be charged, also if the equipment is
not energized
(disconnected); a qualified person shall ensure that the capacitors have been
discharged prior to performing any operations inside the product.
- Only mains isolated instruments shall be used.
- All persons working with this type of equipment shall be familiarized with the
measures to be taken in the event of an accident or following an electric shock.
- The safety rules for the electrical room shall be observed and supervised at
all times.
- Prior to connecting any power cables, the ground cable must be connected
to the PE terminal.
The electronic boards are sensitive to electrostatic discharges.
If not built-in, they are supplied in antistatic bags.
Prior to the handling of a board, the operator must be at the same potential as
the relevant equipment and take all usual precautions.
7.19.2 Preparation for Starting
7.19.2.1Requirements
- Make sure that all faults are cleared.
- Make sure that the auxiliary supplies are present.
- Test the lamps.
Battery Chargers
The installation site shall meet the following characteristics:
205
The input protection (fuse or circuit breaker) and the connection to ground
must conform to the IEC standards or the local regulations.
Ambient temperature and relative humidity conform to the applicable
supplier document.
The air inlets must not be obstructed. The equipment is delivered ready for
operation. Before making any connections, compare the data specified on the
rating plate against the available voltages (mains, battery).
Ambient air free from dust and corrosive gas.
Floor sufficiently level so that cabinet is not deformed when fastening it to
the floor.
Floor capable of carrying the weight of the equipment.
Air conditioners
Not applicable
7.19.3 Start-up
7.19.3.1General
Please refer to specific volumes relating to Generator, excitation control,
protection and Speedtronic equipments.
Battery Chargers
Prior to the start-up, check the general condition of the cabinet to see if
nothing has been damaged during the transport.
Note: For detailed information refer to the applicable supplier
documentation.
Air conditioners
Not applicable
7.19.3.2Initial Status
- Switch on STOP position, both circuit breakers are open.
- Close all outputs breakers one by one section by section.
All equipment should be plugged in.
Battery Chargers
Prior to the start-up, check the general condition of the cabinet to see if
nothing has been damaged during the transport.
Note: For detailed information refer to the applicable supplier documentation.
206
Air conditioners
Not applicable
7.19.3.3Normal Start
Automatic position:
Position for MCC starting.
The normal CB 52AR closing command is done if these 3 conditions are set:
- The selector S01 in AUTO position
- The normal voltage is greater than 0.80 times the nominal voltage
- No faults on normal circuit breaker 52AR or standby circuit breaker 52AS.
STANDBY position:
The standby breaker is manually closed if 52AR circuit breaker is opened
(but not in fault) and the standby incoming voltage is ON.
Note: On a fault on normal breaker or standby breaker (short circuit on the
bus bar for example) the breaker is automatically opened and its not possible to
close the other breaker.
Battery Chargers Not applicable
Air conditioners
PEECC Air conditioning is composed of two unit air conditioner; each unit is
piloted by one thermostat control box to ensure set point temperature at 25C +/-
10% in the PEECC.
One control box must be set to 25C and the other one to 30C.
7.19.4 Shutdown
7.19.4.1 Normal Shutdown
Stopped position:
Both breakers are opened manually in this position.
Circuit breakers Normal and Standby are electrically and mechanically
interlocked, so closing both breakers simultaneously is not possible.
Battery Chargers
Manual stop either from the low-voltage panel or in local mode.
Air conditioners
Normal shutdown of the air conditioning system is produced by the
207
thermostats control box regulation when the temperature of the PEECC is
attained.
7.19.5 Routine Checked and Tests
If the GT is stopped by one fault, please refer to the Maintenance section.
Battery Chargers
- Periodical check of the condition of the voltmeter, the ammeter and the
various LEDs.
Air conditioners Not applicable
7.19.5.1Verification in Service
Motor control center
Control electrical command and the signaling
Battery Chargers
Control the static by pass of the inverter.
Air conditioners
Control the air conditioner working with control box thermostat variations.
7.19.5.2Periodic Tests
Check the switch over from normal to standby breaker
Check plug in / plug out of the equipments
Battery Chargers
Not applicable.
Air conditioners
Each year control the frigorific charge of the units with a manometer.
Each month inverse the setting temperature of the two control box
thermostat.
7.19.6 Particular Operations
Not applicable
Battery chargers
Temperature:
Operating: 0C +40C
208
Beyond 40C and up to 55C, decrease the output current by 1.25% per C.
Relative humidity:
Operating: 20% to 80% without condensation
Altitude: 1000m
Beyond 1000m and up to 4000m, decrease the current by 7% for every
1000m.
Air conditioners Not applicable
7.19.6.1Incidents
If the TG is stopped by one fault, please refer to the Maintenance section.
Battery Chargers
No. Alarm Probable cause Corrective action
- Switch on the rectifier.
- Check the fuse(s).
- Rectifier off.
Replace if necessary.
MAINS - Mains fuse(s) opened.
1 - Check the mains voltage.
FAILURE - Mains voltage out of
The voltage must be that
limits.
specified on the customer
drawing package.
- Check and replace the fuse if
- Fuse F1 blown. necessary.
- Low floating voltage If the fuse blows again, call the
RECTIFIER
2 with the rectifier not in Customer Service Department.
FAIL.
current-limiting - Check the mains voltage and
mode. the proper operation of the
fans.
- The rectifier output
HIGH
voltage is higher than the - Immediately call the
3 CHARGE
maximum Customer Service Department.
VOLT
allowable value.
Battery in discharge
resulting from:
LOW - rectifier off.
- Check the mains.
4 CHARGE - mains absence or low
- Correctly connect the mains
VOLT mains voltage.
input.
- missing phase or wrong
phase sequence (TPR)
- The rectifier output - Immediately call the
HIGH DC
5 voltage is higher than the Customer
VOLTAGE
maximum Service Department.
209
allowable value.
End of discharge battery
resulting from:
- rectifier off.
LOW DC - Check the mains.
6 - mains absence or low
VOLTAGE - Correctly connect the mains
mains voltage.
input.
- missing phase or wrong
phase sequence (TPR).
EARTH - Low resistance between
FAULT + or positive and negative
7 - Check for the insulation fault.
EARTH output and cabinet
FAULT ground (< 100 Z).
- Missing phase or wrong
phase sequence (TPR). - Correctly connect the mains
- Mains frequency out of input.
limits. - Check the mains frequency
- Synchronization fault (refer to the customer
TPC (TPR). drawings).
8
INACTIVE - Rectifier electronic - Call the Customer Service
shutdown resulting from Detection.
overvoltage detection. - Call the Customer Service
- Connection between Detection.
CCU card and TPC card - Check the link cable.
broken.
- Temperature sensor - Check the sensor connection.
COMP.
fault - Check the sensors.
9 ADC
- CCU-N card fault - Call the Customer Service
FAILURE
(ADC). Detection.
HIGH
TEMPERAT
- Check the fan(s).
URE
- High temperature - Check if no obstacles are
(only in
detection by thermo blocking the airflow.
10 systems with
switch mounted on the - Check the ambient
forced air
heat sink. temperature.
cooled and
- Check the thermo switch.
temperature
alarm option)
8 Combined Cycle Steps of Gas Turbine
8.1 Preparation before Start
8.1.1 Preparatory Condition for Start of BOP of the Unit: (performed by DCS)
8.1.1.1. The circulating water pump is running;
8.1.1.2. The open type circulating water pump is running;
210
8.1.1.3. The closed type circulating water pump is running;
8.1.1.4. The pressure of the closed cooling water is normal;
8.1.1.5. The electric drainage valve or the pneumatic valve is put on Auto;
8.1.1.6. The chemical water supply system is normal;
8.1.1.7. The condensate pump runs normally and its outlet pressure is normal;
8.1.1.8. The water level of the condenser is normal;
8.1.1.9. The water level of the dematerialized water tank is normal;
8.1.1.10. The air compressor can supply air normally.
8.1.2 Preparatory Condition for Start of Gas Turbine (GT)
8.1.2.1. The air inlet thermocouple of the compressor indicates normally;
8.1.2.2. IGV has no position failures;
8.1.2.3. Start is permitted by users (from DCS);
8.1.2.4. There is no emergent interruption;
8.1.2.5. Hydraulic protector is not locked for fault;
8.1.2.6. The circuit breaker of the generator is not closed;
8.1.2.7. The flame detector has no fault;
8.1.2.8. The operation mode button is not switched to OFF;
8.1.2.9. The main protector of the gas turbine has been put into operation;
8.1.2.10. The locking device of the main protector of the gas turbine is not started;
8.1.2.11. It is allowed to check air inlet, heating and start;
8.1.2.12. The anti-surge air vent valve of the gas compressor is not locked;
8.1.2.13. The static starting gear has been ready;
8.1.2.14. There is no compressor exhaust pressure fault alarm;
8.1.2.15. The main protector of the gas turbine is not intercepted;
8.1.2.16. Communication between the exciter and MK-VIE is normal;
8.1.2.17. The exciter has been ready for start;
8.1.2.18. Communication links have no failures;
8.1.2.19. The VCMI I/O status of <R><S><T> is switched normally;
8.1.2.20. The steam turbine has been ready for start (see inspection of starting
conditions of steam turbine).
8.1.3 Preparatory Condition for Start of Heat Recovery Boiler (HRSG)
211
8.1.3.1. The water levels of the high/low pressure steam drums are controlled on
Auto;
8.1.3.2. The water levels of the high/low pressure steam drums are within the allowed
range of start setting values;
8.1.3.3. One high pressure feed water pump is running;
8.1.3.4. One low pressure feed water pump is running;
8.1.3.5. There are no HRSG interruption conditions;
8.1.3.6. All pneumatic/electric automatic valves are automatically opened or closed
on their valve positions.
8.1.4 Verification of Preparatory Condition for Start of Steam Turbine (ST)
a. A or B lubricating oil pump is put into operation;
b. A or BEH oil pump is put into operation;
c. The Vacuum degree of lubricating oil tank is not low;
d. A or B jacking oil pump is running, or the rotary speed of the main shaft
is higher than the value of K14QBZ (50%);
e. The main shaft was out of zero speed;
f. The main protector of the steam turbine has been put into operation;
g. Users allow to start from DCS;
h. The eccentricity is no more than the allowable value;
i. The pressure of auxiliary cooling steam is normal;
j. The temperature of auxiliary cooling steam is normal;
k. The circuit breaker of the generator is not connected;
l. The pressure regulating valve of the high pressure super heater is totally
closed on Auto;
m. The steam isolation valve and the bypass valve of the high pressure super
heater are totally closed on Auto;
n. All electric/pneumatic automatic drainage valves are automatically
opened or closed on their valve positions;
o. All other pneumatic/electric automatic valves are automatically opened or
closed on their valve positions;
p. All controllers are on the position of Auto, and their setting values are
on the position of Pre-start.
q. The shaft sealing system runs stably.
212
8.1.5 Preparatory Sequential for Start
8.1.5.1. Lubricating oil unit should be put into operation first before the unit is turned.
One AC lubricating oil pump is running, and the DC lubricating oil pump
should be under the states of STANDBY or AUTO. The pressure of the
lubricating oil mother tube should be higher than 1.75bar. All oil flow is
normal through inspection by the return oil peep holes of all bearings. Oil
temperature is ranged from 27 to 32 during turning, but ranged from
43 to 54 during rotating;
8.1.5.2. The jacking oil pump was put into operation before the unit is turned;
8.1.5.3. Put the turning gear into operation. It is only allowed to start the unit after
turning and running for 1-2 hours. The eccentricity ratio of the main shaft
should be stabilized below 0.03 (main-shaft eccentricity ratio measuring
device is only applicable to the measurement of speed below 600r/min);
8.1.5.4. Put the EH oil system into operation. When one hydraulic pump is running,
the other pump is standby. The pressure of hydraulic oil should be no less
than 106.5bar. The rated parameter of hydraulic oil is 110bar/40.5;
8.1.5.5. Put the shaft seal heater system into operation. The shaft seal system should
run normally;
8.1.5.6. All drain valves (pipes, cutoff valves and turbine cylinder) must be
automatically opened for dewatering;
8.1.5.7. The Vacuum degree of exhaust steam must be within the normal start scope;
8.1.5.8. Check excitation control. Generator control and generator circuit breaker
have been ready for running. The generator and the field protective relay
must be checked, and it should be ensured that they have been reset;
8.1.5.9. Check whether the alarm display menu of the steam turbine has tripping
alarm or not;
8.1.5.10. Notes: when the control system is reset, the main steam and low pressure
steam cutoff valve shall be opened. To prevent steam entering the turbine
from these valves without control, operators must check speed, load and
steam intake flow before master reset to limit the setting point at 0%;
8.1.5.11. Correct all alarm and tripping faults on alarm catalog. Enter
ACKNOWLEDGE and RESET to clear locking alarm indications that back
to normal;
8.1.5.12. The Master Reset is controlled by the steam turbine. Open the cutoff valve.
The position of the cutoff valve should be switched to OFF from ON.
8.1.5.13. Emergency tripping functions of test unit:
a. In case of entering the TRIP button in the control menus of the steam
turbine and the gas turbine, the unit should indicate TRIP, and there is
213
alarm information or/and hydraulic oil pressure gauge indicates pressure
drops down, and then reset the emergency button and the unit;
b. In case of pressing the combined-cycle emergency trip button A/B on the
operators console in the central control room, the unit should also
display TRIP, and then the emergency button and the unit should be
reset;
c. In case of pressing one TRIP button on the frame (on #1 bearing) in
front of the steam turbine, the unit should also display TRIP, and then
the emergency button and the unit should be reset.
8.1.5.14. To make the unit tripped, at least one emergency trip device (ETD) should be
operated. Check the working conditions of the two ETD, and respectively test
ETD1 and ETD2 off line. The two tests should be both normal;
8.1.5.15. The auxiliary steam main pipe has been boosted up and reaches the design
temperature. The low pressure steam pipe has been preheated, drained water
has been drained in the drain water piping on the low pressure inlet valve of
the steam turbine;
When meeting the mentioned preparatory conditions, the unit can get the
condition of Ready to start.
8.2 Operation and Pre-start Test of Lubricating Oil Unit
8.2.1 Operation of System
8.2.1.1 Oil temperature limit
Before starting the lubricating seal oil pump, the temperature of oil in the oil
tank should be at least 21. During turning, the bearing inlet oil temperature
must be ranged from 27 to 32.
When the unit is started, the temperature of oil in the oil tank is 35 at
minimum. Before the unit reaches 3000r per minute, the bearing inlet oil
temperature is 38; when in normal work, the bearing inlet oil temperature is
ranged from 43 to 52; when the temperature of oil in the oil tank is 21.1,
the heater of the lubricating oil tank is started, and is stopped when the
temperature reaches 26.7.
8.2.1.2 Oil pressure limit
The outlet setting pressure of the lubricating oil pressure regulating valve
FV-17 is 2.70.2bar.
8.2.1.3 Vacuum degree of oil tank
The Vacuum degree of the oil tank is 76.2-102mm in H2O column.
8.2.2 Test
8.2.2.1 Test of AC and DC motor drive pump starting systems with hand-operated test
214
valves
a. Start test of auxiliary lubricating oil pump
Start one auxiliary lubricating oil pump BPM-1, and manually or
automatically open the test solenoid valve FY265. When oil pressure in pipes
drops to PS setting value, PS265B is moved and BPM-2 is started. At this time,
the red lamp of the BPM-2 motor starter is on. If PI267B reading is more than
6Bar (88psi), it means that BPM-2 is running. After the solenoid valve is reset, the
motor control switch of the BPM-1 is instantaneously switched to STOP by hand,
the pump is stopped, after handing off, the switch is back to AUTO under the
function of spring force.
b. Start test of DC lubricating oil pump
Check the switch on the local control cabinet of the DC lubricating oil pump
and put it on AUTO. Start any lubricating oil pump, and manually or
automatically open the test solenoid valve FY266. When the oil pressure in pipes
drops to PS266A/B setting value, the DC pump EBPM is started.
At this time, the red lamp of the motor starter of the EBPM pump is on. If
PI268 reading is more than 4.5Bar (65psi), it means that the EBPM pump is
started. And reset the solenoid valve FY266.
After the switch on the local control cabinet of the DC lubricating oil pump is
switched to STOP, the DC oil pump is stopped. After handing off, the switch is
back to AUTO under the function of spring force.
8.2.3 Switching Program of Oil Cooler or Oil Filter
8.2.4.1. Open the balance valve FV-23 of the oil cooler, and observe whether oil
passes through the return oil glass window of the auxiliary filter screen or
not.
8.2.4.2. Manually operate the changeover valve till the standby filter screen works.
8.2.4.3. Close the balance valve FV-23 of the oil cooler.
8.2.4.4. Finish switching program.
8.3 Start of Hydraulic Oil Power Unit
8.3.1 Initial Start of Pump after Overhauled
8.3.2.1. Before starting the pump, hydraulic oil tank temperature indicated by TI280
must be ranged from 18 to 44. If the temperature is lower than 30.83,
TS280A contact moves to make the circulating pump rotated, FY286 solenoid
valve gets power, PI222B pressure is reduced, cooling loop is cut off, PI230B
pressure is increased, FV-34 is connected (its setting value is 14kg/cm), the
circulating pump forces the oil circulation of the oil tank to be warmed up,
and warming-up speed is 2.8 per hour. When the oil temperature of the oil
tank reaches 36.4, the circulating pump is stopped, and FY286 solenoid
215
valve loses power.
If the temperature is higher than 48.8, TS280B contact moves to make
the fans of the circulating pump and the cooling loop rotated, and meanwhile,
the solenoid valve is driven to the power-loss position, PI222B pressure is
increased, and the cooling loop is connected.
After oil temperature meets requirement (the temperature of oil in the oil
tank drops to 43.3), FY-286 shall send out signals to stop heating or cooling
hydraulic oil circulating pump.
8.3.2.2. Open the bypass valve FY7 of the hydraulic oil system to make hydraulic oil
return to the oil tank at low pressure. When the hydraulic oil pump is started
at the first time, the bypass valve FV-7 can be connected to avoid sudden rise
of oil pressure in the hydraulic oil mother tube. After the pump is started
normally, the bypass valve FV-7 can be slowly closed.
8.3.2.3. Open the isolation valves FV10, FV11 and FV12 of the energy accumulator.
8.3.2.4. Close the drain valves FV13, FV14 and FV15 of the energy accumulator.
8.3.2.5. Jog the hydraulic pump to check whether its direction is right or not, if yes,
stop it after it reaches full speed.
8.3.2.6. After the pump is running for 1 minute, air brought in the oil tank can be
automatically discharged. Open the inlet isolation valve FV18 of PI280C,
and partially close the bypass valve FV7 to establish 14.1kg/ cm of mother
tube oil pressure.
8.3.2.7. Check external leakage under low pressure. If there is no leakage, totally
close the bypass valve.
8.3.2.8. The pressure of the pressure compensator on the main hydraulic pump is set
to 35.2kg/ cm before delivery. At this time, the lock nut of the compensator
is unscrewed, and during adjustment, the lock nut is rotated anticlockwise.
The pressure of the mother tube rises up to 70kg/cm quickly, which is just
the charge pressure of the energy accumulator. After exceeding the
pre-charge pressure, pressure rising rate shall be changed very slowly
because of feeding oil to the energy accumulator.
8.3.2.9. Rotate the lock nut for 1/2 circle at this time and adjust the pressure
compensator by stages till PI280C reaches the required pressure of the
system. After adjustment, screw up the lock nut of the compensator.
8.3.2.10. Open the bypass valve FV7, and stop the hydraulic pump which has been
adjusted properly. Start the second pump, and repeat the mentioned program
according to steps 5-9.
8.3.2 Test Before Pump Start
8.3.3.1. Start one main hydraulic pump, and put the standby pump on the valve
position of STANDBY.
216
8.3.3.2. Open the bypass valve slightly, and stimulate the load of the hydraulic power
unit.
8.3.3.3. Switch the switch of the working pump to OFF. When system pressure
drops to the pressure set for starting the standby pump, the standby pump
shall be automatically started.
8.3.3.4. Test the second pump repeatedly, and then totally close the bypass valve.
Start the first pump as a working pump, and put the switch on the position
of RUN. The standby pump is put on the position of Standby. Check the
oil temperature of the oil tank, which should be between 18 and 44.
8.4 Operation of Turning Gear
8.4.1 A switch for Selecting Three Positions is Arranged on the Local Turning Control
Panel.
There is JOG, STOP, STANDBY and START on the switch. The normal
position of the switch is STANDBY. When the switch is laced on the position of
JOG, the spring shall make the switch return to the position of STOP
automatically. The JOG switch can be only used for maintenance, and can be used
by operator for slightly rotating the rotor.
8.4.2 Two Control Modes Displayed on the Operator Interface:
8.4.2.1 AUTOMATIC MODE: the turning switch of the local control panel is on the
position of STANDBY.
When reaching the following conditions, the turning gear shall be
automatically geared and the rotor shall be rotated.
a. The running switch of the turning gear motor is positioned on the
position of AUTO;
b. The unit is at the standby state, and its speed is zero;
c. The switch of the generator is disconnected;
d. The pressure of lubricating oil is no less than 68.95kPa (PS270A);
e. The main high and low pressure steam valves of the steam turbine
are totally closed.
When the operator sends out the instruction of starting the turning gear on the
operation interface, through the long-distance electrical meshing mechanism,
the turbine is turned before the main motor is started, and the small gear and the
main gear on the unit are totally meshed. After 10 seconds, the pre-meshing
motor is automatically powered off, the main motor is started, and the unit is
driven to reach turning speed (4.29r/min). Through observation, the red lamp of
the field dial is on, and it proves that the turning gear has been started.
When the unit is started and the speed of the rotor is beyond the turning speed,
the turning gear shall be automatically unmeshed so that it shall be back out.
217
When the shaft speed is 1500r/m, the jacking oil system can be automatically
stopped.
When the unit is stopped and when the rotor is idled to zero speed, the turning
gear shall be automatically put into operation under the operation of the control
loop. During turning, the water volume of the oil cooler should be regulated to
control the oil temperature of the bearing between 27 and 32.
8.4.2.2 Manual Mode
Under manual mode, operator must first check whether necessary
conditions for turning are met or not, if yes, press MANUAL MODE first and
MANUAL ENGAGE later, start the pre-engage motor to make the turning gear
enter the engage state. After 10 seconds, the turning motor is running to drive the
unit to a turning state.
8.4.3 Shutdown of Turning Gear
Make sure that the temperature of the high pressure cylinder of the steam
turbine is lower than 260 and the maximum temperature of the gas turbine is
lower than 65. The turning gear can be stopped after continuously turning for
at least 48 hours. If the temperature is higher than any temperature value, the
turning gear must be continuously operated till the temperature is lower than
these temperature values.
8.4.4 Emergency Operation
If the turning gear of the shaft system is failed or tripped before finishing
the cooling program, some measures should be taken to make the turbine turned
continuously till the turning gear is powered on again. Rotate the rotary shaft by
a special spanner.
8.5 Input of Shaft Seal System
8.5.1 Preparation before Supply of Steam and Start of Condenser and Shaft Seal Heater
Check the following systems to make sure they are working or standby:
a. Steam system
When the outlet pressure of the low pressure super-heater is lower than 40%
of design pressure, auxiliary steam provided by the factory or other units shall be
used as the steam source of the shaft seal system during startup. A steam source
which is the closest to the running condition of an existing steam turbine should
be selected.
b. Condenser
a) The air-bleed system of the condenser is ready for use;
b) The condensed water system is ready for use;
c) The circulating water system is ready for use;
218
d) The drainage system is ready for use;
c. Shaft seal heater system
d. Furthermore, make sure that the water spray system of the steam cylinder
has been put into operation, and all preparatory work for starting the unit has
been finished beforehand.
8.5.2 Operation of Shaft Seal Heating System
8.5.2.1. Make sure the return water pipe o the shaft seal heater and the water drain
pipe (M220) leading to the condenser have been filled with water, and the
air vent of the return water pipe has been opened.
8.5.2.2. Open the inlet valve and the outlet valve on the water side of the shaft seal
heater, close the bypass valve on the water side, and make cooling water
flow through the shaft seal heater.
8.5.2.3. Open the air vent valve of the water chamber of the shaft seal heater, and
close the valve after exhausting all air.
8.5.2.4. Close the inlet valve and the outlet valve of the standby fan.
8.5.2.5. Open the outlet valve of the working fan and close the inlet valve.
8.5.2.6. Start the working fan and control its start current below the rated value on the
nameplate of the motor. After start, check whether the inlet valve is opened
or not, if not, open it by hand, and make sure the direction of the motor is
right through inspection.
8.5.2.7. Open all valves on the shaft seals and the shaft seal heater pipes.
8.5.2.8. Close the inlet valve of the fan till the shaft has sufficient Vacuum degree. A
little amount of steam is allowed to be exhausted to atmosphere.
8.5.2.9. Record the Vacuum value of the meter on the suction hose on the fan inlet.
8.5.2.10. Adjust the opening degree of the air inlet valve of the fan to keep the Vacuum
degree at 6"(152mm) of water volume.
8.5.2.11. Stop the working fan and close its outlet valve. Start the standby fan, and
repeat steps 5-10.
8.5.2.12. When it is necessary to select another fan, stop the fan to be stopped and
close its outlet valve, and open the outlet valve of the other fan, and start the
fan motor again.
8.5.2.13. During running, normally adjust the opening degree of the inlet valve of the
fan, and maintain necessary Vacuum degree.
8.6 Water Drainage and Pipe Heating
8.6.1 Sequential Control of Water Drainage
Regular drainer and continuous drainer of the steam drum can not be opened
219
during cold start, but the regular drainer of the evaporator must be opened.
When the boiler is started at the beginning, the steam traps of the superheater
and the outlet pipe should be opened. When the pressure reaches 0.07Mpa for the
high pressure part and 0.035MPa for the low pressure part, or when a part of steam
flow meets requirements, the steam trap of the superheater can be closed. When
the high pressure steam isolating valve and the bypass valve are opened, the
atmospheric exhaust valve can not be opened.
According to system configuration, the saturation temperature under
corresponding pressure is calculated and drainage temperature is measured for the
drain valve with temperature measuring points, and therefore the drain valve can
be closed when reaching a certain degree of superheat.
For the drain valve with water level measuring points, the opening and closing
of the steam trap shall be controlled according to its high/low water level at the
automatic mode.
Drainage of other miscellaneous parts like steam sealing line and the valve rod
of each cutoff/control valve is most achieved by continuous pore plate. Automatic
control of drainage is not achieved for other parts only equipped with manual
valve. Their actions shall depend on the level of recognition of the operator on the
system. These valves should be opened when starting the system and should be
closed after the system is warmed up sufficiently.
8.6.2 Pipe Heating
8.6.2.1 High pressure steam inlet pipe
a. Make sure all steam traps on the steam inlet pipes have been opened.
b. A certain amount of steam flow is fed to the pipes, so that the pipes can be
gradually heated, and the drain water shall be discharged.
c. After feeding steam, the pipe should be continuously heated till no water is
mixed in the steam entering the turbine.
8.6.2.2 Low pressure steam pipes
a. All drain valves on the pipe should be opened before auxiliary steam enters the
pipes.
b. Feed a certain amount of steam to gradually heat the pipes and discharge
drainage water.
c. After steam enters the pipes, the pipes should be continuously heated till no
water enters the low pressure cylinder.
8.7 Normal Start, Grid Connection and Loading of Unit
8.7.1 Normal Start Constraints of Unit
8.7.1.1 After the overhauled unit is debugged by the debugging team and is endowed
with acceptance handover report, the unit can be normally started;
220
8.7.1.2 All work tickets related to the unit have been finished, and relevant safety
measures have been totally recovered;
8.7.1.3 There must be commands of the shift supervisor for starting the unit.
8.7.2 Definition of Starting Mode
During start, the starting mode is determined by the starting status of the steam
turbine at start-up and the temperature of metal on the lower half inner wall of the
steam cylinder in front of the steam turbine, as follows;
Cold start: 200
Warm start: 200~390
Hot start: 390
8.7.3 Start-up Operation and Monitoring
8.7.3.1 Preparatory conditions for start
Automatic start conditions must be reached before the unit is started by
operators. These conditions shall be monitored by DCS and GT MK VI. When
all conditions are met, the unit can be defined to locate at the status of Turbine
Train Ready to Start.
8.7.3.2 The unit is started to full speed no load (finished by GT MK VI except otherwise stated)
a. Recheck whether the unit obtains the condition of Ready to start.
Call relevant menus for selecting and setting. Mainly reset the gas turbine
and the steam turbine.
Call the Start-Up menu, select the required loads in Load Selected, further
select PF or VAR in Generator Mode according to a need, input
corresponding power factor value or reactive power value, and then select some
running mode in Model Select column, so as to exit the mode of OFF.
Activate the main operating switch L43 to enter ready circuit. If all protection
loops and trip interlocking are permitted, Gas Turbine Ready to Start signals
can be displayed. Once operators select ST Master Reset, signals of Steam
Turbine Ready to Start can be met. DCS should also provide a signal to show
that other equipment of the unit is also at the Ready to Start status, and signals
of Customer Ready to Start can be met. And meanwhile, the unit must be
turned. When conditions are available, the unit shall display the status of
Turbine Train Ready to Start.
Check the menu of starting condition when conditions are unavailable. If
there is green after the project, it represents preparatory conditions for start have
been met; if there is red after the project, it represents conditions of Ready to
start are failed. DCS or HMI graphic display should be called to find out causes.
b. Drag to purging speed at cold state
221
a) First of all, circulate heavy oil 20 minutes before startup. Enter the
Liquid Fuel submenu of Control menu, click Start Pump target
under Heavy Fuel column to start the heavy oil pump. Heavy oil is
ready.
b) When Ready to start conditions are met, put MODE SELECT on
AUTO, and then put MASTER CONTROL on unit START. 5 seconds
later, START lamp is on (note: all operation buttons have secondary
confirmation dialog box, and operation is valid after confirmation).
c) HMI sends out a startup command to GT MK- VI.
d) When GT MK VI receives startup command, the main protector should
be put into operation.
e) The light oil pump which is selected as the master pump is started, and the
inlet pressure of the light oil station is normal (5.2BAR).
f) The unit starts the starting program, the start motor 88CR is started, the
turning motor 88TG is stopped, and the light oil pump 88FD, the auxiliary
atomizing pump 88AD and the auxiliary hydraulic pump 88HQ are put
into operation; pressure of hydraulic oil is normal, namely 100Bar.
g) The rotating speed is more than or equal to 10%, 88TM is started, IGV
angle is decreased to 280 from 310.
h) After the start motor is started, the turbine shaft is accelerated to 23.3% of
the purging speed from turning speed. At this time, HMI shall display
Purge instead of Startup Status/Cranking;
i) During startup, the high pressure jacking oil jacks up the generator shaft
to lower starting torque.
c. Purging speed is lowered to ignition speed, and the gas turbine is warmed up
instead of ignition
The angle of the torque converter TMGV is adjusted to 500. During purging,
the start motor shall keep the unit at cold dragging speed. A purging timer is used
for controlling purging for five minutes (the purging time is subject to the
change of HRSG volume of air for four times). After purging, 88TM is started,
the master fans of cooling fan 88EF in the exhaust room of the gas turbine and
the cooling fan 88VG in the load room of the gas turbine start running, the unit is
decelerated to 16% of the firing speed or 480r/min of the output power of the
start motor, so as to keep the unit at firing speed. FSR output firing value is
20.09%. After the unit is fired successively, it shall be warmed up for one
minute;
When firing program is started, HMI displays Startup Status /Firing;
When flames are stabilized, HMI displays flame existence; FSR is back to
12.05% of the warming-up value, and HMI displays Startup Status/Warming up.
222
If stable flames are not got after 60s of ignition limit time, it can be thought
that the unit is failed to ignite. The alarm column shall display FAILURE TO
IGNITE alarm, and the unit shall be automatically stopped.
d. After warming-up, the unit is accelerated. Pay attention to monitor the
vibration value of each bearing and the distribution of the exhaust gas
temperature field when the unit is accelerated. Once flames are formed,
FSR is increased, and the unit starts accelerating, HMI shall display
Startup.
At Status/Accelerating, the unit shall be accelerated.
a) When the rotating speed is increased beyond 26%, the jacking oil pump
88QB is stopped.
b) When the rotating speed is increased beyond 60%, the rotating speed relay
14HC moves, and the gas turbine enters the self-maintained acceleration
phase.
c) The auxiliary atomizing pump 88AB is stopped.
d) When the unit just starts accelerating, the high-pressure main steam
control valve CV1 of the steam turbine is closed, and pressure in the
communicating pipe is under a Vacuum. When the unit is accelerated to
75% 77% of speed, IPCV6609 is opened and the low pressure
regulating valve is also opened to feed steam to the low pressure steam,
till the steam flow from the high pressure segment and the medium
pressure segment of the steam turbine can meet the requirement on
cooling steam volume.
e) When the unit is accelerated to 30%~60% of rated speed, the unit enters
1-4 order of critical vibration. At this time, the number of the sensor
which is vibrated maximally and its vibration value should be recorded.
f) When the rotating speed is continuously increased beyond 95%, make
sure the following equipment (parameters) meets the following
requirements:
a} The main menu displays Startup Status/ Accelerating and Speed
Level/95%(14HS)
b} The auxiliary lubricating oil pump 88QA and the auxiliary hydraulic oil
pump 88HQ are stopped.
c} The main control fan of the cooling fan 88TK of the exhaust frame of the
turbine is running;
d} The guide vane of IGV is rotated to 49;
e} When the rotating speed is more than 98%, the generator is automatically
started, the On red lamp on the field switch on the generator control
panel is on, and its OFF green lamp is off;
223
e. Full Speed No Load When accelerating to full speed no load, if the
Generator Mode column is at the position of OFF, the Status column of
the main page of HMI displays Full Speed No Load.
8.7.3.3 Full speed no load to synchronization (finished by GT MK VI)
a. Automatic synchronizing
The following programs shall be executed before the unit is started:
a) Put Sync Ctrl switch on AUTO SYNC;
b) Select Auto on HMI main display;
c) Select Start on HMI main display;
The unit shall have preset load or basic load according to the load values selected
beforehand from start to automatic synchronization. When load values are not
selected beforehand, the unit shall be driven to spinning reserve load.
b. Manual synchronization
a) After the unit reaches full speed no load, the unit can achieve
synchronization operation after making sure it runs normally;
b On the synchronous control page, click MAN SYNC button in the Sync
Ctrl column, and make sure the button lamp is on;
c Press the UP/DOWN switch in KV/KVAR Control button in the SYNC
OPTIONS column, and make necessary voltage adjustment to make the
voltage of the motor and the circuit consistent;
d Press the UP/DOWN switch in the Speed/Load Control button in the
SYNC OPTIONS column to make necessary frequency adjustment. If the
pointer of the synchronoscope is anticlockwise rotated, the generator
frequency is lower than line frequency, and the speed of the generator
should be increased. When the synchronoscope is rotated, the AUTO
PERMISSIVES indicator lamp is flashing. When the synchronoscope is
only about one minute to 12 o clock, the AUTO PERMISSIVES indicator
lamp is totally turned to green. In case of quickly pressing 52G Breaker
button, the 52G Breaker button shall display closed to finish manual
synchronization program.
c. The anti-surge bleed valve is automatically closed;
After the switch of the generator is closed, the anti-surge bleed valve is
automatically closed, and the four limit switches L33CB1O, L33CB2O,
L33CB3O and L33CB4O are operated to 0.
d. After the generator switch is closed, the steam trap MOV-SS2A behind the
CV1 valve seat is OFF from ON.
224
8.7.3.4 Load control (finished by GT MK VI)
a. Automatic loading up
If there is no Load Select on the main display menu of HMI during start, the
unit shall be automatically loaded up to rotary standby loads;
If Base Load is selected on the HMI main display page during startup, the unit
shall be automatically loaded up to full load under Auto mode;
Intermediate load refers to the load value between the rotary standby load and
basic load. Preselect Load can be selected, and then the unit shall be automatically
loaded to preselect load under Auto mode.
b. Manual loading up
a) The unit shall be loaded up to rotary standby loads;
b) Press Raise/Lower button in the Speed/Load Control column on the HMI
main display page to load up and down according to preset speed;
b Loads can be also increased and decreased through the Raise/Lower
button of Speed/Load Control on the generator control panel.
c. When the S109FA unit is started and the unit enters rotary standby status, the
unit shall be kept at this load to start steam turbine steam temperature
matching program.
8.7.3.5 Heavy oil switching of unit (finished by GT MK VIe)
a After the unit is loaded up to 55MW, heavy oil can be switched;
b Enter Liquid Fuel submenu of Control menu, click Setpoint target in
XFER Crude column, input 160 in the window popped up, and further
click Heavy target in Fuel Select column. The Heavy target lamp is
on to start switching heavy oil;
c Record the active and reactive power of the unit;
d Through observation, the opening degree HFTOUT of the three-way valve
is slowly increased from 5% of light oil level. Through observation, FTL
temperature rising rate behind the heavy oil three-way valve is uniform
through adjusting temperature setting value behind the three-way valve,
and FTL temperature rise is controlled to be less than 13/min;
e After the three-way valve leaves the light oil level, the vanadium inhibitor
pump is started, and vanadium inhibitor flowmeter FQLX1/FQLX2 have
reading. As the increment of heavy oil flow, the reading shall be also
increased. If it is found the reading indicates 0, immediately check whether
the vanadium inhibitor flow-meter is normal or not on site, and
immediately switch to light oil operation after making sure there is
vanadium inhibitor flow;
225
f When HFTOUT reaches 100% heavy oil level, the unit is switched to
heavy oil. Click Set-point target in XFER Crude column, and input
160 in the window popped up;
g Pay attention to observe heavy oil pressure (FFU2), light oil pressure
(FDL2) and temperature FTL behind the heavy oil three-way valve when
switching heavy oil. As the increment of opening degree of the three-way
valve, the pressure of heavy oil shall be slightly lowered and the pressure of
light oil shall be slightly increased compared with these values before
switching, but pressure can not fluctuate too much. After switching, the
pressure of light oil and heavy oil shall be stabilized on setting values.
Monitor the exhaust temperature and temperature difference of the gas
turbine. Fuel pressure and sound should be normal, or light oil should be
switched back immediately, and can be switched again after finding out
causes. The followings should be checked on site after switching:
a) The three-way valve has been switched to the position of heavy oil;
b) Heavy oil flow meter is rotated normally;
c) Light oil is circulating normally;
d) Vanadium inhibitor pump and flow meter run normally;
e) The front station has no oil leakage;
f) The pressure difference of each filter screen is normal.
8.7.3.6 Steam temperature matching (completed by ST MK VIe unless otherwise stated)
The generator switch is closed, DCS shall start the temperature-matching
permitted logic, and the unit shall enter the matching procedure of gas turbine
exhaust temperature and HP and MP steam inlet chamber metal temperature of the
steam turbine.
The standard exhaust temperature is calculated by DCS system when the
generator switch is closed.
There are two ways for making the gas turbine to reach the standard values:
a. During cold start, the angle of IGV should be increased to increase air flow at
constant output power for lowering exhaust temperature. During cold start,
there is lower gas turbine exhaust temperature for matching with lower steam
turbine metal temperature. The speed of opening IGV can be 0.5 per
second according to exhaust temperature changing speed. The final angle
position for opening IGV depends on the completion time of the steam
temperature matching program.
b. During hot start, since the gas turbine exhaust temperature achieved at
spinning reserve load is lower than the standard exhaust temperature, the gas
turbine should be loaded to increase exhaust temperature for reaching
standard value under this condition. Under spinning reserve loads, loading
226
up rate required for temperature matching is 0.5 per second according to
exhaust temperature rise speed. The maximum load can reach 80MW. When
the difference of the exhaust temperature of the gas turbine and the standard
value is within 5.6, the steam temperature matching procedure is finished.
But only when the temperature matching logic circuit of the gas turbine
Mark Vie is finished when the steam turbine is initially loaded and the steam
turbine enters pressure control (IPC) mode, the unit can exit the steam
temperature matching procedure.
When the unit is running under the mode of Temperature Matching ON,
steam temperature matching program shall be achieved automatically in any
methods.
8.7.3.7 Warming-up and pressurization of high pressure steam system
a. After the gas turbine is ignited, since the steam turbine is ready to be started,
the high pressure steam isolation valve of the heat recovery boiler has been
totally opened, and pipes in front of the heat recovery boiler body, the high
pressure steam bypass control valve and the main steam control valve have
been heated and pressurized.
b. After warming up, the super-heater bleed valve is opened; when pressure in
the high pressure steam drum rises up to 1.5bar, the valve is closed.
c. After the gas turbine is warmed up, the pressure in the high pressure steam
drum is kept between 0.5 and 1.5bar, and positive pressure conditions for
drainage are ready.
d. When high pressure steam pressure reaches 39bar of setting pressure of the
high pressure steam bypass control valve, namely bottom line pressure, the
valve is opened. When its opening degree reaches 20%, the drainage valve
on the high pressure segment is totally closed, and the drainage procedure
of the high pressure segment is finished. During starting, the maximum
opening degree of the high pressure steam bypass control valve is 90%.
When the opening degree reaches 90%, the setting pressure value of the
high pressure steam bypass control valve shall rise up or be improved, and
its opening degree shall be limited below 90%.
8.7.3.8 Loading up of high pressure segment of steam turbine
a. When meeting the following conditions, DCS sends out instruction to open
the high pressure steam control valve:
a) The output power of the gas turbine is equal to or more than rotary
standby loads;
b) Steam temperature matching procedure is finished;
c) The opening degree of the high pressure steam bypass control valve is
more than 20%;
227
d) The drainage program of the high pressure segment is finished;
e) The pressure of high pressure steam is more than 39bar;
f) High pressure steam temperature is higher than the metal temperature of
the high pressure steam inlet chamber or the difference of the temperature
and the exhaust temperature of the gas turbine is no more than 40;
g) The degree of superheat of high pressure steam is more than 41.7.
b. The high pressure steam regulating valve is opened at the initial speed
determined in stress control logic, and meanwhile:
a The high pressure pump-out valve is closed;
b The high pressure steam bypass control valve is endowed with pressure
control. As the main steam regulating valve is gradually opened, steam
flows in the steam turbine, the high pressure bypass control valve shall be
closed. When the high pressure bypass control valve is closed to 10% of
opening degree, DCS shall switch the control mode of steam turbine to
the steam inlet pressure control of the main steam valve from stress
control;
c Before the main steam regulating valve is endowed with steam inlet
pressure control, if the opening degree of the main steam regulating valve
is more than 95%, the main steam regulating valve can be prevented from
being totally opened through further improving the pressure setting value
of the high pressure bypass control valve;
c. When the opening degree of the main steam regulating valve is more than
11%, the steam trap in front of the valve seat of the main steam regulating
valve can be totally opened and closed.
d. When the high pressure steam bypass control valve is totally closed, the
main steam regulating valve is endowed with steam inlet pressure control.
DCS sends out a signal to MK VIE for cutting off steam temperature
matching. If the control valve is started at a cold state, the IGV angle is
increased for steam temperature matching, at this time, GT IGV is closed
to the angle of 49.At this time, DCS further sends a new standard exhaust
temperature variation value to MK VI, thereby canceling steam
temperature matching. MK VI shall close down IGV according to standard
speed given by DS.
8.7.3.9 Operation of low pressure steam system of heat recovery boiler
a. After warming up the gas turbine, the vent valve of the low pressure
super-heater is opened. When the pressure of the steam drum reaches to
1.5bar, the vent valve is closed.
b. After warming up the gas turbine, the pressure of the low pressure steam
drum is ranged from 0.5 to 1.5 bar, and positive pressure for drainage is
228
ready.
c. When the pressure of low pressure steam rises up to the bottom-line
pressure of low pressure steam, the low pressure steam bypass valve is
opened; when its opening degree reaches 20%, the drainage program of the
low pressure segment is finished.
d. When the following conditions are met, the low pressure steam cutoff valve
is opened gradually:
a) The exhaust temperature of the low pressure super-heater is normal. The
steam trap in front of the main low pressure steam valve can be opened for
at least 3 minutes;
b) The time for opening the low pressure bypass valve beyond 20% should
last for at least 60 seconds.
c) ; After the high pressure steam control valve is opened above 20% for 60s,
the steam turbine enters pressure control.
d) The drainage procedure of the low pressure segment has been finished.
e. After the low pressure steam cutoff valve is totally opened for 60s, the
pressure setting point of the low pressure steam bypass valve rises up to rated
setting value from phased bottom-line pressure rise at the very beginning.
This value is higher than the corresponding low-pressure steam pressure
value when the low pressure steam control valve is totally opened. When low
pressure steam pressure exceeds the pressure setting value of the low
pressure bypass valve, the low pressure regulating steam valve shall be
opened by ST MK VIE under steam inlet pressure control mode. When the
setting pressure of the low pressure bypass valve exceeds the maximum
pressure in normal running, the low pressure bypass valve shall be gradually
closed. If the liquid level of the low pressure steam drum is alarmed due to
high level, the impulse-type valve opening procedure shall be temporarily
interrupted till the liquid level is lowered below the high level alarm line, and
then the valve opening procedure can be continued till the valve is totally
opened.
f. Previously, when the opening degree of the high pressure steam control
valve is above 20% for 60s and the auxiliary main steam valve is normally
running, the auxiliary steam control valve still works; if the steam pressure in
the communicating pipe is lowered to auxiliary steam pressure setting point,
PCV6609 control valve can be automatically opened, the insufficiency of
low pressure steam flow is compensated by reheat steam of the medium
pressure cooler.
8.7.3.10 Ready to add load for the gas turbine
a. The steam turbine has entered pressure control (IPC);
b. DCS sends signals to GT MK VIE for reminding that the steam temperature
229
matching procedure of the steam turbine has been finished, and the gas
turbine shall reduce IGV to 49at setting speed (at cold start).
c. DCS sends signals to GT MK VIE for continuously adding load.
8.7.3.11 Add load to basic load for the gas turbine
a. ST MK VIE shall calculate the due loading-up rate of the steam turbine in
real time on the basis of the budget of rate of service life loss of the steam
turbine, and shall send out the loading-up rate signals to DCS;
b. DCS shall send the expected loading rate of the steam turbine to GT MK
VIE;
c. After the inherent loading-up rate of the gas turbine is compared with the
expected loading-up rate of the steam turbine by GT MK VI, the lower
loading-up rate shall be selected from them for loading up the unit, till the
pre-select load or basic load is got.
8.8 Inspection during Operation and Main Operation of Unit
8.8.1 Inspection during Operation
8.8.1.1 Regulation on regular meter reading and patrol inspection
Operators should make once patrol inspection to the unit, auxiliary equipment
and electrical equipment every two hours, and should record the reading.
8.8.1.2 Monitoring and inspection of unit and auxiliary equipment during operation
a. Inspection of unit state and data
Press Monitor on HMI to monitor and control relevant contents:
a Inspection of contents of GT exhaust page: Average exhaust temperature
and exhaust dispersity.
b Inspection of contents of Generator RTD page: stator temperature and
cooling air temperature.
c Inspection of contents of Wheel Space page: wheel-to-wheel temperature
and temperature difference of the left and right sides of the wheel.
d Inspection of contents of Gas Purge page: fuel gas purging pressure and
opening state of blow-down valve.
e Inspection of contents of Proximeters page: vibration (displacement type)
and axial displacement inspection, cylinder expansion, differential
expansion, eccentricity ratio and so on.
f Inspection of contents of Bearing Temperatures page: bearing return oil
temperature, bearing pad metal temperature and lubricating oil mother tube
temperature.
g Inspection of contents of Bearing monitor page: the maximum value and
230
secondary value of bearing return oil temperature and their locations.
h Inspection of contents of ST Turbine Temp page:
a} Temperatures of inlet steam, exhaust steam and reheat steam and
temperature of main steam inlet room and reheat steam inlet room;
b} Outlet oil temperature of lubricating oil cooler, hydraulic oil temperature,
and shaft seal steam mother tube and exhaust steam temperature.
i Inspection of contents of Gen Capability page: the capacity and allowance
of the generator, active and relative rated values.
j Inspection of Alarms and Excitation Alarms pages: whether there is
abnormal alarm or not.
k Inspection of contents of Vibration Monitoring page: vibration (speed
type).
8.8.1.3 Click Aux menu on HMI page for control and operation of relevant contents
a. Inspection of Flame page: flame strength.
b. Inspection of contents of GT Start Check page: whether the preparatory
conditions for start of the gas turbine are ready or not.
c. Inspection of contents of Static Start page:
a} The running status and the turning status of the static frequency converter;
b} Rotary speed reference value of the unit.
d. Inspection of contents of Timers Page:
a} Ignition hours of the combustion chamber, working hours under all
configuration states and total working hours.
b} Accumulated running data of the unit: runtime, ignition times, emergency
trip times, accumulated electric quantity and air consumption.
e. Inspection of contents of GT Trip page:
Display each main trip cause. The items which cause trip shall be displayed by
red. Some items to be noticed are not locked. When displaying high brightness,
fault chains can be checked and fault point can be found out from the recorder.
f. Control, operation and inspection of contents of WW-Offline page:
a} Inspection of displaying Off-line washing start ready;
b} Control and operation of Off-line washing.
g. Control, operation and inspection of WW-Online page:
a} Inspection of displaying On-line washing start ready;
b} Control and operation of On-line washing.
231
h. Check whether the steam turbine is ready for start or not.
i. Inspection of steam turbine trip page:
Display each main trip cause. The items which cause trip shall be displayed by
red. Some items to be noticed are not locked. When displaying high brightness,
fault chains can be checked and fault point can be found out from the recorder.
j. Check whether the steam turbine keeps listed alarm menu or not:
All running parameters should not be greatly changed, if they are changed, the
causes of change should be found out. Keeping listed alarm belongs to the
abnormal condition of the unit, the abnormal causes should be analyzed and
handled and reported in time, and corresponding measures should be adopted.
k. Control, operation and inspection of page:
Display the shaft seal system of the steam turbine, and control the shaft seal
steam pressure of the shaft seal system of the steam turbine.
l. Control, operation and inspection of Lube Oil System page:
a} Display the working condition of the lubricating oil pump;
b} Setting and control of lubricating oil temperature;
c} The operation of lubricating the seal oil pump, the jacking oil pump and the
smoke exhaust fan;
d} On-line tests of standby lubricating seal oil pump, DC lubricating oil pump
and DC seal oil pump.
m. Control, operation and inspection of Hydraulic System page:
a} Display the working conditions of hydraulic oil and lubricating oil pump;
b} Hydraulic oil pressure, liquid level of hydraulic oil tank and hydraulic oil
temperature;
c} Operation of hydraulic oil pump and on-line test of standby pump.
n. Control and operation of drainage control page:
The control and operation of the front and the rear electric drain valves on the
HP/LP steam valve seat and the Vacuum breaker Vacuum of the condenser.
8.8.1.4 Control and operation of the unit
Press Control item on HMI page to control and operate relevant contents.
a. Control and operation of Start up page: this is the main operation menu of
operators; it includes the start of the unit and selective operation at loading
and running modes;
b. Control and operation of DLN2.0+ page: working status display of the
combustion chamber;
232
c. Control and operation of FSR Control page: each FSR component and
final output value, and manual control operation;
d. Control and operation of Gen/Exciter page: generator excitation control
and operation;
e. Control and operation of IGV Control page: selection of temperature
matching of steam turbine; display of inlet air heating control status and
IGV control status;
f. Control and operation of Motors page: status display and selective
operation of GT fan and space heater;
g. Control and operation of Synch page: make the synchronoscope display,
finish the closing operation for synchronous selection and manual
synchronization;
h. Control and operation of Steam page: HP/LP steam pressure, load and
control mode operation of steam turbine and operation and inspection for
calling Hold List alarm;
i. Control and operation of Turning Gear page: operation control for
cooling down and turning and operation and status of ventilation fan in
small turning room;
j. Control and operation of Limiters: operation and statuses of low
pressure limit value of main steam pressure, pressure variation limit value
and valve position limit value; display of low pressure steam pressure
variation limit value;
k. Control and operation of Rotor Stress page: calculation and control of
rotor stress of steam turbine.
8.8.1.5 Test of relevant contents of the unit
Click Tests items on HMI menu to test relevant contents:
a. Test operation of Over-speed Tests page: off-line over-speed test;
b. Test operation of Valve Test page: valve test of steam turbine;
c. Test operation of ETD Offline page: off-line trip test;
d. Test operation of ETD Online page: on-line trip test;
e. Test operation of ASV Tests page: test of low pressure steam intake
cutoff valve;
f. Test operation of Online OS test page: on-line over-speed test of steam
turbine;
g. Test of Shaft VOLTAGE page: status monitoring of shaft current and
shaft voltage.
8.8.2 Patrol Inspection Contents
233
When the equipment is normally running, operators are not needed to adopt
measures but monitor the parameter of each system for finding any abnormal
running stats in time, because abnormal running state may trigger over-limit
alarm.
The standby equipment should be checked every shift. Operators should check
whether standby equipment has been prepared and can be started at any time or
not.
8.8.2.1 Inspection of lubricating oil unit
a. Pipes and valves of each oil system should be placed on the right places
without off tracking, spillage, dripping and leakage.
b. Check the outlet pressure of each pump and check whether the pressure of
the lubricating oil mother tube is normal or not.
c. The pressure difference of each lubricating oil filter screen is normal.
d. The Vacuum degree of the oil tank is normal.
e. Check whether the oil level and temperature of the oil tank are normal or
not.
f. Check whether each running pump is overheated and makes abnormal
sound or not.
g. The peep hole of the lubricating oil cooler filter has oil flow.
h. The water inlet regulating valve TCV260 of the lubricating oil cooler is
placed on Auto and its opening degree is right.
8.8.2.2 Inspection of hydraulic oil unit
a. System pipes and valves should be placed on the right places without off
tracking, spillage, dripping and leakage.
b. Through inspection, the outlet pressure of each pump and the pressure of
hydraulic oil/trip oil mother tube are normal.
c. The pressure of the hydraulic oil mother tube should be no less than
106.5bar.
d. The pressure difference of the hydraulic oil filter screen should be normal.
e. Through inspection, the oil level and temperature of the oil tank should be
normal.
f. Through inspection, each running pump should not be overheated and
should not make abnormal sound.
8.8.2.3 Inspection of gas turbine room
a. When the running unit is normal, doors on two sides of the turbine can not
be opened. When it is necessary to enter the gas turbine room, two staffs
234
should work together. When one staff enters the gas turbine room, the other
staff should move within the visible scope outside the door.
b. Check whether the peripheral pipe and valve are normal without gas and oil
leakage or not.
c. The jacking oil pump should be stopped normally, and the jacking oil pipe
should have no oil leakage.
d. The running sound of 88BT-1/2, 88BD1/2 and 88VG1/2 fans should be
normal.
e. The running sound of the 88TK-1/2 and 88BN1/2 fans should be normal,
and they should have no big pressure difference alarm.
f. There is no abnormal steam-flow whistle in the steam turbine room.
8.8.2.4 Steam turbine inspection
a. The high pressure steam pressure should be controlled in rated pressure.
The pressure should be fluctuated at 105% rated pressure below 12 hours,
and the time of exceeding 10% rated pressure should be less than 1 hour.
b. High pressure steam temperature should stay in rated temperature.
Normally, it is permitted if the year average temperature exceeds 8.3 of
rated temperature. Average temperature exceeds 13.9of rated temperature
which caused by abnormal conditions should be no more than 400 hours in
one year; after the temperature exceeds 27.8of rated temperature, the
units will operate 15 minutes each time, the operation time should not more
than 80 hours in one year.
c. Through inspection, the peripheral pipes and valves are normal without gas
and oil leakage.
d. There is no abnormal steam-flow whistle in the steam turbine room.
8.8.2.5 Generator room inspection
a. The sound of each bearing pad of the generator should be normal. The oil
shield, oil pipe, pressure switch and measurement point of each bearing pad
should have no leakage.
b. The water inlet and return pressure and temperature of cooling water of the
generator should be normal.
c. The hydrogen cooling system of the generator should be normal.
8.8.2.6 Cooling water system inspection
a. Through inspection, opened and closed cooling water pipe valves should be
placed on the right places without off tracking, spillage, dripping and
leakage.
b. Through inspection, oil flow of sight glass of the oil cooler is normal.
235
c. Through inspection, water inlet and return temperatures of cooling water
are normal, and temperature difference is not obviously increased.
d. Through inspection, water inlet and return temperatures of cooling water
are normal, temperature difference is not obviously increased, and the water
level of the expansion tank is normal.
e. Through inspection, water inlet and return temperatures of cooling water of
the generator are normal and temperature difference is not obviously
increased.
f. Through inspection, the opened and closed cooling water pumps have no
abnormal sound, vibration and overheating in running.
8.8.2.7 Blowback system inspection
a. The pressure difference of the air intake filter is normal, blowback mode is
automatic, and the power supply lamp of the control box is on.
b. Output pressure indication is normal.
c. Regular blowdown is normal.
d. The position of each valve of the blowback system is right.
8.9 Shutdown and Turnning
8.9.1 Normal Shutdown Conditions
8.9.1.1.When it is needed to shut down normally according to scheduling requirements,
a normal mode can be adopted for shutdown.
8.9.1.2.When the equipment is abnormal but not endanger the safe running of main
equipment, and it can be overhauled only after shutdown, it can be shut down
in a normal way.
8.9.1.3.When the unit safety is threatened but it is possible to be shut down after
reducing load, the shift supervisor can try to normally shut down the unit after
reducing load.
8.9.1.4.The control panel of the steam turbine orders the control panel of the gas
turbine to make the unit to run after runback.
8.9.1.5.The control panel of the steam turbine orders the control panel of the steam
turbine to make the steam turbine set on steam turbine standby or runback
running. The whole shutdown process from full load to turning is expected to
be finished in 40 minutes.
8.9.2 Shutdown Operation and Monitoring
8.9.2.1 Principles for normal shutdown
a. Maximally reduce heat loss of the steam turbine and the heat recovery boiler
during normal shutdown, try to keep warm after shutdown to shorten the
time for next start and simultaneously reduce the circulating stress in next
236
start.
b. Make the shutdown efficiency maximum, namely maximize the ratio of
overall fuel consumption and overall kilowatt-hours power. During normal
operation, operators are needed to adopt no measures, but only monitor the
working parameter of each system so as to find out any abnormal running
status that possible to trigger alarm beyond limit in time. But due to the
abnormities of equipment, maybe operators are needed to put the subsystem
system at manual operation status, and the equipment should be shut down
manually. This is an unusual exceptional case, and it should be finished
under the help of operators.
8.9.2.2 Inspection before shutdown
a. Check whether DCS AUTO MODE selects REMOTE mode on Mark-VIE
or not.
b. Check high pressure and low pressure bypasses
a) Tracking of bypass setting value on set point;
b) Bypass isolating valve at automatic mode;
c) Bypass valve at automatic mode;
d) Bypass spray water valve at automatic mode;
e) Bypass drainage valve at automatic mode;
f) The liquid level of the hot well of the condenser is low;
g) The Vacuum degree of the condenser is not low-low.
c. Check whether all high pressure and low pressure steam drainage valves are
at automatic modes for supporting equipment shutdown or not.
d. Check whether all high pressure and low pressure steam drainage valves of
the heat recovery boiler are at automatic modes for supporting equipment
shutdown or not.
e. Check whether the shutdown system of the monitoring device of the gas
turbine is ready or not:
a) Whether Mark-VIE is at Remote mode or not.
b) Check whether the turning gear on Mark-VIEHMI is at Auto mode or not.
f. Check whether the following water supply and condensed water
recirculation valves are at automatic modes or not:
a) Recirculation valve of condensate pump;
b) Recirculation valve of A high pressure feed water pump;
c) Recirculation valve of B high pressure feed water pump;
237
8.9.2.4 Start of main shutdown program of unit
a. After getting Pre-Shutdown Checks conditions through UNIT MAIN
SEQUENCE page, put SEQUENCE on AUTO. Then put INIATE on unit
shutdown ON.
b. DCS prohibits AGC operation and sends out a gas turbine shutdown order
to Mark-VIE.
c. DCS can make the following shutdown procedures performed at the same
time:
a) Perform the high pressure bypass procedure, till the inlet guide vane (IGV)
of the gas turbine reaches an angle of 49;
b) Perform the low pressure and medium pressure bypass procedures;
c) Perform the shutdown monitoring procedure of gas turbine: the shutdown
monitor of the gas turbine shall display main steps adopted by MARK-VIE;
d) Perform the drainage procedures of high pressure and low pressure steam
heat recovery boilers;
e) Perform the drainage procedures of high pressure and low pressure steam
pipes, till the gas turbine equipment is tripped;
f) When the pressure of the high pressure and low pressure steam drums is
lowered to 0.8bar, the vent valve of the superheater shall be opened by
DCS.
d. Unloading of gas turbine
a) When GT MK-VIE receives normal shutdown instruction, the gas turbine
starts unloading;
b) The gas turbine shall be unloaded till IGV is closed to 49at the speed of
8.3%/min;
c) The steam turbine still maintains its load by three levels of pressure under
the control of inlet pressure.
e. The steam turbine and the gas turbine simultaneously unload continuously
a When IGV is closed to 49, DCS shall send out shutdown instructions to
the steam turbine;
b The high pressure main steam regulating valve of the steam turbine shall be
closed at 20%/min of constant speed (it shall be totally closed after totally
opened in five minutes);
c When DCS gets injection pressure control (IPC) of SV1 regulating valve,
DCS shall give the pressure control set point of the high pressure bypass
valve. The control pressure when the high pressure regulating valve is
opened after it is just closed is used as the pressure control set point of the
238
high pressure bypass valve;
d When the steam pressure of the communicating pipe of the steam turbine
can not meet cooling steam pressure required in shutdown, the auxiliary
steam control valve shall be automatically opened;
e When the high pressure regulating valve is totally closed, the high pressure
pump-out valve is opened.
f. After the gas turbine has been unloaded, the drainage program is put.
a When the high pressure regulating valve is closed to 20% of opening
degree, the drainage valve of the high pressure steam system is opened.
g. The circuit breaker (switch) of the generator is disconnected, and water is
continuously drained:
a) The gas turbine is continuously unloaded till the circuit breaker is cut off at
reverse power.
b) When the unit is decelerated, the low pressure control valve and the low
pressure bypass valve of the steam turbine can continuously control inlet
pressure and continuously receive low pressure steam of HRSG.
c) When the speed of the unit is decelerated to 73%, Adm Flow Setpoint is
automatically decreased to -10% from 60%, the low pressure bypass valve
is closed, and it is not needed to cool down steam any longer.
d) After disassembly, 20CB-1/2 loses power to make the anti-surge vent valve
opened automatically.
e) When the speed of the unit is lowered to 50%, the jacking oil pump 88QB
is put into operation. Through inspection, the jacking oil pump is normal in
pressure and has no low pressure alarm.
f) The speed of the unit is continuously lowered. 8 minutes after disassembly,
when the speed is lowered to about 700r/min, the gas turbine unit is shut
down, and the gas turbine is powered off and interrupted.
g) After the fuel oil is cut off, HP/LP steam inlet cutoff valve and other cutoff
valves are quickly closed.
h) If the following drainage valves are still opened, they should be manually
closed:
Drainage valve of super-heater of heat recovery boiler;
Drainage valve of pipe steam system;
h. During idling (from shutdown to turning)
a) The turning gear is put into operation when the speed is lowered to L14HR.
b) Record the idling time from shutdown to input of turning gear (accurate to
239
second).
c) Select OFF button to shut down the unit.
When the speed of the shaft drive device is lowered to zero, the unit is put on the
turning gear.
8.9.2.5 Manual shutdown of unit
a. Gas turbine
Unless control instructions are sent out by operators through the control system of
the gas turbine or the steam turbine, the manual shutdown of the equipment is still
conducted according to automatic shutdown program.
b. Steam turbine/generator
Unless control instructions are sent out by operators through the Mark-VIE of the
gas turbine or the steam turbine, the manual shutdown of the equipment is still
conducted according to automatic shutdown program.
c. Heat recovery boiler
Unless control instructions are sent out through DCS, the manual shutdown of the
equipment is still conducted according to automatic shutdown program.
8.9.3 Inspection after Turning and Shutdown
8.9.3.1 Turning
a. When the unit is shut down and its speed is lowered to L14HR, the unit is
automatically turned continuously.
b. The unit should be continuously turned for 48 hours after shutdown.
c. After the unit is continuously turned for 48 hours, when the wheel-to-wheel
temperature of the gas turbine is lower than 65.5 and the temperatures of
all cylinder walls of the steam turbine are lower than 260, the turning
gear can be stopped in case of no startup plan recently.
d. Before the unit should be restarted when the turning gear is normally
stopped in 48 hours after shutdown, the unit should be continuously turned
for at least 4 hours.
e. If the unit is stopped for long term without turning, it should be
continuously turned within 12 hours before startup.
f. Treatment after the unit is emergently tripped.
g. Within 20 minutes after tripping, the unit can be started at turning speed by
a normal start program.
h. The unit should be restarted after shutdown for 20 minutes-6 hours, and
should be turned for 4 hours before startup.
240
i. If the unit is stopped and its turning gear can not be operated for some
reason, the unit can be restarted after 48 hours of shutdown, and the supply
of lubricating oil can be kept only if at all possible.
j. If it is found that the degree of eccentricity is too big (0.05) during turning,
the rotor shall be rotated for 180from the shutdown position every time,
thereby correcting the instantaneous bending condition of the rotor, and
then the unit can be continuously turned. If the shaft is still hot, lubricating
oil supply must be kept to prevent damaging the bearing due to overheat.
k. If the degree of eccentricity is higher than normal at any time after
shutdown, the unit should be still continuously turned till the degree of
eccentricity is normal, and the unit should be still kept at this state for at
least 1 hour.
l. If the turning gear of the unit should be emergently shut down for overhaul
after the unit is shut down:
a) When wheel-to-wheel temperature is above 100 , the unit can be
accelerated to be cooled down in a cold dragging method.
b) When wheel-to-wheel temperature is less than 120 and more than
65.5, after getting approval of the superior leaders of the chief engineer,
the turning gear can be shut down for rush repair. After rush repair, the unit
must be continuously turned immediately, and then workers should go to
the turbine room for sound detection, after sound detection is normal, the
unit can send shutdown orders again after dragged at cold state for half an
hour. Then starting orders are sent out by FIRE mode after the turning
gear is put into operation. During the starting process, pay close attention to
the vibration of the unit. After the unit is powered on normally, shutdown
orders can be sent out after keeping fire mode for 20 minutes. After putting
the turning gear into operation, it should be dragged to run above 15
minutes at cold state. After finishing the mentioned steps, the unit can be
normally started;
c) When wheel-to-wheel temperature is lowered below 65.5 , but the
temperature of any cylinder wall exceeds 260, the turning gear can be
stopped within 10 minutes. Try to keep the lubricating oil pump running
and prevent the temperature of the bearing pad exceeding 148.9 of upper
limit. After rush repair, the unit must be continuously turned immediately,
and then workers should go to the turbine room for sound detection, after
sound detection is normal and the eccentric index of the unit is recovered to
the minimum value and is kept at for 1 hour, the unit can be started in a
normal mode.
8.9.3.2 Inspection after shutdown
a. Through inspection, the lubricating oil pump is running normally and the
pressure of the lubricating oil mother tube is normal;
241
b. Through inspection, the jacking oil pump is operated normally, and jacking
oil pressure is normal;
c. Through inspection, the unit should be continuously turned;
d. Through inspection, the cooling water pump is running normally, cooling
water temperature and lubricating oil temperature are normal;
e. Through inspection, the smoke exhaust fan of the lubricating oil tank is
running normally;
f. When the gas turbine is cooled and before the bearing is cooled down,
lubricating oil must be continuously supplied for turning. Before the power
supply of the turning gear motor is cut off, the lubricating oil pump can not
be stopped;
g. After the rotor reaches turning speed, the hydraulic oil power unit can be
stopped;
h. Before the Vacuum of the steam turbine is not damaged, the steam of the
shaft seal should not be cut off;
i. To save plant service power, after the unit is normally shut down and
continuously turned for 1 hour, if the exhaust steam temperature of the
steam turbine is no higher than 50, the circulating water pump can be
stopped (except freezing-proofing in winter), but condensate pump should
be kept to normally run. Stop the opened cooling water pump and open its
bypass valve. Stop the closed cooling water pump depending on the
situation.
8.10 Accident Handling
8.10.1 General Requirements on Accident Handling
8.10.1.1. Prevent the development and extension of accidents, and remove the dangers
of persons and equipment.
8.10.1.2. Quickly remove the danger of the main equipment, and keep the normal
running of non-accident equipments.
8.10.1.3. Save the operating data produced when accidents happened and before and
after shutdown in time, and record curve and all kinds of alarm information.
When it is difficult to save these data, they should be copied and printed in
time. The main phenomena and operating when accidents happened should be
reported to the monitor and the shift supervisor in time according to the truth,
and should be recorded.
8.10.1.4. Major accidents should be immediately reported to relevant leaders once
happened.
8.10.1.5. After accidents, make comprehensive analysis according to the meter,
protection, signals and action of the automatic device, and then treat these
242
accidents.
8.10.1.6. During emergency shutdown, emphasize on monitoring exhaust temperature,
return oil temperature of lubricating oil and wheel-to-wheel temperature, and
monitor whether each bearing and each cylinder of the unit make friction
sound or not.
8.10.1.7. After emergency shutdown, DC power supply should be ensured for
maintaining the work of the control panel.
8.10.1.8. Keep cooling water and pressure normal. Make sure each heater is at Auto
position. The guide vane on the inlet of the gas turbine is put on the position
of OFF, and the combustion chamber has been powered off.
8.10.1.9. Make sure the main lubricating oil pump or the emergency lubricating oil
pump has been put into operation, and their pressure is normal. When the
speed of the gas turbine is lower than 1500r/m, the normal operation of the
jacking oil pump and the turning gear should be ensured, if trip accidents are
caused by shaft failures of the unit, after rotating speed is lowered to 0 and
before rotating components are not checked, turning is forbidden.
8.10.1.10. If the unit is tripped for fire protection, when discharging CO2, operators
are forbidden to enter each cabin of the unit, each cabin door of the unit
should be kept closed, and the ventilation fan should be shut down.
8.10.1.11. After the unit protector works to result interruption and shutdown, before
restart, it must be ensured whether there is false action or not, if yes,
corresponding measures should be adopted to handle secondary false action
faults.
8.10.1.12. During emergency shutdown, sound should be removed first, but alarm can
not be confirmed, alarm signals should be saved in computer or printed by a
printer. When fault causes are not found out and faults are not removed, alarm
can not be confirmed and the unit can be also not restarted.
8.10.1.13. After emergency shutdown, all relevant data must be collected and sorted
out and should be handed to the management department with the accident
reports.
8.10.2 Emergency Shutdown of the Unit
a. Basis of automatic emergency shutdown
a) The over-speed protector of the unit moves or the unit is tripped;
b) The over-vibrated protector of the unit moves or the unit is shut down or
tripped. More axial displacement detectors are failed or tripped, over big or
over small differential expansion results in tripping; and high axial
displacement results in tripping;
c) The steam exhaust Vacuum degree or exhaust steam temperature of the
steam turbine result in tripping;
243
d) The final stage of steam temperature of the steam turbine results in
tripping;
e) Low lubricating oil mother tube pressure results in tripping; and low
lubricating oil level results in tripping;
f) The unit tripping results in tripping of oil mother tube;
g) Any three of A, B, C and D flame detectors are powered off;
h) ;After ignition, high or low P2 pressure results in tripping;
i) It is detected that the gas compressor is stalled;
j) High liquid level of liquid fuel filter results in tripping;
k) Exhaust over temperature protector of the unit moves and exhaust
temperature diffusion is high, and the unit is interrupted;
l) The pressure of the exhaust duct of the gas turbine is continuously
increased to high or high trip.
m) Trip before liquid fuel is failed in purging; shut down or trip if liquid fuel is
failed in purging; open circuit of exhaust thermocouple is interrupted;
n) Combustion temperature refers to reference-tripping.
o) IGV controls fault tripping;
p) If the temperatures of the gas turbine room and 2# bearing tunnel of the
unit are higher than 385or there is open fire, the fire protector of the unit
moves;
q) If it is detected that the content of dangerous gas is high-high tripping,
dangerous gas measurement system in the turbine room is shut down or
tripped due to faults;
r) If the ventilator motors 88EF/88BT/88TK/88VG are overloaded, the unit
shall be tripped; if some auxiliary motor is overloaded, the unit should be
shut down or tripped;
s) If the differential pressure of the air intake filter is high, the unit shall be
automatically shut down or tripped;
t) The differential protection relay of the main transformer moves; the
exciting transformer is overloaded;
u) The differential protector of the generator moves; the generator circuit
breaker is tripped; the circuit breaker is tripped; the fault relay of the circuit
breaker is tripped; the generator has ventilation failures and is shut down;
the generator circuit breaker is tripped at reversed power;
v) The emergency shutdown button is pressed;
w) Customer interruption: the water levels H-H and L-L of high pressure/low
244
pressure steam drum water level result in tripping; the outlet smoke
pressure H-H of the heat recovery boiler results in tripping.
b. Basis for manual emergency shutdown
a) The unit is failed, and the automatic emergent shutdown protection cabinet
refuses to move;
b) Any bearing is out of oil and exhausts smoke when the unit is running;
c) Rotating components in the unit make obvious metal impact sound. The
unit vibration is suddenly increased obviously;
d) The unit is surged;
e) The lubricating oil system leaks out considerably.
f) The fuel pipe is exploded to cause a large amount of leakage;
g) The fuel system catches on fire, and can not be put out in time;
h) The exciter of the generator exhausts smoke;
i) The outgoing cable head, switch or lightning arrester of the generator is
exploded;
j) The voltage transformer or the current transformer of the generator
exhausts smoke;
k) The failures may endanger personnel and equipment safety seriously;
l) Over-speed of the unit reaches above 110% of rated speed.
8.10.3 MK-VIE Emergency Shutdown Measures
If some device or key equipment should be emergently shut down at abnormal
condition, MK-VIE/DCS shall provide necessary alarm or tripping signals.
Emergency shutdown can be conducted according to all measures listed in the
next column.
8.10.3.1. Manual shutdown can be achieved through field emergency shutdown button
or the operator workstation in the control room.
8.10.3.2. MK-VIE can be automatically tripped by means of any protective equipment
(protection devices of power failure, low liquid level in steam drum and
extinction of gas turbine). MK-VIE shall continuously control equipment
and ensure its safe shutdown through closing the fuel valve and opening the
drainage device.
8.10.3.3. Aiming at some situation (such as removing outer fault), it is possible to
quickly lower loads without stopping the device. Under this condition, to
lower the generator output and keep the unit still on-line, MK-VIE shall
execute controlled runback program, and shall quickly reduce logistics
(fuel, steam and electric current).
245
8.10.4 Automatic and Emergent Shutdown and PG9171E Tripping
8.10.4.1 Action of PG9171E control/cutoff valve
When PG9171E is tripped, the solenoid valve of the emergency trip device
(ETD) on the hydraulic unit loses power, the pressure for supplying hydraulic oil
is lost, and the control system shall reset the position instruction signals of the
control valve quickly, so as to force it at full-close position. After the hydraulic
actuator moves, all cutoff valves and control valves, including the fuel valves of
the steam turbine and the gas turbine shall be quickly closed. When the gas fuel
valve is quickly closed, the vent valves between the fuel cutoff valve and the
control valve or the vent valve VA13-15 between the cutoff valves shall be opened
for emptying residual gas fuel.
8.10.4.2 Bypass pressure control (the operation of the cutoff valve shall be finished under the
control of DCS)
The original tracking mode of the high pressure bypass pressure controller shall
be changed to the pressure control mode. The real-time steam pressure during
tripping shall be sampled and kept as the pressure control setting point.
If the pressure of low pressure steam rises up above the setting pressure of the
low pressure bypass pressure control valve, the low pressure bypass pressure
control valve shall work, and the setting pressure shall be higher than the pressure
for making the low pressure steam system normally run.
DCS system shall make the setting value of the high pressure/low pressure
bypass system consistent with the pressure of the steam drum of the heat recovery
boiler, thereby maximizing energy released in the system, and the energy is
beneficial for preventing the early lifting of the safety valve of the system.
8.10.4.4 Drainage and sequence for closing valves
When the main steam regulating valve and the low pressure steam drum control
valve are totally closed, DCS shall send out a release signal to GT MK-VIE for
continuously unloading;
When MCV is less than 30%, open the drainage valve behind the main steam
regulating valve seat of the steam turbine;
When the opening degree of the MCV is less than 20%, continuously open the
HRSG drainage valve.
8.10.4.5 Close the air inlet heating valve of the compressor of the gas turbine and open
the vent valve of the compressor
a. Mark-VIE shall stimulate the tripping solenoid coil 20TH-1 to close the air
inlet heating control valve (VA20-1) on the inlet;
b. Mark-VIE shall make the air vent solenoid valves 20CB-1 and 20CB-2 of the
compressor lose power, thereby opening the vent valves VA2-1/2/3/4 of the
compressor. When these valves are quickly opened, they can provide
246
anti-surge protection for the gas turbine when the equipment is tripped.
8.10.4.6 Tripping of generator switch
Tripping of equipment for any field device shall make Mark VIE or the reverse
power relay of the generator work, thereby disconnecting the generator switch.
8.10.4.7 Close IGV of the gas turbine maximally
When EHC is tripped, the inlet guide vane of the gas turbine shall be closed,
and hydraulic oil shall return to the main oil tank.
8.10.4.8 When the speed of the unit is lowered to 1500r/m, the jacking oil pump of the
bearing shall be started.
8.10.4.9 DCS system shall maintain the normal work of the subsystem of the unit
during emergency shutdown (such as condensation, water supply, steam seal,
start and stop of standby steam source, inner or outer circulating cooling water),
thereby making sure that the whole system is protected.
8.10.5 Several Conditions for Reduced Speed-runback, Load Limitation and
Shutdown
The unit must adopt the following measures when the following conditions
happened:
8.10.5.1. Over-vibration protector of the unit works or is shut down or tripped;
8.10.5.2. Main steam inlet temperature or reheat steam inlet temperature has exceeded
the maximum temperature limit LIM2, and load is limited or loaded down;
8.10.5.3. The mains team inlet temperature or reheat steam inlet temperature has
exceeded the maximum temperature limit LIM3 to result in quick reduction
or trip;
8.10.5.4. It is not allowed to add load due to steam pressure limitation;
8.10.5.5. The unit shall have compressor vent valve position fault alarm at 95%SPD;
the unit shall be temporarily shut down in compressor vent valve position
fault; the anti-surge valve is failed or the unit is stopped at the rotary
standby status; the anti-surge vent valve is closed when the unit is failed or
limited by load;
8.10.5.6. If fuel gas temperature is high, the heater should be stopped; fuel gas
temperature is high, the unit must be shut down;
8.10.5.7. The unit is shut down or tripped due to gas purging fault;
8.10.5.8. Dangerous gas measuring system in the turbine room is shut down or tripped
due to failure;
8.10.5.9. Some auxiliary motor is shut down or tripped due to overload;
8.10.6 Operation after Emergency Shutdown
247
8.10.6.1 Report the following contents to the shift supervisor:
a. Why the unit is emergently shut down;
b. The movement situation of the protective relay on the electric protection panel
of the generator;
c. Contents of alarm information of HMI of MK-VIE.
8.10.6.2 Print alarm information and history trip record.
8.10.6.3 If the pressure from the outlet of the lubricating oil pump to the front of the oil
cooler is lower than 7.65bar, the other lubricating oil pump shall be
automatically put into operation, pressure in front of the lubricating oil pressure
regulator is lower than 6.55bar, and the DC lubricating oil pump is automatically
put into operation. When it is needed to supply sealing oil to the generator for
shutdown overhaul, the direct current sealing oil pump is put into operation.
8.10.6.4 When the speed of the unit is lowered to 50%, check whether the jacking oil
pump is normally put into operation or not.
8.10.6.5 Check whether the unit is turned normally or not.
8.10.6.6 After getting agreement of the chief supervisor, reset the manual emergency
shutdown button to confirm alarm.
8.10.6.7 After completion, start next operation after getting the orders of the chief
supervisor, and make accident report.
Since emergency shutdown can be caused by many abnormal conditions,
operators must comprehensively investigate the causes of every trip and adopt
necessary remedial measures for preparing the turning operation of the unit safely.
8.10.7 Alarm Type
The alarm type and measures adopted of the steam turbine MK-VIE and gas turbine
MK-VIE:
8.10.7.1 Process alarms refer to control specification MLI-A010
Process alarms are caused by equipment and process problems, they will warn
the operators by means of information on HMI screen. The alarm is formed in the
MK-VIE controller by alarm formed on the input/output plate in sequence.
Measures adopted aiming at the process alarms of different systems have been
listed in the alarm table of each system.
8.10.7.2 Hold list alarms refer to the hold list of control specification 377A5904
Alarm is similar with process alarms, its additional features are that when the
signals of the hold list are at alarm status (hold appears), the scanner can drive
appointed signals. The scanning signals can be used for inhibiting the automatic
start logic of the steam turbine. At this time, operators can manually surpass hold
list signals to run the program even if the hold state is not canceled. Measures
adopted aiming at the hold list alarms of different systems have been listed in the
248
alarm table of the whole system.
8.10.7.3 Diagnostic alarms
Diagnostic alarms are related to the equipment of the control system (electronic
circuit elements and circuit board), they shall be found in self-diagnostic
inspection process. Failed modules shall be marked out in diagnostic alarms for
facilitating quick repair of the system. If fault details are required, operators can
require to displaying them on the screen of the toolbox (MK-VI) or looking at
them from the HMI alarm display screen.
249
Appendix 1 Symbols
A1.1 Devices Coding
The coding used by GE Energy follows mainly the IEEE Std C37.2 (Institute
of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc) :
Standard Electrical Power system Device Function Numbers and Contact
Designations.
A device function number includes a prefix and a suffix. The prefix follows
the IEEE, e.g.
1 for master element
4 for permissive and protective element
5 for emergency shutdown
12 for speed control and overspeed
20 for electrically operated valve
28 for flame detection
33 for limit switch
45 for fire detection and fire protection
63 for pressure switch
71 for level switch
88 for electrical motor
96 for transducer
etc . . .
The suffix mainly consist of two letters e.g.
First letter :
Q for lube oil
H for hydraulic oil
A for air
F for liquid fuel
D for distillate
T for turbine
P for purge
W for water
G for gas fuel
Second letter
250
A for alarm
B for booster, bleed
C for cooling, control
D for divider, differential
E for emergency
F for fuel
G for gas
H for heater, high
L for liquid, level
M for middle, medium, minimum
N for normal
P for pressure, pump
R for release, ratio, ratchet
T for turbine, trip, tank
etc . . .
A1.2 Other Devices Coding

Mechanical devices may be coded using letters and order numbers. The main
letters used are :
VTR for Temperature Regulating Valve
VPR for Pressure Regulating Valve
VR for Relief Valve
VA for piloted Valve
VCK for Check Valve
TT for Turbine Thermocouple
LVDT for Linear Voltage Differential Transformer
etc . . .
A1.3 Abbreviation
Abbreviations may be used on Piping and Instrumentation diagram,
electrical schematics, device summary and control loops, e.g.
NO for Normally Open
NC for Normally Closed
FO for Fail safe to Open
251
FC for Fail safe to Closed
OL for Lube Oil
OD for Oil Drain
AA for Atomizing Air
AD for compressor Annulus Discharge
PC for Piping Connecting point
etc . . .
252
Appendix 2 Performance Estimates

A2.1 Estimated Performance-Heavy Oil
253
A2.2 Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on Output, Heat Rate, Heat
Load-Heavy Oil
254
Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature-Heavy Oil
255
A2.4 Estimated Performance -Standard
256
A2.5 Effect of Compressor Inlet Temperature on Output, Heat Rate, Heat
Load-Distillate
257
Function of Output and Compressor Inlet Temperature-Distillate
258
A2.7 General Electric Gas Turbine Altitude Correction Curve
259

Nandipur 425MW CCPP Gas Turbine Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nandipur 425MW CCPP Gas Turbine Operation Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NANDIPUR 425MW CCPP GAS TURBINE OPERATION MANUAL

2.1.5 Spark Plug

2.1.6 Flame Detector

2.1.7 The Specification of Generator

2.3.3 Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Pump 88HQ

2.3.5 Cooling Air Fan Motor88VG-1/2

2.3.9.3 Control at start-up

3.3.1.3 Sequences tables

3.3.1.4 Final Conditions

3.3.6.8 Sequences table

3.3.10.5 Final Conditions:

3.7Information and Recommendations about Noise

4 Unit Outage and Turning

Input Description Output State

4.3.2.3 Sequences table

45 Applies to flame detector 96 Applies to pressure transducer

5.3.1.2 Names represented by letter

b) Expressions of Equipment or State

5.3.2 The Reasons of Alarm and Its Handling

DWATT TOO LOW TO

5.4Trip Protection and Protection of Normal Shutdown Automatically

L86FPG2HT high No warming after ignition

6.3.1.3 Sequences table

6.3.1.4 Final Conditions

The initial conditions are as follows:

6.3.2.3 Sequences table

6.3.2.3 Final Conditions

23QT-1 Warms up the lube oil

LT-TH-1 Measures the lube oil header temperature

7.1.3 Additional Information

SLI-3C Gives a visual and audible fire alarm

Input Description Output State

When fastening combination of plates, passage channel generated to make the

A1.2 Other Devices Coding

Appendix 2 Performance Estimates

You might also like